Archives des Tutorials - SROKA Company

Choosing the right Wing Foil Pack

Understanding how a foil works

Starting Downwind SUP Foil

Choosing the right SUP Foil

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

What size paddle board should I choose?

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to start Wing Foiling? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

What size paddle board should I choose?

Bruno Sroka — Sat, 22 Mar 2025 11:30:34 +0000

Choosing the right size of your inflatable paddle will allow you to optimize your sessions according to your desires, your needs and your level. This will determine the way you sail and how much fun you will have during the different sessions.

Factors to consider when choosing the size of the paddle.

1) The length of the paddle

The choice of inflatable paddle board is determined by many parameters. Whether you are looking to learn to paddle, to go for a walk, to discover the joys of paddle surfing, to practice paddle with your child or simply to enjoy the pleasure of being away from all those who have stayed on the beach, you will have to make a choice.

Let’s start with these two assumptions:

The shorter the paddle, the easier it will turn, and it will be light and maneuverable.
The longer the paddle board, the more it will slide, so it will be able to cover more distance with less effort, but it will be less maneuverable, a little longer to inflate and a little more cumbersome.

These first two postulates already encourage us to make a choice. Those who want to go for a sporty ride will opt for a longer paddle, which will glide better. Those who want an ultra-manoeuvrable, space-saving paddle board will go for a shorter paddle.

It is commonly accepted that a paddle below 10’6 will be considered short, and above 10’6, it will be considered a large paddle.

2) The width of the paddle is therefore the second criterion

But that’s not all, there is also the width of a paddle board which is fundamental. This is because the stability of a paddle board is determined by the width of the paddle. The wider a paddle is, the more stable it will be. However, the width depends on the size of the person.

A 10′ foot paddle board with a width of 30 inches will be perfect for a size up to 85 kg. Beyond this weight, you will have to opt for a wider paddle, in 31, 32, 33 or 34 inches wide.

What to remember. The wider the paddle, the more stable it is. However, it will be heavier and it will slip less from the water. This translates to the number of paddle strokes to cover the same distance. The wider the paddle, the more paddle strokes you will have to paddle to cover the same distance.

What is the ideal size of the paddle for my weight? (by weight band)

The weight of the rider is a determining factor when choosing the size of the paddle. The larger and wider the paddle, the more volume it offers, which allows you to support a high weight.

The Archimedean Thrust is the first criterion to be taken into account: any body immersed in a liquid undergoes an upward vertical thrust equal to the weight of the volume of liquid displaced. In other words, if you weigh 80 kg, you will need a volume of water of 80 liters to float to the surface.

However, a paddle board is much bulkier. As a rule, paddle boards have a volume between 230 and 380 liters. So you have enough volume to float.

This criterion alone is not sufficient. It is essential to combine the length, width and thickness of the paddle to determine its overall volume.

Here is a small summary table of the ideal size according to your weight:

For a size of less than 75 kg, you can opt for a 10′ x 31 paddle with a minimum volume of 230 liters. Of course, if you choose a larger paddle, you won’t have any worries.
For a size of less than 85 kg, a 10’6 x 32 paddle with a minimum of 260 liters will be suitable.
For a size of less than 100 kg, choose an 11’6 x 32 paddle with a volume of 300 liters.
Finally, for a size of more than 100 kg, we recommend a 12’6 x 32 paddle with a volume of more than 320 liters.

Choose wisely to get the most out of your paddle boarding experience!

See all paddle boards

Size by type of paddle

What size should I choose for a paddle board?

If you are looking for a paddle board for family rides, to explore the shore and follow the coast, all types of paddle boards can suit you. However, here are some specific tips:

1) Height of the Paddle Stand as a Function of the Height

A short person will find it easier to find what they are looking for with a paddle board of about 10 feet.

On the other hand, if you are 2 meters tall, opt for a paddle board of about 12 feet or more.

2) Objective: Glide or Stability

For a skiing experience, choose a paddle with a pointed nose. This will maximize your speed and fluidity on the water.

If you are a beginner or want increased stability, a paddle with a round nose will be perfect for beginners.

What size should I choose for a racing paddle?

If you’re planning on running or, at least, sporty rides, we recommend choosing a longer paddle with a pointed nose for better gliding. The bigger the paddle, the more distance you will be able to cover with less effort. The glide will be optimal. Don’t be afraid to opt for a 12’6 or 14 foot paddle board for this type of ride.

On the other hand, if you are looking for a paddle for races, keep this same size, but reduce the width of the paddle to maximize glide and thus reduce the effort required to move. The width of the paddle board creates resistance in the water. The thinner the paddle, the less it will brake.

What size should I choose for a surf paddle?

If you plan to practice paddle surfing, it is recommended to opt for a relatively short paddle board, such as a Wave 9’5 or an Easy 10′ x 31. These models are specially designed for surfing, strolls and family fun. They offer a good compromise for everyone in the family, whether you want to play in the waves or just have fun together.

What is the ideal width of a paddle board?

There is no ideal width for a paddle board. It depends on your goals and skill level, as well as your height, of course.

In general, the taller you are, the less stable you are. Therefore, taller people tend to opt for a wider paddle board to ensure better stability.

Here are some general rules:

If the width of the board is less than 31 inches, it will be less stable for beginners. So opt for a paddle board with a width of more than 31 inches.

Beyond 33 inches wide, the board will be considered very wide and therefore very stable, but it will also be slower.

The ideal width for a paddle board aimed at beginners is between 31 and 33 inches.

What is the ideal length of a paddle board?

Below 9’5″, a paddle board is generally considered small. Although such a paddle can turn easily, you will encounter difficulties in maintaining a stable trajectory. When you bring the paddle back to the right, it will tend to go to the left, and vice versa. So, the longer the paddle, the more you will be able to paddle on the same side to maintain a constant trajectory.

For a reasonable paddle size, opt for dimensions ranging from 9’5″ to 14 feet. A 14-foot board will be perfect for long paddle boards, while a 9’5″ or 10-foot board will be ideal for beginners or paddle surfing.

Now, let’s address the issues of stability and maneuverability:

1) Is a larger paddle board more stable? Not necessarily. The width of the board influences stability more than length. A wider board is usually more stable. However, it should be noted that the width can also lead to water resistance, which can slow down the board.

2) Is a smaller paddle board more manoeuvrable? Absolutely! A shorter paddle board is more manoeuvrable. Let’s take the example of a container ship: it needs miles to turn around. On the other hand, a 5-meter-long boat can make a U-turn with only 10 meters of distance. This same logic applies to paddle boarding: the smaller it is, the more agile it is and the easier it turns.

Are there paddle sizes for children?

Yes, as a general rule, children are more comfortable on smaller paddles. That’s good, the family paddle model is a paddle around 10′ x 31.

Where can I find tips on how to try out a paddle board before you buy it?

If you have any questions or need advice on paddle boarding, please do not hesitate to contact us. We will be happy to provide you with information and answer any questions you may have. You can reach us by email, chat or phone 02 98 32 53 69

In conclusion.

The choice of the size of a paddle board depends on your morphology, your technical level and your goals.

Here are some recommendations based on your needs:

Easy, light and manoeuvrable family paddle boarding:
Paddle for a weight of approx. 85 kg:
- Malibu 10’6 x 32
- Easy 10’6 x 32
Paddle for the sporty ride:
- Easy 11’6 x 32
- Easy 12’6 x 32
- Alpha Range (from 11’6 x 32 to 14 x 27)

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Choosing the right size of your inflatable paddle will allow you to optimize your sessions according to your desires, your needs and your level. …

•
March 22, 2024
•
Stand Up Paddle, Tutorials

New Light Wind Wing Foil Board: SROKA’s LW

New Light Wind Wing Foil Board: SROKA’s LW

To be effective in Wing Foil in the Light wind, you have to adapt your equipment to glide better and leave earlier. This involves …

•
March 12, 2024
•
How to choose your equipment, Foil, Tutorials

What is the physical condition for wing foiling?

What is the physical condition for wing foiling?

Flexibility is one of the points that differentiates wing foiling from practices such as windsurfing. Where in windsurfing, we were…

•
March 2, 2024
•
Foil, Tutorials

5 tips to start Foil Downwind

Imagine gliding over the waves, almost as if you were flying over the ocean! Coming from downwinding which has been practiced in SUP for about ten …

•
March 1, 2024
•
Foil, Tutorials

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article What size paddle board should I choose? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

What is the best wing foil pack?

emmanuel.d emmanuel.d — Sat, 15 Mar 2025 09:24:58 +0000

We’re going to guide you through the exciting world of wing foiling to introduce you to the best packs available on the market for 2024-2025.

The list is so long that we won’t be able to take them all into account. However, we will give you the weapons to better understand the world of wing foiling and provide you with the right information to help you choose the best wing pack for your needs, size and level.

Wing foiling, a mix of windsurfing, kitesurfing and surfing, is gaining popularity thanks to its simplicity and the gliding sensation it offers. Safer than kitesurfing and less cumbersome than windsurfing, wingfoiling is a mix of several sports that will give you many sensations and open up the world of foiling.

In this article, we’ll explore the criteria to consider when choosing the ideal wing foil package for you, depending on your size, spot, as well as the best performing options if you’re looking for performance. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced player, let’s discover together the packs that will allow you to fully enjoy this discipline

Presentation of the concept of “wingfoil pack”

A Wing foil pack is a concept that is not totally identical depending on the brand, especially on the composition of the pack. So you will have to pay attention to the small details. Generally speaking, a wing foil pack consists of a wing foil board, a wing wing and a foil. It can be made with an inflatable or hard board, an aluminum or carbon foil. However, in terms of accessories, there are a lot of differences

Let’s start by describing the big elements

The board

It can be rigid or inflatable. Generally speaking, a rigid board will provide more rigidity and stability, but it will be more bulky and fragile. To start, a wide and slightly larger board will bring you stability and therefore ease in your learning.

The inflatable wing board has many advantages and some disadvantages. It is stronger at impact and easier to carry. Imagine going on a bike ride with an inflatable wing foil pack on your back. Some will even sail on scooters to avoid traffic jams. On a boat or in the trunk of a car, the inflatable pack will be forgotten. On the other hand, this board will be a little less stable and, due to the material, it will stick a little more to the water. So, if you don’t have a lot of room or you travel a lot, the inflatable can be a very good alternative.

Wing

As for the wing, they are all inflatable, which makes them convenient to store and transport. The sizes vary from 8 m for some brands to 2 m² for the smallest. As a general rule, to start, we recommend a 5 m² kite for a size around 80 kg, 4.5 m² for a size of less than 70 kg and 6 m² for a size of more than 90 kg. There are some with rigid, flexible handles, windows to see through, with different spans and different powers and different materials.

The foil

Ah, the foil! What was true for the board and the wing is just as true for the foil. From the outside, a foil is a foil, but there are big differences between foils. The foil consists of a plate (connection with the board), a mast, a fuselage, a forward fin and a stabilizer. It can be built in different materials: wood, aluminum and carbon.

When you have a carbon foil at the same price as an aluminum foil, ask yourself the question: how is this possible? Just because the foil is made entirely of carbon doesn’t mean it’s more efficient for the same price. To be at the same price, the carbon foil is less rigid, less solid, and it will have less nervousness and responsiveness than a well-built aluminum foil. So, “cheap carbon” does not necessarily mean good quality.

In summary, you could say that all packs are equal, because they are made up of the same elements. However, when talking about the same elements, namely the board, the foil and the wing, we can realize that there are many differences that make a pack more accessible, more efficient or more scalable.

There are other items that are part of some packs but not all. Accessories such as carrying case, cover, leash and pump vary. Some packs offer you complete packs, while others focus on the essentials. It will therefore be necessary to invest more to have a complete pack

Why buy a wingfoil pack?

Buying a pack from the same brand will allow you to have guaranteed compatibility on all elements. Sometimes you can see boards from one brand with a foil from another brand. However, this is not always fully compatible. When in doubt, we advise you to choose a pack from the same brand.
Ease and Compatibility: Buying a pack from the same brand guarantees compatibility between the elements. This way, you avoid adjustment and adaptation problems. The packs are carefully designed to work together. Buying a pack from the same brand ensures perfect compatibility between the board, the kite and the foil. You avoid fit and compatibility issues that can arise with separately purchased items. For example, some brands of boards have very far back housings, while others have them further forward, even at the same size. This causes the mast to be positioned differently on the fuselage, which can make the foil too stingy or too unstable.
Savings: Wing foil packs are often more financially advantageous than buying components separately. You can save between 10 and 25% sometimes.
Ready to Sail : You receive a complete package, ready to use upon receipt. No need to search for each item individually and waste time. I would like to point out that some packs are minimalist (without accessories), and you will have to think about completing your equipment by buying a leash, a pump, etc.
Manufacturer’s advice: Packs are often recommended by manufacturers for the best experience. Indeed, the development choices vary depending on the brand. Some prefer a very fast take-off with a slow wind, while others opt for a moderate take-off but with more speed. In addition, some boards included in the packs are narrower and less stable than others.

In summary, a wingfoil pack is a great choice for beginners, as it simplifies the purchase, ensures compatibility and allows you to focus on learning this exciting discipline. Simplify your experience, save money and focus on what matters most: gliding and having fun.

See our article on how to start wing foiling?

For whom, what, how?

1) Skill Level

The equipment must correspond to your level. Beginners need more stable and easy equipment, while experts can opt for more capable models with narrower, more capable and less stable boards. That’s the difference between stability and performance.

If you are a beginner, focus on stability. A wide board and progressive foil will help you progress with confidence. Don’t take equipment that is too small for your level and size. And pay attention to one thing: volume is equal to a length multiplied by width and thickness. So just because your board is 90 L doesn’t mean it’s stable. Stability depends on the width of the board. There is no miracle.

Regarding the type of practice:

Wingfoiling can be practiced in freeride, in the waves or downwind. Each discipline has its own specificities. So depending on your desires, the choice of equipment will be different.
However, if you are a beginner, don’t overestimate yourself and stick to beginner equipment. If you choose equipment that is too efficient and too technical for your level, your speed of progress and learning will take much longer, or you may even be disgusted by the activity.

2) To start in Wing foiling

To start, we recommend foils around 1750 cm², a board around 6 feet with a volume between 100 and 130 L, and a 5 m² kite. Solbach will have to be adapted to your size. If you weigh 50 kg, we recommend a board with smaller dimensions: a board around 5’5×26 inches wide. On the other hand, if you have a large size, we advise you to take a slightly larger and wider board with a slightly larger foil around 2000 cm² and a 6 m² kite.

3) To downwind with wing foil

If you want to go downwinding, choose high aspect ratio foils like the UHA range from SROKA and long and narrow boards like our Down Wind range of boards, but this will be the subject of another article and comparisons in order to present you with different options.

For wave lovers, opt for small foils that turn with great maneuverability and small boards that will be more playful and maneuverable in the waves

3) To wave in wing foil or jumper

If you want to go jumping, choose foils with enough bulk such as the SROKA control range and short boards with little volume such as the superfly range to facilitate flights and jumbs

For wave lovers, opt for small foils that turn with great maneuverability and small boards that will be more playful and maneuverable in the waves

4) Adapt to where you’re going to sail

The spots vary in terms of wind, current, and wave size. If you’re sailing on an inland body of water, you’ll need less stability on the board. On the other hand, if you are in rough water, a more stable board will be necessary.

So, the conditions in which you will be sailing will influence the choice of equipment you will choose. If you want more information, contact us, we will be happy to answer you.

5) Budget

The price of the equipment can vary greatly. Find a balance between quality and budget. There is no miracle. An excessively low price is not a guarantee of quality. So you have to look at the competition to find the best choice for you and your level. Most of the time, this cheap hardware won’t be upgradeable over time, and you won’t be able to change, for example, the front fin in order to continue progressing with your pack. So sometimes you have to invest a little more in order to keep a great evolution possible over time depending on your level.

6) Scalability

Opt for scalable hardware that will support you in your progress. Some brands do not have compatibility between carbon and aluminum foils, for example, or the choice of front fins is very limited. Thus, it will not allow you to evolve properly according to your desires. When you start a new sport, it is difficult to project yourself into the future to know which discipline you want to pursue.

Find out more directly via the brand or a specialist retailer.

Comparison of the different types of wing foil packs available on the market

Which brand to choose for a quality rigid wing foil pack?

[wptb id=”119400″]

In conclusion of the rigid wing foil packs

We have detailed three rigid wing foil packs. As you may have noticed, there are many design differences between these packs. Some brands are less scalable than others.

Let’s take the example of the SROKA brand. Whether you are a beginner or an expert, you will be able to make your foil evolve according to your desires and your progress. Everything has been designed to simplify the user experience. The SROKA package is complete, with special attention paid to every detail. For example, the use of M8 screws allows the use of a single tool to facilitate practice. The construction of the board has been redesigned to ensure durability, strength and rigidity. The housings pass through PVC blocks from the deck to the hull, increasing rigidity. The rails are carbon reinforced, and the hull and deck are made of fiberglass PVC sandwich with carbon reinforcement, providing a responsive and rigid board. When it comes to the foil, all the fins are compatible, whether you use an aluminum or carbon foil. So you can keep and upgrade your equipment.
However, these benefits do not apply to AFS packages. The AFS packages have differences, such as various screw sizes, incompatibility between some of the brand’s foils and a less successful construction for the boards and wing wings (lack of rigid handles and windows). As a beginner, it’s essential to have a good view around you, and windows provide a real safety advantage.
Finally, at F-one, we didn’t like the construction of the front foil wings. This construction is heavy and inelegant. In addition, compatibility between the different fins is not offered. If you want to use smaller wings from the brand, you will need to buy a new fuselage.

Here is the final ranking of the rigid packs: the SROKA pack is in first place, followed by the AFS pack in second place, and the Fone pack comes in third place.

Which brand to choose for a quality inflatable wing foil pack?

[wptb id=”119348″]

An inflatable wing foil pack is great for getting started and allowing you to progress, especially if you have space constraints or plan to travel frequently. Here are the criteria to take into account when choosing the right pack for you:

Construction of the boards: Do you opt for a simple head (less rigid, but with the possibility of inverting the rocker in the water)? How is the fixing plate on the hull (short or long)? Is there a rhinestone insert or reinforcement on the rails?
Construction of the foils: Is the foil made of aluminum? The thickness of the mast influences the stiffness. What is the size of the screws? How is the front fin nested? Can we make the foil evolve over time without changing everything?
Wings: Do wings have windows to optimize vision and safety? Do you prefer rigid handles (for more responsiveness) or soft handles?
Element Compatibility: Are the different elements compatible with each other? Adjusting the Elements: Do you use M8 or 6 screws? How is the front fin nested? Are the elements interchangeable over time to evolve?
Pack Brand: Is it a single-brand pack?
Price:Price is a criterion, but beware: a very inexpensive product can lead to compromises in construction to reduce costs. A board made of single layers will be cheaper to produce, but its overall stiffness will be less, which can slow down your progress

Taking all these criteria into account, we have established a rating for the 4 inflatable wing foil packs:

1. SROKA V1 wing foil pack : Best value for money. Possibility of evolving the product. Limited choice (5m sail and foil in 1750).
2. SROKA V2 inflatable wing foil pack : Complete choice (all sizes of front wings and foil). Perfect adaptation to your size or place of navigation.
3. F-one Pack: Good quality despite a slightly large board size and a specific foil construction. Homogeneous and consistent package for beginners.
4. Multi-brand pack : Lack of evolution over time (you will have to buy a complete foil). Good quality of the kite, but beware of compromises.

In conclusion, the SROKA V1 package offers the best compromise between quality and price, while the multi-brand package has limitations in terms of evolution.

Choosing the right wing package depends on your program and your specific needs. Here are some tips to guide you:

If you don’t have a gliding problem, we recommend a hard pack: It will bring you more rigidity, stability, and nervousness. This will make it easier for you to progress and you will be able to evolve more easily over time.

Criteria to consider:

- Your size : The choice of board and the size of the foil and kite will depend on your weight. The heavier you are, the more volumes you will have to maximize and vice versa.
- A single-brand pack will always be better to evolve quickly in the sport. If you mix the products, there may be product incompatibilities.
- Quality of the Product Sought : Determine if you prefer a lower price, good value for money, or a high-end model. Beware of the first prices, the price is tempting but there will inevitably be a compromise that will be made to reduce the price of the pack. Reduction of rigidity, solidity, or accounting…. The options for reducing costs are endless. But this will always be to the detriment of your margin of progress and the possibility of evolving. So ask yourself the following question: Are you ready to buy a second pack 1 year after buying the first pack to evolve?
- Arigid or inflatable pack? This will be determined first and foremost by the space saved and your ability to travel with your pack. A rigid pack will be less easy to carry but more responsive. An inflatable pack will be perfect for those looking for a minimum of space or to be able to travel easily.

Be careful with the choice: If you choose an unsuitable wing foil pack, you may have difficulty standing up or moving quickly. On the other hand, a wise choice will allow you to enjoy your experience on the water to the fullest.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Andalousie.

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article What is the best wing foil pack? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

The best Wing foil spots in Andalusia.

Bruno Sroka — Wed, 20 Nov 2024 15:53:57 +0000

Andalusia, a sunny region in the south of Spain, is a true paradise for water sports enthusiasts, especially wing foil. With its vast and diverse coastline, sandy beaches and constant winds, Andalusia offers ideal conditions for the booming wing foiling.

The wing foil spots in Andalusia are renowned for their crystal clear waters and breathtaking landscapes. Whether you’re a beginner or an experienced rider, each spot has something unique to offer, from flat bodies of water for the first tacks to more powerful swells for more radical maneuvers. From Tarifa, the jewel of Spain’s wind sports, to Cadiz and its wide open beaches, to the more intimate venues of Conil de la Frontera, each location has distinct characteristics that meet the expectations of the most demanding riders.

You could even say that every beach can become a wing foil spot because there are so many options.

In this article, we’ll explore some of the best Wing Foil spots in Andalusia, detailing wind direction, access to spots, wind statistics and the best times to sail. Prepare your equipment and be guided through the hidden gems of this beautiful region for an unforgettable wing foiling experience.

Ideal time for Wing Foil in Andalusia

All year round! The wind statistics are really impressive. This makes this region one of the windiest in Europe. In summer, there is more Poniente (north wind) and in winter more Levente ( sells easterly which is accelerating with the Strait of Gibraltar. To the east of Gibraltar by Levente the wind will be less strong, it will be strongest over Tarifa, and will decrease the further you go. Mild temperatures all allow you to consider this destination as a perfect destination whatever the season.

Main Wing Foil Spots in Andalusia

We will not detail all the possible and unimaginable spots because every beach can be a Wingfoil spot. What to remember. To the east of Gibraltar the wind will be less constant in summer. It will be more like spots from November to June. To the west of Gibraltar, the consistency of the wind conditions will be greatly improved with higher wind statistics.

1. Tarifa

Tarifa is one of the most popular spots for wing foiling due to the climate, exceptional wind conditions and beautiful beaches.

Here is a detailed description of some of the wing foil spots in Tarifa:

1.1 Balneario Beach:

Balneario beach offers a large area to deploy your kites or wing foils and access the water, benefiting from ideal wind conditions on days of easterly wind (from sea to land). Nevertheless, this beach is marked by strong offshore currents and is frequently crowded with kitesurfers, making it not recommended for beginners.

1.2 Playa de Los Lances Norte

Playa de Los Lances Norte, located north of Tarifa, is one of the most popular spots for wing foiling in Andalusia. The beach mainly benefits from crosswinds, known as the Poniente (coming from the west) and Levante (coming from the east), providing ideal conditions for wingfoils. Its access is very easy, thanks to its proximity to the main road, making it easy for cars or trucks to arrive near the beach. The ideal time to sail in Los Lances Norte is all year round, but the conditions are particularly favorable from November to April, offering unforgettable gliding sessions in a breathtaking setting.

1.3. Playa de Los Lances Sur

Playa de Los Lances Sur, located closer to Tarifa than the North Beach, is another top spot for wing foiling in Andalusia. Its access is facilitated by its proximity to the national road, making the spot easily accessible. By Poniente you can have more swell and therefore complicated for beginners.

1.4. Playa de Valdevaqueros

The Playa de Valdevaqueros is the spot of the great sand dune of Tarifa. Located at the northern end of the Tarifa beach. It is the favorite place for wingfoilers. In summer, sometimes the spot can be really overloaded with practitioners but the conditions are very safe which allows you to enter without any problem in case of problems. Access to the beach is easy with parking lots very close to the beach.

1.5. Playa de Bolonia

Playa de Bolonia, located even further north de Tarifa, is a popular spot for wing foiling By Levente, the wind will be a little less strong and will allow you to sail even if the wind is too strong on Tarifa. The beach is mainly exposed to the winds of Poniente (from the west) and Levante (from the east). It’s a slightly less crowded spot compared to Tarifa.

1.6. Canos del Ameca

The Canos del Ameca spot is the wave spot for experienced wing foilers. In the same way as the other spots, it works by Levente, or Poniente. However, the waves are present by Levente when he blew at least 3 to 4 days quite strongly. Swell trains can be consistent.

1.7. Cadiz La plage de Valdelagrana,

Valdelagrana beach, located in El Puerto de Santa María near Cadiz, is a popular spot for the people of Cadiz because it is located in the bay of Cadiz. Exposed mainly to the Poniente (from the west) and Levante (from the east) winds, it offers regular wind conditions for wing foiling. The spot is really very safe because it is located in the bay of Cadiz. With its calm and shallow waters, this spot is a perfect place for beginners and intermediate practitioners wishing to progress in a serene and magnificent atmosphere.

Not far away, there is the spot of Conil de la Frontera which will operate in the same conditions as the spots of Cadiz.

All Wing Foil Sroka

Some additional information

Regularity of wind statistics

Andalusia, particularly the Costa de la Luz region, is renowned for its constant and powerful winds. The prevailing winds are the Poniente (west wind) and the Levante (east wind), providing ideal conditions for wingfoiling all year round. To the east of Gibraltar, the winds will be less consistent and regular, but the climate will be calmer.

Sunshine

Andalusia enjoys a Mediterranean climate with hot and sunny summers. The region is one of the sunniest in Europe, which allows you to enjoy many hours of sunshine for your wingfoil sessions. And even winter allows you to have a very pleasant climate to practice wing foiling without being cold.

Quantity of spotlights

The area has about 20 wingfoil spots along the Costa de la Luz, from Tarifa to Cadiz. Each spot offers different conditions depending on the direction and strength of the wind.

Recreational vehicle

It is possible to go down in a campervan and stay in this area for quite a long time. Many campsites and motorhome parking areas are available, providing a comfortable option for your extended stays.

Hardware

Tarifa is a nerve centre for board sports and is home to many surf shops where you can rent or buy wingfoil equipment. You will also find wingfoil schools for courses and training.

What equipment to use to sail in Andalusia.

The equipment needed to navigate in Tarifa can be very varied. In Levante (east wind), the wind can be very strong, so small wing wing sizes will be preferred. On the other hand, in Poniente (northwest wind), the wind will be less strong and therefore a bigger wing will be necessary.

If you are going to start winging, we recommend the 5’4 or 5’7 Wing foil pack ; This pack will be ideal during the summer period when the wind will be less strong. If you are resourceful, choose the Superfly which are perfectly adapted to the conditions of heavy seas and strong winds.

The size of the front foil fin will depend on your level. But to sum up, if you’re just starting out, go for a Control 1250 if the wind is very strong, or otherwise for the classic 1500 or 1750 range. If you are resourceful or an expert, Tarifa will allow you to sail with very small front wings, such as 550 cm², 670 cm² or 810 cm².

In summary, Andalusia is an ideal destination for wingfoil enthusiasts thanks to its regular wind conditions, abundant sunshine, and the presence of many spots and facilities

You are spoilt for choice. All year round you can sail and find a suitable spot for wing foiling, kiting or surfing. Tarifa is considered the Mecca of board sports in Europe.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

L’Andalousie, région ensoleillée du sud de l’Espagne, est un véritable paradis pour les amateurs de sports nautiques, notamment le wing foil. Avec son littoral vaste …

•
novembre 20, 2024

Wing foil: comment réussir un 360?

Wing foil: comment réussir un 360?

Le 360 en wing foil est une manœuvre qui vous permet de commencer le freestyle à plat sur l’eau. Cette figure, qui consiste à effectuer …

•
novembre 18, 2024

L’île Maurice en Wing Foil

L’île Maurice en Wing Foil

L’Île Maurice, connue pour ses plages de sable blanc et ses eaux cristallines, est une destination de rêve pour les amateurs de sports nautiques. Parmi …

•
novembre 6, 2024

Où apprendre le wing foil ?

Où apprendre le wing foil ?

Le wingfoil est un sport nautique émergent qui gagne en popularité grâce à sa grande accessibilité. Que vous soyez jeune ou moins jeune, le wingfoil …

•
novembre 6, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article The best Wing foil spots in Andalusia. est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Wing foiling: how to succeed in a 360?

Bruno Sroka — Mon, 18 Nov 2024 14:20:26 +0000

The 360 wing foil is a maneuver that allows you to start freestyle flat on the water. This trick, which involves making a complete turn on oneself while maintaining flight, is not only impressive to see but also incredibly rewarding to perform.

Mastering 360° requires a good understanding of the fundamentals of wing foiling, complete coordination between the upper body and the lower body. In this article, we will guide you through the key steps to achieve a successful 360° wing foil, starting with the essential basics to the advanced tips that will make you an expert in achieving a 360° wing foil. Whether you’re a curious beginner or looking to improve your skills, this guide is designed to give you the basics for 360° success

Ready to embark on the 360° wing foiling adventure ? Follow us step by step and find out how to master this trick with grace and confidence.

Wing foiling, how to succeed in the 360°: the Prerequisites

1. Mastery of the fundamentals of wing foiling

To succeed in a 360° wing foil, it is essential to master the basics. Before attempting this maneuver, you must master:

Balance on the foil : You need to be comfortable with managing balance on the foil, whether in a straight line or in a turn with the ability to change the position of the feet on the board.
Wing Control : Having good wing control is crucial. You need to know how to position and move it in the wind to get the necessary propulsion or against square its power.
Basic turn : Knowing how to jibe is essential before attempting a 360 and starting to make tacks
Have enough movement speed to stay in the air for the entire 360°

2. Optimal conditions

Optimal conditions for practice are crucial. Choose moderate wind conditions, not too strong or too weak, for better control and increased safety. It is also advisable to practice on a body of water without too many waves or currents to facilitate the maneuver.

3. Suitable equipment for a 360°

Foil : Use a foil adapted to your level and size. But above all a foil that glides and stays in the air for a long time. For example, large wingspan foils that will give you glide and long flight time.
Wing : Choose a wing of the right size according to the wind conditions. A slightly smaller kite will be easier to rotate and will be less physical.

Making sure you meet these prerequisites will increase your chances of landing your 360 wing foil and improving your freestyle experience on the water.

The different steps to a successful 360°

Breaking down the different steps to do a 360° in Wing foiling:

1. Preparation

Starting position : Make sure you are comfortable with your wing foil and have a good initial speed. Too low a speed will not allow you to finish your rotation. The starting position should be balanced and sandy. Ideally remove all your straps or if you don’t know how to sail without straps, at least remove the rear straps. Your back foot can be shifted downwind to give you more stability.
Get more speed before engaging the 360°

2. Initiation of the Rotation to succeed in the 360°

In a basic way, a 360 will always start as a jibe in terms of the supports on the board. So imagine yourself just making a jibe.

Trigger the rotation : Start by pressing down on the toe while tilting your body slightly towards the inside of the turn and turn your shoulders in the direction of the desired rotation
Using the wing : Use the wing to help you turn by positioning the leading edge downwards to facilitate rotation without touching the tips in the water. Push the front hand forward and down and bring the back hand back to the head position to orient the wing and begin the rotation.

3. The 360° Rotation

Body coordination : Continue to press the supports. When you have passed with your back to the wind, Come and counter the power of the wing which will want to inflate in the opposite direction, so your support and balance on the board will be fundamental. When you are against (facing the wind) you have to succeed in completing your rotation. Bring the wing back above your head by pushing on the front hand and bringing your front hand over your head. This will tip your wing in the right direction while decreasing the power in the wing and thus facilitate the end of your rotation.
Maintaining Balance : Focus on maintaining your balance on the foil using your legs.

4. Height Control

Height adjustment : Use the foil to control your height during rotation. Be sure to maintain a consistent height to avoid touching the water. You can start with a little more height because as you rotate and lose speed, this greater height from the start will bring you a longer flight time.
Leg use : Bend your knees slightly to absorb variations and maintain a balanced position.

5. Termination of the 360° Rotation and Resumption of Speed to Achieve Your 360°

Finish the rotation : Continue to press the tips of your toes to finish the rotation. If your board touches up the water, it means that your radius of curvature is too large. So go for a shorter bend radius.
Wing adjustment : Pull on the back hand and push on the front hand while lowering slightly to regain speed and stability.

Additional Tips

Regular practice : if you want to progress quickly in 360, we advise you to block 20 to 30 minutes in your session and focus only on this maneuver. There is no secret, repetition concentrated on the same period will facilitate your learning.

Error Analysis : Practice spotting and correcting your mistakes to improve your technique. Focus on the wing position and your support.

Common mistakes:

When I’m against (facing the wind) the kite pushes me to the outside of the turn and makes me fall).

Solution: Before you arrive Facing the wind (against) push on your front hand to position your kite above your head and pull on your back hand at the same time. This will allow you to position your kite in the axis of the wind to prevent the wing from unbalancing you.

Toowide and my board comes to touch the water.

Solution: Reduce your bend radius to turn tighter and regain speed faster.

The key points to succeed in the 360° wing foil

Start as a jibe; Stand on tiptoe to steer in the direction of the wind
Tilt your wing by positioning the attack board facing the water
Continue your rotation, when the kite starts to push you counter, it’s time to push on the front hand again and pull on the back hand. The attack board of the wing comes to position itself above the head. This will allow the wing to be repositioned in a Neutral position allows you to complete your rotation easily without getting thrown off balance
Continue to shoot towards the end of the rotation to regain speed and maintain your flight.

Performing a 360 in wing foiling is a maneuver that, although slightly technical, becomes accessible with regular practice and good coordination. The key to the success of this trick lies mainly in the perfect synchronization of the positioning of the wing throughout the rotation. This coordination between the upper body and the positioning of the wing is fundamental to maintaining balance and ensuring smooth rotation.

By mastering these aspects, you will be able to perform 360s with grace and confidence, opening the door to new possibilities in freestyle on the water. The objective of this maneuver is to understand the positioning of the wing to generate or neutralize the power of the wing. So, grab your wing, get in the water, and don’t forget to enjoy the learning process while having fun.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Wing foil: comment réussir un 360?

Le 360 en wing foil est une manœuvre qui vous permet de commencer le freestyle à plat sur l’eau. Cette figure, qui consiste à effectuer …

•
novembre 18, 2024

L’île Maurice en Wing Foil

L’île Maurice en Wing Foil

L’Île Maurice, connue pour ses plages de sable blanc et ses eaux cristallines, est une destination de rêve pour les amateurs de sports nautiques. Parmi …

•
novembre 6, 2024

Où apprendre le wing foil ?

Où apprendre le wing foil ?

Le wingfoil est un sport nautique émergent qui gagne en popularité grâce à sa grande accessibilité. Que vous soyez jeune ou moins jeune, le wingfoil …

•
novembre 6, 2024

Les avantages d’un pack wingfoil prêt à naviguer

Les avantages d’un pack wingfoil prêt à naviguer

Dans l’univers des sports nautiques, la praticité et l’accessibilité sont souvent des éléments clés pour vivre une expérience réussie. Le wing foil est un sport …

•
octobre 14, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Wing foiling: how to succeed in a 360? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Where to learn wing foiling?

Bruno Sroka — Wed, 06 Nov 2024 16:45:27 +0000

Wingfoiling is an emerging water sport that is gaining popularity due to its high accessibility. Whether you are young or old, wingfoiling is an activity that does not require great physical strength, making it suitable for all ages. One of the greatest strengths of this sport is its ability to be practiced almost everywhere. Unlike other water sports that require specific conditions, wingfoiling does not require extraordinary circumstances to be enjoyed.

However, to learn wing foiling correctly and safely, it is essential to choose the right place and start under the right conditions. A calm body of water with a moderate wind is ideal for beginners. It is also strongly recommended to start with the supervision of a professional. A qualified Instructor will be able to guide you through the first steps, teach you basic techniques, and help you progress safely and quickly.

How to find wing foil lessons?

To find wingfoil lessons, here are some steps you can take:

1. Online search

Search the internet using keywords like “wingfoil class near me” or “wingfoil school”. This will allow you to find schools and training centers in your area.

2. Specialized sites

Check out websites specialising in water sports, or the FFV or FFVL website which lists wingfoil schools in France. You will find information about the schools, the courses offered, and the prices.

3. Social media

Follow the pages of wingfoil clubs and schools on social networks such as Instagram and Facebook. They often post ads for their courses and internships.

4. Direct contact

Once you’ve found a school you’re interested in, contact them directly for more information on available courses, schedules, and prices. Most schools have websites with contact forms or phone numbers. Choose a place where you regularly have wind to make sure you optimize your learning.

5. Events and workshops

Join wingfoil events or courses organized by clubs or associations such as the UCPA for example. It’s a great way to meet people and discover the sport in a good atmosphere.

6. Online Forum and Groups

Join forums and online groups dedicated to wingfoiling. Here you can exchange with other practitioners and get recommendations on the best courses and schools.

Find a practitioner and ask him if he knows of a school in the area.

The Best Spots to Learn Wing Foil in France

The number of Wing foil spots is phenomenal. It’s impossible to go into all the details, so we’ve made a far from complete list.

Has. Le Finistère

Finistère is a privileged place to learn about wingfoiling. Thanks to a steady wind, calm waters and wide beaches dotted with sheltered coves, the conditions are optimal for beginners. Wingfoil lessons are offered by various nautical centers and independent instructors, such as Wingfoil Crozon. You have the option of choosing between intensive courses or hourly lessons. The ideal time to practice is from spring to autumn.

B. Morbihan, Brittany

Morbihan in Brittany is also a great choice for learning wingfoil, offering steady wind and calm waters. The beaches are wide and well adapted to this practice. You will find many independent instructors as well as nautical centers offering wingfoil lessons. Whether it’s on a training course or on time, you will be able to progress at your own pace. The most favorable time to practice is from spring to autumn.

C. The Côte d’Azur

On the French Riviera, the clear waters and pleasant temperatures make this region an ideal spot for wingfoiling. The conditions vary according to the spots, but remain favorable especially in spring and autumn or winter. In summer (in the East), there can be a lack of wind and high heat and further west, the wind will blow stronger. But other regions such as Leucate and Almanarre remain very interesting options in terms of wind frequency. Many wingfoil schools are present to offer courses adapted to all levels.

D. The Vendée

The Vendée is a perfect place for beginners thanks to its suitable beaches and constant wind. In summer, the thermal wind is frequently present, allowing almost daily sailing. The Ile de Ré is particularly popular for wingfoiling. Local schools offer well-structured courses to learn or improve. The best time to practice is from spring to autumn.

The Best Spots to Learn Wing Foil Internationally

The number of places to practice wingfoiling around the world is infinite, so it is impossible to detail all the existing spots. However, we have prepared a non-exhaustive list of some exceptional destinations to start and progress in this sport.

A. Tarifa, Spain

Tarifa, located at the southern tip of Spain, is often referred to as the wind capital of Europe. This spot is renowned for its strong and constant winds, providing a suitable environment for wingfoil enthusiasts. The ideal conditions for practicing extend all year round with rather mild weather. Several well-known schools, such as “Kite Local School” and “Tarifa Max Kitesurfing School”, offer wingfoil lessons suitable for all levels. Lessons can be organized in intensive courses or by the hour, depending on your preferences.

B. Maui, Hawaii

Maui, one of Hawaii’s most famous islands, is a dream destination for water sports enthusiasts. With its warm waters, constant wind, and legendary beaches, Maui offers ideal conditions for wingfoiling all year round. Wind periods are particularly favourable in summer. However, with wing foiling need a big wind, many wingfoil schools, such as “Maui Sports Unlimited” and “Action Sports Maui”, offer lessons and clinics for all levels. The qualified instructors will guide you to master the basic techniques and progress quickly.

C. The Canary Islands

The Canary Islands, located off the coast of Africa, are a paradise for wingfoil enthusiasts. The conditions are perfect with clear waters, strong winds and breathtaking landscapes. It’s windy all year round. In winter, the wind is weaker and in summer much stronger. We prefer the winter period. This allows you to make a nice break in the winter. Wingfoil schools, such as Windsurf Las Cucharas in Costa Téguise (Lanzarote), Pro Center René Egli in Fuerteventura and Cutre Windsurf Center in Gran Canaria, offer courses suitable for all levels. You will be able to take advantage of their knowledge and state-of-the-art equipment to progress in complete safety.

But you can also find what you are looking for in Switzerland, Spain, Mauritius, Cape Verde, Florida, Italy, Croatia, Greece….

Learn Wing Foil internationally: our advice

1. Accreditations and certifications of Instructors:

It is crucial to check that instructors are certified by recognized organizations. In France, the necessary diploma is the State Certificate. Without a state certificate in kite, sailing or equivalent, it is impossible to teach wing foil. Certifications such as those issued by the IKO (International Kiteboarding Organization) or the VDWS (Verband Deutscher Wassersport Schulen) guarantee that instructors have undergone rigorous training and are qualified to teach safely internationally, even if this type of diploma is less technical compared to a state certificate or BPJEPS in France.

2. Quality of the equipment provided:

A good wingfoil school should provide quality equipment, adapted to your level and local conditions. This includes new, well-maintained kites, boards, and foils. Also, make sure the school has life jackets and helmets to ensure your safety.

3. Group size and personalized attention:

For effective learning, prefer schools that limit group sizes. The fewer participants per session, the more likely you are to receive personalized guidance and increased attention from the instructor. But above all, a significant amount of practice time. Ideally, opt for small group lessons or private lessons to maximize your progress.

Advice before you start and make the right choice

1. Importance of the first lessons:

The first wingfoil lessons are crucial to acquire the basics and adopt the right habits. It is therefore essential to follow them with a professional who can teach you basic techniques, safety and navigation rules. Investing in quality courses from the beginning will greatly facilitate your progress and above all accelerate your progress by preserving your equipment.

2. Take into account your level and personal goals:

When choosing a wingfoil school, it is important to consider your current level and personal goals. Talk to the instructors so that they understand your expectations and can adapt the lessons accordingly. Whether you just want to learn wingfoil or aim for more ambitious goals, choosing a school that adapts to your needs is essential to fully enjoy this experience.

Choosing the right place and school to learn wingfoil is essential to fully enjoy this unique experience. Whether on the French coast or abroad, the ideal conditions and professional supervision will guarantee a fast and safe progression.

We strongly encourage you to embark on this exciting adventure. Wingfoiling offers incomparable sensations, combining the freedom of gliding on the water and the adrenaline of flying over the waves. Don’t hesitate any longer and discover for yourself the joys and challenges of this booming sport. Take your first lessons, feel the wind carry you and let yourself be carried away by this new passion

Also discover all the equipment you need to start wing foiling at Sroka.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

L’île Maurice en Wing Foil

L’Île Maurice, connue pour ses plages de sable blanc et ses eaux cristallines, est une destination de rêve pour les amateurs de sports nautiques. Parmi …

•
novembre 6, 2024

Où apprendre le wing foil ?

Où apprendre le wing foil ?

Le wingfoil est un sport nautique émergent qui gagne en popularité grâce à sa grande accessibilité. Que vous soyez jeune ou moins jeune, le wingfoil …

•
novembre 6, 2024

Les avantages d’un pack wingfoil prêt à naviguer

Les avantages d’un pack wingfoil prêt à naviguer

Dans l’univers des sports nautiques, la praticité et l’accessibilité sont souvent des éléments clés pour vivre une expérience réussie. Le wing foil est un sport …

•
octobre 14, 2024

Quel est le meilleur pack wing foil ?

Quel est le meilleur pack wing foil ?

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Where to learn wing foiling? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

The benefits of a ready-to-sail wingfoil package

Bruno Sroka — Mon, 14 Oct 2024 10:39:20 +0000

In the world of water sports, practicality and accessibility are often key elements for a successful experience. Wing foiling is a sport that combines technology and fun. SROKA Company has used its expertise in foil development to create wingfoil packs that meet the varied expectations of users, whether they are novices or experienced enthusiasts. But then, why choose a ready-to-sail wingfoil pack ?

The efficiency of a complete equipment

Choosing a ready-to-sail wingfoil pack greatly simplifies your debut in this discipline. These packs usually include everything you need to get started: a suitable board, a kite, as well as the foil. And for the most serious brands, you also have all the accessories to go sailing right away. Opting for a complete package saves you time selecting and purchasing each component separately. Each element of the pack is designed to harmonize perfectly with the others, ensuring consistency and performance on the water. Many people are looking for the right cost and buy items from different brands that are not fully compatible and will thus slow down their progress.

Why is it great for beginners?

There are two types of wing foil pack. Inflatable and rigid wing foil packs. For beginners, these inflatable wing foil packs offer an ideal solution thanks to equipment that is often stronger and easier to use. The packs are personalized according to the level and size of the practitioner, often including equipment adapted to the morphology and level that facilitates the initiation. In addition, you will find many tutorials on our site or elsewhere to guide you in your learning.

Simplify your preparation with a ready-to-sail package

With a ready-to-sail pack, you quickly go from being a novice to a confident rider. A beginner by definition does not know the activity and therefore does not have any reference points and sensations to tell if you are working well or not.

Setting up the same pack then becomes easier and faster, ideal for those who want to spend more time practicing rather than adjusting their equipment. This comfort avoids hesitations often linked to incorrect assembly or inadequacy of the equipment.

A passion accessible to all budgets

By offering these ready-to-sail packs, we have also made sure to make this passion economically accessible. The overall cost of these sets is usually 10 to 15% lower than buying the different items separately. This way, you save money without compromising the quality of the equipment.

Consistency of the material ensured from the start.
No risk of incompatibility between components.
Simplified set-up, significant time saving.
Economic approach favoured by attractive bundled prices.

Embarking on the wingfoiling adventure becomes simple and exciting thanks to carefully designed packs, combining innovation and accessibility.

Generally, it is beginners who equip themselves in packs. Afterwards, when you progress, you will be able to customize the different elements in order to perfect your equipment.

Essential Elements of a Wingfoil Pack

1. Wing sailing: the driving force behind your glide

The wing sail, often simply referred to as the “wing”, is the heart of your wingfoil pack. It’s your engine. Designed to capture and exploit every breath of wind, it propels the practitioner with disconcerting ease. The materials used, such as dacron or spinnaker, offer lightness and strength, guaranteeing a long durability.

The size of the sail affects the ease of navigation. Depending on your size and your place of navigation, you will have to adapt the size of the kite. In general, an 80 kg size will use a 5 m2 wing. Heavier, we will choose a 6m2 and lighter we will take a 4’5m2 or 4 m2 to start.

2. Plank: Stability Under Your Feet

The wingfoil board is the base on which the whole thing rests. Its design (shape) should make it easier to glide through the water while offering maximum stability.

Board sizes vary depending on skill level: a wide board is ideal for beginners, while experts will choose more compact and responsive or longer and thinner versions for better gliding and early starts.

There are two options: inflatable boards and rigid boards.

Inflatable boards will be easier to transport when you travel, ultra solid. They will provide you with cushioning during falls, reassuring beginners.
Rigid boards will be more bulky but will be more scalable over time.

So the choice of a board will depend on your ability to store bulky equipment and your need to be reassured when you start.

3. Foil: the secret ingredient of flying

The wing foil provides the unique feeling of “flying” above the water. It is essentially composed of a mast, a front wing and a rear wing. The size and profile of these kites play a crucial role in overall performance. From the outside, a foil is a foil, but unfortunately that’s the only comparison you can have.

Some foils will facilitate your learning by bringing softness to the take-off and the balance it will offer you.
Other foils will be less “beginner-friendly” and will slow you down in your learning.

At SROKA, we take the time to develop foils thoroughly because we know that this is the key to your success in learning.

Some fins promote speed, perfect for downwind foiling. Others prioritize stability and are ideal for a gradual introduction to this exhilarating sport.

4. Additional Accessories: The Key Optimizations

Let’s not neglect the complementary accessories that complete a complete wingfoil package, such as leashes, which keep your equipment nearby, and safety vests, essential for sailing with peace of mind. Carrying covers or pumps.
Every element in these ready-to-sail packages is carefully selected to provide a perfect harmony between intuitiveness and increased performance, ensuring a pleasant and safe experience.
We would like to point out that not all packs on the market are “plug and play”. The SROKA wing foil packs are complete packs.

See all Wing Foil

Economy and simplicity with a complete package

The financial advantages of a complete wingfoil package

Investing in a complete wingfoil package is a real financial opportunity for water sports enthusiasts. Buying the items separately can quickly drive up costs, making the final bill more expensive than expected. A ready-to-sail package allows you to reduce initial expenses thanks to significant discounts.

Consistency and perfect match between each component.
Immediate discounts compared to the purchase of each item.
Rapid availability of all necessary equipment.

Facilitation of learning and increased safety

Another major advantage of wingfoil packs is their ability to simplify learning. Assembling equipment piece by piece can be complex, especially for beginners. Choosing a package that’s designed to work seamlessly ensures a smooth experience right from the first try.

Built-in support to quickly familiarize you with the hardware.
Peace of mind is guaranteed thanks to a feeling of increased nautical safety .
Optimized hardware for easy adaptation to changing sea conditions.

The positive impact on the ecological and sustainable pathway

Opting for group purchases via a single supplier promotes responsible consumption by reducing the ecological footprint associated with the cost of individual transport of products. This makes it possible to aim for optimal product quality and compatibility.

In summary, opting for a complete wingfoil package is not only about financial convenience but also about long-term profitability, ease of use and a respectful approach to our environment. We provide you with advice in all your purchases, so do not hesitate to contact us.

Practical tips to optimize your wingfoil pack

Navigation tips according to weather conditions

To ensure optimal sailing, adapt your wingfoil pack to the wind. Make sure to use a kite of adequate surface with the wind on your spots. In light conditions, prefer a larger wing to generate more power.
Be sure to adjust the assembly of your foil.
Start without foostraps. With footstraps, precise adjustment will be necessary to improve your experience. However, as a Beginner, you don’t have any experience. So simplify your life: don’t put on straps
Choose a body of water that is as flat as possible. This will make your learning speed much easier.
Move away from the board a little in a sea wind to avoid hitting the foil quickly on the beach or on a rock.
Learn to observe the environment. Observe weather changes to avoid potentially dangerous conditions such as strong currents or gusts.
Don’t neglect the weight distribution on the board. Positioning yourself correctly improves balance and overall control when sailing. Your center of gravity should be centered on the board. So pay attention to your foot position on the board.
Maximize your sessions with local tips. Ask regulars about the right spots, whether it’s a secluded spot or a suitable time slot.

Explore our quality wingfoil packs

Immersed in the world of wingfoil, whether out of passion or simply out of curiosity, you will discover a sport where communion with the sea and the wind is perfect.

Those who practice this discipline know how essential the choice of a complete package is.

At SROKA, we have put all our know-how at the service of creating equipment that combines performance and durability. Because your experience deserves the best, we offer packs adapted to each level, contact us for more information.

Acquiring a complete wingfoil package offers many advantages. Not only does this simplify your preparations, but it also ensures that all the elements fit perfectly: from the board to the wings, to the foil. With our selection of meticulously assembled equipment, you start your journey in the best possible conditions, with confidence.

Simplifying choices with pre-assembled kits.
Savings on the total price compared to purchasing the components individually.
Guarantee of better compatibility between equipment for smooth and pleasant navigation.
Our commitment is based on the belief that water sports should be accessible to everyone. In this way, we combine quality and affordability. We use robust but high-performance materials, capable of withstanding intensive use while guaranteeing the best possible handling.
- Strength and lightness combined for an optimal experience.
- Adjusted costs so as not to sacrifice quality.
- Sustainability, so that every investment is sustainable.
In conclusion, opting for our wingfoil packs means choosing a harmonious fusion between innovation and passion. We invite you to dive deeper into our offering and discover how our solutions can redefine your boating experience. Whether you’re looking for thrills or relaxing relaxation on the water, our packs are with you every step of the way.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Les avantages d’un pack wingfoil prêt à naviguer

Dans l’univers des sports nautiques, la praticité et l’accessibilité sont souvent des éléments clés pour vivre une expérience réussie. Le wing foil est un sport …

•
octobre 14, 2024

Quel est le meilleur pack wing foil ?

Quel est le meilleur pack wing foil ?

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article The benefits of a ready-to-sail wingfoil package est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Where to go Wing Foil in Martinique?

Bruno Sroka — Thu, 13 Jun 2024 10:20:18 +0000

Martinique, a paradise for wing foiling?

Martinique, a French island in the Caribbean, is a true tropical gem. Nestled in the heart of the Lesser Antilles, it offers a paradisiacal setting with its fine sandy beaches, crystal clear waters and lush vegetation. But beyond its idyllic landscapes, Martinique is also a privileged playground for water sports enthusiasts. Among them, wing foiling stands out.

This discipline combines the glide of surfing, the power of kite and the lightness of foil. Imagine yourself soaring above the water, propelled by the wind, in an enchanting setting. Martinique, with its adapted spots and tropical climate, is the perfect place to learn or improve your skills in this unique discipline.

The most beautiful Wing Foil spots in Martinique

1. The Vauclin

The Vauclin is an excellent spot for wing foiling in Martinique. It offers warm waters and a steady trade wind, ideal for learning and progressing. The spot at Pointe Faula is particularly suitable. You will find a flat and sandy bottom, a wide body of water accessible to all levels. The UCPA offers a one-week course in Vauclin, with 10 wingfoil sessions supervised by an instructor. This is an ideal opportunity for people who already have experience in water sports. For dining, I recommend Chez Henri, located on the Route des Salines, where you can enjoy delicious French and Caribbean cuisine.

2. Anse Michel

Anse Michel is another popular spot for wing foiling in Martinique. Its wind is rather onshore, which allows you to sail comfortably. For dining, Le Cocotier is a recommended restaurant, offering a magnificent view of the beach.

3. Sainte-Anne (The Bay of the English):

Sainte-Anne offers several varied spots for wing foiling. Anse du Belley is adapted to sustained trade winds. You can also explore Les Trois-Îlets on the west coast. Watch out for obstacles at sea. For dining, Chez Nadiege et Serge is a restaurant appreciated for its local dishes and its friendly atmosphere.

4. Cape Knight:

For Cap Chevalier, I haven’t found a specific wingfoil school, but you can explore the other spots mentioned above. For food, try Le Beach Resto Des Salines or Le Panier à Salade in Sainte-Anne, which are close to Cap Chevalier.

The particularities of Martinique for Wing Foil

Martinique benefits from the trade wind, which blows from the northeast. This trade wind is regular and mild, providing ideal conditions for safe wing foiling.

The trade wind period runs from December to July. This is the best season to practice wing foiling in Martinique. Air and sea temperatures are pleasant, reaching around 27°C during the windy period (December to April).

The most famous spots are on the south Atlantic coast, between the Vauclin and Anse Michel, as well as on Sainte-Anne. The wind is side-onshore, which allows you to sail comfortably. The water is generally flat to choppy. Sail in a swimsuit in a paradisiacal lagoon, it’s just an exceptional memory.

From beginner to expert, Martinique will be a perfect destination for wing foiling

There is something for all levels, from beginner to expert you can find a sport at your level and your needs. In some lagoons you have your feet very far away, which allows you to reassure yourself and rest if necessary in complete safety.

There are different wing foil schools in Martinique. You will find state certificates that allow you to start and progress in wing foiling.

The Azur kite school by level Sea (+596 696 07 21 12)
Martinique kiteschool ( 06 22 42 50 65)
Madinina Kitesurfing
Matinik Wing foil
UCPA in Vauclin
Bleue Lagoon wing foil school ( +596 696 94 81 63)

Remember to equip yourself with your wing foil pack before you leave. If necessary, schools can provide you with the equipment.

What to do if the conditions are not right?

If the wind is not present, you can discover the jewels of Martinique. It is one of the jewels of the French West Indies. It offers a heavenly setting for wingfoil enthusiasts. Beyond board sports, the island is full of activities to discover. Here’s what you can do next to wingfoiling:

4×4 excursions

Explore the north of the island through the cane fields and learn about banana farming. Your guide will reveal the secrets of the “sugar stick”. Don’t miss a visit to a banana plantation in Saint-Joseph.

Visit the La Mauny distillery in Rivière-Pilote

In the south, visit the La Mauny distillery in Rivière-Pilote to learn about the steps involved in making rum. After a Creole or lobster lunch by the sea in Sainte-Anne, relax on the islet of Chevalier, accessible by traditional boat.

Boat trips

Discover Le François by boat, explore the white seabed and observe dolphins and turtles.

Opt for a crossing to the islet of Chevalier, where you can swim and relax in an idyllic setting.

Hiking and canyoning

Go on an adventure at the Caravelle, between mangroves and cliffs.

Explore the island’s beautiful tropical gardens and take advantage of the colorful markets to discover local crafts.

Beaches and lagoons

Martinique offers fine sandy beaches and turquoise lagoons at 25-28°C. Swim, sunbathe and enjoy pure happiness.

Martinique is much more than a dream destination for wing foiling enthusiasts. It is a real paradise where you can combine skiing, discovery and relaxation. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced rider, the warm waters, the constant trade winds and the breathtaking landscapes make Martinique a must-see place to practice this unique sport. So, prepare your kite, adjust your foil and let yourself be carried away by the magic of gliding in the heart of the Caribbean!

As with the sun, prolonged exposure to strong winds and sand can accelerate the wear and tear on your wing. This is why, in case of strong winds, the trailing edge of your wing flaps in the wind, which damages it prematurely. In addition, when the sand flies (tramontane conditions in the south of France for example) the sand hits the wing. The sand then acts as a sandpaper on your wing foil or kite surf.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Where to go Wing Foil in Martinique? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to accelerate in wing foiling?

Bruno Sroka — Thu, 23 May 2024 13:26:22 +0000

For some time now, the practice of wingfoiling has been opening up to more and more interesting horizons of speed, little by little, the sport is becoming faster and faster and wingfoilers are starting to catch up in terms of speed.

But how do you accelerate in wing foiling ? It is not enough to be passive and wait for it to happen on its own, there are many parameters that come into play and that will help you accelerate.

Speed in wingfoil!

Embark on a cruise to your finest speed records on the water and discover the ultimate pleasure of full speed sailing.

The right technique to accelerate

What pace to go fast?

When sailing, a majority of the boats are faster when they are on the leeward, the wing is no exception to this common specificity, but a small subtlety is felt.

To go as fast as possible, start accelerating across to load the wing and foil, then, shoot down hard to go to the wide beam, the energy accumulated across will catapult you to the full speed and the drop will make you accelerate again.

To go glass on a foil, you have to heel, like kitefoils, heeling is a kind of balance between the wing that pulls to one side and the whole foil and the rider who leans to the opposite, this allows you to push in the foil, to pull in the wing and thus to unleash the speed of your whole.

The placement of the wing is also important, the closer it is to the horizontal, the more it pulls forward and therefore will make you accelerate.

For some time now, harness tips have been tending to become more popular and to become essential for freeride, freerace and race. Their use can be confusing at first, but to use them effectively, you will need to find the right position. A kind of balance where you sit like in a windsurfer, without pressing too hard to maintain the speed of the foil without saturating the wing.

The right equipment to accelerate in wingfoiling

Wing foil equipment plays a key role in your wing speed.
The wing challenge proves this every year. To maximize your chances of speeding up, you will have to play on as many boards as possible.

The wing wing

The wing is the first important element, a rigid wing that drags little air will give you better propulsion sensations. There are many innovative materials and concepts.
For its part, the SROKA brand is working on a dyneema breed wing, with the thinnest leading edge on the market to reduce drag.

The Plank

Wing foil boards are essential in the take-off part, they allow you to keep small foils with little wind. Their aerodynamics are also very important for speed and stability.

The foil

Finally, the important element is the foil, it plays a huge role in the speed of your set. Many parameters are then taken into account, such as the surface area of the front fin, the stabilizer, their thickness, their profiles, the thickness of the mast, its rigidity, its chord, etc. To put it simply, a thin, long mast with little rope and rigid will be ideal. Accompany it with a small 500 cm2 type fin, a small BCD and you get a real racing machine.

Settings that will make you speed up

Adjustments are an important part of the performance of wing equipment, although they are less complicated than those present in windsurfing, they are nevertheless extremely important.

Wing settings

To begin with, the wing does not have a full-fledged adjustment, you will just make sure to have a properly inflated rigid wing. You can possibly lower the pressure slightly when the wind is very strong.

The important adjustment is that of the harness ends, their balanced placement allows a significant comfort of use for performance.

Setting your board

The board adjustments are essential, the goal is once again to be comfortable, so adjust your straps in a way that avoids injuries, holds the board firmly without cramping underfoot. As for their positions, we’ll get to that in a moment.

Adjusting your foil

Now let’s talk about the foil settings, these are absolutely essential if you want to perform.

The stabilizer adjustment is a fine and precise adjustment. It affects your feeling on the foil, the slightest degree can play and make you feel the foil in a different way. Depending on the location of the latter on the fuselage, the following advice will be reversed. In the case of Sroka, our stabs are attached from the top of the fuselage. A positive shim lifts the back of the stabilizer and therefore gives more lift, conversely a negative shim raises the front of the stab and therefore reduces the lift.

The placement in the case is also important, moving your foil back reduces the support under the front foot and vice versa.

What settings to go fast?

When the foil accelerates, the lift under the front foot will increase, to counter this effect, we then move the foil back into the case, this gives a more “back foot” foil at low speed but very balanced at high speed.

But depending on the profiles, sizes and preferences of each person, the very far back foil can sometimes be an unpleasant experience, which is why we adjust the stab.

This adjustment allows the foil to be moved as far back as possible, which increases the distance between the BCD and the rider’s front foot and thus provides stability and control, by giving a positive angle to the stabilizer, we find comfort.

The position of the straps also plays a role in this precise balance, moving the back foot increases comfort at low speed and the rebound at the end of the maneuver and the advanced front strap allows you to press harder on the foil when it accelerates as well as to further lengthen the distance between the stab and the front foot.

A speed addict could then back everything up, increase his stance (distance between the feet) and set the BCD at 0° so that it slides as much as possible.

The psychological aspect of wingfoiling

The speed on a foil is very frightening during the first few attempts, although some acclimatization will make the exercise easier over time, it will always be a little scary to speed at 30 knots in the swell, the chop and between the competitors in a regatta.

We then enter a game where the technique no longer advances without an important part of psychology in order to manage our fear. Some call it putting the brain down, but it’s important to stay focused to avoid falling. Rather, it’s about controlling your emotions and your ability to put fear aside.

Conclusion

Wingfoiling is a sport in full evolution, with increasingly impressive performance in terms of speed. To achieve these high speeds, several elements come into play:

Navigation technique is essential, in particular by seeking to maximise the lift effect of the foil and wing. Adopting the right “counter-heel” position is essential.
The choice of equipment is crucial, from the rigid and aerodynamic wing, to the thin and slippery board, to the foil, optimized for performance (shape, size, rigidity, etc.).
The adjustments, although simpler than in windsurfing, play a decisive role, especially for the positioning of the foil and the harness ends.
Finally, the psychological aspect should not be neglected. The speed reached can be impressive and requires overcoming your fear to be able to fully exploit the potential of the equipment.

By mastering these different aspects, you will be able to push the limits of speed even further in this growing sport.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

See all our Wing Foil equipment

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to accelerate in wing foiling? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Matte Test Carbon Solo 16mm

Bruno Sroka — Wed, 15 May 2024 15:19:43 +0000

Test by myboard report with Wingsurferjournal.com

The SROKA Solo Carbon Foil is a carbon foil designed for seasoned sailors. With its High Aspect fins, it offers effortless pumping and magical gliding sensations without resistance in the water. In this article, Mathieu Bonno tested this foil and was totally convinced by our product. We are careful to release high-performance and well-designed products. This test is further proof of that. Our big strength is the compatibility of all

To sum up, we have taken a screenshot for you.

For more information, follow this link to read everything.

Wingsurferjournal.com

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Peut-on faire du paddle partout ?

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Matte Test Carbon Solo 16mm est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Can you paddle board everywhere?

Bruno Sroka — Thu, 25 Apr 2024 14:23:19 +0000

As the number of paddle boarders increases year after year, more and more of you want to get away from the crowded places to more remote areas. But this desire for freedom can sometimes be abruptly interrupted when you go to a spot where the practice is forbidden or impossible. To do this, We’re going to walk you through all the elements to make sure you can get your paddle board in the water without getting into trouble.

The different types of paddle boarding

There are many different types of inflatable SUP (Stand up paddle), you can practice in many situations, this variety brings its share of specificity to the models you will choose in order to adapt them to each practice.

Paddle surfing

Paddle surfing, also known as paddleboard surfing, is a variant of SUP that is practiced specifically in waves. Fans of this discipline use a shorter, more maneuverable board such as our Wave 9’5 to surf the waves while paddling.

Paddle Fitness

Paddle fitness is a discipline focused on fitness and muscle strengthening. It combines fitness exercises, such as yoga or Pilates, with the practice of stand up paddleboarding. Participants perform specific movements and exercises on their board, which adds a dimension of stability and muscle building to their workout. (note that it is necessary to equip yourself with an anchor to stop)

Whitewater paddle boarding

Whitewater paddleboarding is a more extreme discipline that involves navigating rivers and rapids. Participants must be experienced and have a good command of their board and paddle to deal with currents, rocks, and other obstacles encountered in whitewater.

Paddle touring

Paddle touring is a discipline that allows you to explore longer distances on the water, using a board specially designed for better stability and glide. Surfers can discover new landscapes, explore peaceful coasts or lakes and enjoy nature while paddle boarding.

Purebred Paddle

Performance in its purest form, the goal here is to glide, without compromise. We then observe paddle boards that are often unstable but with an exceptional glide allowing you to do long distances at high speeds without effort. They are usually less than 27 inches wide and more than 13 or 14 feet long. Our Alpha 14X27 is an efficient purebred paddle board.

See all SUPs

Places conducive to paddle boarding

Lakes & Ponds

Lakes and ponds offer many advantages for paddle boarding in fresh water. Here are some of these benefits and some recommendations to make the most of your paddling experience in these environments:

Stability: The calm waters of lakes and ponds provide extra stability, which is ideal for beginners or those looking for a more leisurely practice.
Ease of access: Lakes and ponds are often easily accessible, whether in parks, nature reserves, or recreational areas, making paddleboarding more convenient and accessible for everyone.
Picturesque landscapes: Lakes and ponds often offer beautiful scenery with green surrounding nature, mountains or forests, which makes the paddle boarding experience even more enjoyable.
Biodiversity: These environments are often rich in biodiversity, offering paddle boarders the opportunity to experience a variety of birds, fish, and other aquatic animals while paddling.

To practice paddle boarding in fresh water, here are some recommendations:

Check local regulations: Before you get started, make sure you know the rules and regulations regarding the use of lakes and ponds in your area. Some places may have specific restrictions regarding water activities.
Gear properly: Make sure you have the right gear for freshwater paddleboarding, including a suitable board, a quality paddle board , a life jacket, and any other necessary safety equipment.
Respect the environment: Keep in mind that lakes and ponds are fragile ecosystems. Respect the local flora and fauna, avoid disturbing natural habitats and do not leave litter behind.
Be aware of other users: In crowded areas, there may be other people engaged in other water activities. Be attentive to their presence, respect their space and follow the rules of courtesy on the water.

Rivers

Navigating rivers and streams while paddleboarding can be an exciting experience, but it also requires taking certain precautions and following a few tips to keep yourself safe. Here are some recommendations for navigating waterways:

Know the skill level required: Rivers and streams can have stronger currents and more variable conditions than lakes or ponds. It’s important to know your skill level and make sure you’re comfortable with the specific conditions of a river before you jump in.
Search for information about the river: Find out about the river or river you want to explore. Be aware of water levels, rapids, potential barriers, and access points. Check local guides, specialized websites, or talk to experts for accurate information.
Equip yourself properly: Make sure you have equipment suitable for whitewater sailing. Use a stiff, sturdy board, wear a life jacket, a leash to attach your board to your ankle, and a hard hat if necessary.
Learn whitewater boating techniques: Take the time to familiarize yourself with whitewater boating techniques, such as reading currents, paddling techniques suitable for rapids, and methods of recovery in the event of a fall. Taking classes or hiring an experienced guide can be beneficial in learning these skills.
Assess weather conditions: Be aware of weather conditions before venturing out on a river. Recent rains can lead to higher water levels and stronger currents. Avoid sailing in stormy weather or when hazardous weather conditions are forecast.
Sailing in a group: It is recommended that you sail in a group when exploring rivers or streams. Having other people nearby can help you when needed and increase your overall safety.
Respect the environment: When navigating waterways, be sure to respect the natural environment. Avoid disturbing the local flora and fauna, take your rubbish with you and follow the conservation rules in place.

Seas and oceans

The coasts and seas offer ideal conditions for paddle surfing, a discipline that consists of surfing the waves while using a paddle board. Here are some ideal conditions for paddle surfing by the sea:

Waves: The coasts and seas offer varied waves, allowing paddle surfing enthusiasts to enjoy a unique surfing experience. The waves can vary in size and power, providing surfers with a wide variety of conditions to practice their discipline.
Ocean currents: Ocean currents can play an important role in paddle surfing by the sea. Currents can create more powerful waves and influence the direction of the paddle. It is important to understand and take into account the ocean currents before embarking.
Coastal Landscapes: The coasts and seas offer stunning coastal scenery. Paddle surfers can enjoy the beauty of the ocean, beaches, cliffs and rock formations while practicing their discipline.

However, it is important to take certain precautions when paddle surfing by the sea:

Safety at sea: Before you set off, make sure you know the rules of safety at sea and familiarize yourself with the specific conditions of the beach where you plan to surf. Learn about currents, tides, and no-go zones.
Proper equipment: Use a wave-friendly paddle board such as our Wave 9’5 and ocean conditions. Wear a leash to attach your board to your ankle and be sure to wear a life jacket for your safety.
Skill assessment: Paddle surfing by the sea is a more advanced discipline that requires some mastery of waves and surfing techniques. Make sure you have the necessary skills before venturing into more challenging conditions.
Respect other surfers: When paddle surfing by the sea, it is important to respect the rules of priority and courtesy towards other surfers and users. Share the waves fairly and avoid dangerous or disrespectful behavior.
Weather monitoring: Pay attention to weather conditions, including wind, swell, and tide forecasts.

Restrictions and regulations

We practice sports that must respect their environment as much as possible in order to be viable and to maintain pleasant and lively playing spaces. Be citizens and avoid disturbing cash or littering. In addition, some areas are restricted to practice for ecological reasons, so find out about local regulations before jumping into the water

Respect for other users is a priority, your Sunday or holiday paddle outing should not turn into a tragedy. To do this, respecting the rules set up on the spots is obvious. Most beaches have a 300-metre swimming area in which navigation is prohibited, so you will have to use the channels to get out of this area and move away. Apart from the self-imposed rules of courtesy, it is customary for the most experienced to make it easier for the beginner to manoeuvre.

Factors to consider

Weather: Although it may seem obvious, too many people have a hard time estimating wind and sea conditions when they are on land. If you have any doubts and you think that the weather conditions are dangerous (temperature, wind, wind direction, etc.), ask the locals for advice or refrain from doing so.
Sea conditions, currents, chops, swells and other elements from water conditions may be hazardous or inappropriate.

Conclusion

So, can you paddle everywhere? Actually, yes practically, but it is important to pay attention to the surrounding factors in order to avoid trouble and bad experiences. Always keep in mind that your practice, if you are here, is probably exclusively of the leisure order, so you have no reason to take the slightest risk. Stay wise while going to discover the places that are important to you.

To finish, don’t hesitate to consult our paddle buying guide to help you in your choice of equipment.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Dans la mesure où le nombre de pratiquants de paddle augmente d’années en années, vous êtes de plus en plus nombreux à vouloir vous éloigner …

•
avril 25, 2024

Nouvelle planche d’ultra Light Wind et de Down Wind: la DW de SROKA

Nouvelle planche d’ultra Light Wind et de Down Wind: la DW de SROKA

Nouvelle planche d’ultra Light Wind et the Down Wind, la DW de Sroka. Ou la planche qui fera oublier le surnom de sachet de thé, …

•
avril 22, 2024

Les différences entre une pagaie de paddle en carbone vs aluminium

Les différences entre une pagaie de paddle en carbone vs aluminium

En général, nous pouvons établir un parallèle entre le paddle et la voiture afin de mieux comprendre les différences entre les matériaux et les variations …

•
avril 17, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de stand up paddle en France

Les meilleurs spots de stand up paddle en France

Depuis maintenant plus de 10 ans, le stand up paddle gonflable ne cesse de se développer et de se répandre sur les plages françaises. Au-delà de …

•
avril 11, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Can you paddle board everywhere? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

Bruno Sroka — Mon, 22 Apr 2024 13:39:08 +0000

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind board, the DW from Sroka.
Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, which has all too often been associated with Wing foil practitioners.
Here, you will discover how to take off with less than 10 knots of wind and discover the downwinder.

A wingfoil board for ultra light wind?

Downwind, like Ultra light wind, are practices that require equipment that can sometimes be specific. The new Sroka DW will allow you to optimize the low range in Light Wind, and take off very early in Downwind.

The type of board for Down Wind and Ultra Light Wingfoil or sup foil.

Starting early comes down to opting for a long, straight board. Indeed, the wider the board will be. The more drag it generates in the water and therefore will slow you down during the take-off phases. Opting for a narrow and long board allows you to reduce drag and therefore accelerate with little wind or few waves in the case of Down Wind.

But why is that?

The drag in the water due to its viscosity greater than air and its density is 800 times greater than in air, it is proportional to the frontal contact surface of the board, so in fact, a wide board will have a wider frontal surface and therefore a greater drag, the length it allows to limit turbulence when sliding the board in the water.

What is the difference between LW and DW?

The LW: this board is dedicated to Light Wind in Wing foil specifically and in general to a versatile Wingfoil, it will allow you to do everything in all conditions from five to 35 knots depending on the size.
The DW: This will allow you to glide in as little wind as possible as part of the Lighwind, but above all will allow you to be placed on a rail to allow you to take off in the slightest little bump during your Downwind practice. It will therefore be by definition less versatile, less easy, but will allow you to get your Light Wind and Downwind performances to the fullest.
The DW is currently divided into two models:

The 7’2 Qui will offer you thanks to its 110 l and 20 inches wide, an exceptional glide, and consequently a higher level of performance.
The generous 7’2W Plus with its 22 inches wide and 130 l will give access to the Down Wind to the heaviest size, but also to the Light Wind to these same sizes by limiting the difficulty.

It is important to note that each board in Sroka’s elite range includes a ring edge of exceptional quality, which will allow you to carry your new toy, without any risk.

How to take off efficiently and in the least wind possible with a Downwind board?

These boards are made to glide on the water, this is their most crucial advantage that you should use when practicing Ultra Light Wind. It is therefore important to use this ability to take advantage of it.
Let’s take an example, an 88 kg jig with the DW 7 ́2 with a 1350 foil and a 7 m² Wing can take off at five knots of wind if he applies the following method.
Once standing on the board, pump with the Wing, only so that the board slides on the surface of the water. Once you’ve picked up speed, simultaneously pump three or four big times with the Bouygues, and at the same time pump with the Foil so that you can come and perch at the top of the Foil, that’s it, you just have to slide and enjoy your session.
This method allows a gauge of 88 kg to take off in five knots with the equipment mentioned above. You no longer have any excuses in the lake or in the summer at the ocean. Small and larger people will now have a Light Wind wingfoil practice, as well as stronger winds in the image of its brothers and sisters Kitesurfing and windsurfing.

See all Wing foil boards

Sroka’s new DW (Down Wind) board is designed for Wingfoil and Sup Foil in light wind conditions and for downwind descents. It optimises performance in light winds and allows you to take off quickly during downwind descents. The DW is less versatile than the LW (Ultra Light Wind), but offers maximum performance in light winds and downwind. It is available in two models and allows you to take off efficiently thanks to its ability to glide on water. It offers new possibilities for wingfoil riders in light wind and downwind conditions.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

For more information on how to adjust your paddle, we advise you to look at this article.

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

Bruno Sroka — Wed, 17 Apr 2024 15:19:43 +0000

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations in performance. If the exterior shape of the car matches that of a paddle board, then the car’s motor is equivalent to the paddle. An aluminum paddle is comparable to a small displacement, while a carbon paddle represents a powerful, responsive, and high-performance motor.

Depending on your practice, it is wise to opt for a carbon paddle paddle to optimize performance. In this article, we will detail all the characteristics of aluminum and carbon paddles to help you make the right choice for your practice of inflatable stand up paddle.

Understanding of materials

The Aluminum Paddle

Benefits:

The aluminum paddle is affordable, sturdy, and easily accessible.
It’s perfect for beginners, offering a solid option even if you bump into it against rocks.
Ideal for family use, especially with children who can play without the risk of breakage.

Disadvantages:

Weight and responsiveness: Aluminum is heavier and not very reactive. If you paddle for long periods of time, you will feel the weight bothering you.
In addition, the aluminum paddle lacks responsiveness. When you dip the blade into the water, the shaft will deform before returning to its normal shape, resulting in a slight reaction time. This feature reduces efficiency and leads to energy loss.

The cost of an aluminum paddle is around 60 euros.

The Carbon Paddle

Benefits: The carbon paddle is renowned for its responsiveness and lightness.

It offers superior performance thanks to its responsiveness.
Its light weight facilitates performance, reducing the effort required to cover the same distance.

Just like aluminum paddles, carbon paddles come in different sizes. You can opt for an adjustable paddle, adaptable to all body types, or for a fixed paddle adjusted to your size.

However, there are two major drawbacks to carbon paddles:

Their fragility: they are more sensitive to impacts and require special attention.
Their high price: it costs about 180 euros for a good carbon paddle.

The 50% carbon paddle with a plastic blade: another alternative!

A third alternative exists: the carbon paddle (usually composed of 50% carbon and the rest fiberglass) with a plastic blade.

This interesting option combines the lightness and responsiveness of a carbon paddle with the strength of a plastic blade, similar to that of aluminum paddles.

The advantageous price for this option is around 120 to 130 euros, while offering good performance.

Which paddle to choose according to your use?

If you’re going for an occasional ride, opt for an aluminum paddle for its strength and affordability.

In a paddle wave practice, go on a quality carbon paddle because you will need nervousness and reactivated to succeed in catching a wave.
If you are looking for a performance paddle and/or to do long distances, we advise you to go for a light and responsive paddle and therefore a carbon paddle. So you’ll be able to cover more distance with less effort. As a result, you will have a better return.

All our paddle paddling

Tips for choosing your paddle

Consider how often you practice. If you plan to go in the water regularly, choose a quality paddle. On the other hand, if your outings will be occasional, an aluminum paddle should be more than enough.

Budget / Price for a paddle paddle

Budget is an essential criterion to consider. Here are some options:

Aluminum paddle board
: Price around 60 euros.
50% carbon sup paddle with plastic blade
: Costs between 120 and 130 euros.
Removable paddle paddle 50% carbon with carbon blade : Count about 180 euros.
Paddle paddle 60% Carbon
: Count about 180 euros.

Paddle size

Depending on your discipline (surfing, running, walking), the length of the paddle will have to be adapted.

For surfing and running, a shorter paddle is recommended
For rides, you can opt for a slightly larger size

Bottom line: Your paddle is the equivalent of your car’s engine. The higher its efficiency, the greater your rowing efficiency will be. The carbon paddle offers the best performance, but it has the disadvantage of being more fragile and more expensive. If you practice paddling occasionally, I recommend the option of the carbon shaft with a plastic blade, which is a great compromise. On the other hand, if you’re new to paddle boarding, an aluminum paddle will do the trick perfectly. Remember that the paddle can be changed, but a good paddle can accompany you for a long time without needing a replacement.

Go on a paddle adventure, don’t forget to have fun!

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

What is the best paddle board?

What is the best paddle board?

Paddle boarding, no need to introduce it, it is a water sport that allows you to move with a board and a paddle on the water. He…

•
April 8, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

The best stand up paddle spots in France

Bruno Sroka — Thu, 11 Apr 2024 13:08:06 +0000

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond the fun aspect of the activity, practitioners find a physical interest for some, a reconnection to nature for others or almost infinite possibilities for exploration. At the sea as well as in the mountains on the many lakes of our country, practitioners devote themselves to the practice of paddle boarding.

In this article, we will talk about the best French spots for paddle boarding, some for the beauty of their landscapes, others for their range of possibilities and others for the explorations they offer.

The best paddle spots in France by type of body of water

The spots will be classified according to their type, whether they are lakes, oceans, seas or rivers.

Paddle Spots: The Lakes

The lakes, of which there are many in France, are ideal places to practice Stand up paddle, they allow a practice that is often safe and with a regular absence of wind.

Lake Annecy (Haute-Savoie)

Lake Annecy is the first on this list, its accessibility as well as the breathtaking panorama it offers of the Alps make it one of the most popular places to practice paddle boarding. It is a destination to try once at least once for a regular practitioner. There are many launching points, every village around the lake has access to water and sometimes it is even possible to get into the water along the roads. A spot that is rarely overcrowded due to the diversity of its launching locations.

The Annecy is therefore a nugget for lovers of landscape and paddle boarding who want to get away from it all.

Blow your socks off. The little extra of SROKA is to sleep on the shores of the lake in a van or other to enjoy the atmosphere at sunset.

Another little tip, to explore the lake which turns out to be large, choose a long and narrow paddle to glide effortlessly, such as our Alpha range.

Lac du Bourget (Savoie)

The Savoyard lakes are numerous and particularly beautiful. Among them, the Lac du Bourget is one of the most beautiful in Stand up paddle.

It offers a breathtaking view of the Bauges massif, allowing long walks without feeling full or tired. It’s beautiful and we want more! Plenty of water access points are available to get you away from the crowds.

SROKA’s little advice would be to have a good climbing or via ferrata session around Chambéry before going to enjoy the sunset over the water. Just magical. For this, all our paddle boards will be ideal, the most daring can try sup yoga with our Malibu or Easy range.

Lake Sainte-Croix (Var)

The Var is renowned for its sumptuous landscapes, among the most beautiful places, the lake of Sainte Croix is surely in the top 3 things to see in the region. Its location is ideal for combining walks in the Verdon gorges and paddle boarding in the calm of the lake. You can do anything there.

Sroka’s advice, take with you a paddle board that has a certain carrying capacity, this will allow you to go exploring for the day with a touring paddle.

See all SUPs

Paddle boarding spots in rivers

Navigating a river can be sporty but also very relaxed depending on the flow of the river.

Dordogne (Nouvelle-Aquitaine)

The Dordogne is known for its natural beauty and picturesque landscapes. It crosses regions such as Auvergne, Limousin, Périgord and Bordeaux, offering a great diversity of landscapes. The banks of the Dordogne River feature steep cliffs, green hills, vineyards, castles and charming medieval villages.

SROKA’s advice? On the Dordogne, a slippery paddle will allow you to make raids of several days by chaining the kilometers without forcing.

The Ardèche River (Ardèche)

The Ardèche needs no introduction, known for a long time for kayaking, it is no less pleasant for Stand up paddle. Long walks along the shores and cliffs at the bottom of its impressive gorges will bring you a relaxing climate and unforgettable family moments.

SROKA’s advice, a touring paddle with good transport capacities will allow you to go for the day and treat yourself to a picnic in a sublime environment.

The Tarn (Occitanie)

The Tarn is a river where life is good, tourism in Occitania needs no introduction and the local climate is sure to offer you warm sunny days. Ideal for family walks and long, peaceful outings. The area can be prone to high winds, however, so always check the weather before going into the water.

SROKA advice, in rivers, equip yourself with retractable fins to avoid problems during possible shallow passages.

Paddle boarding spots in the sea

Navigating in a river can be dangerous but also so pleasant, discover our selection of spots at sea that will take your breath away.

Calanques de Marseille (Bouches-du-Rhône)

It’s already beautiful from the land, so imagine from the water… The Calanques of Marseilles and the surrounding area are renowned for their incredible water colour and stunning landscapes. Access to the water can sometimes be difficult, hence the interest of an inflatable paddle board that you can carry in a bag. Once at sea, all you have to do is marvel on your own or with your family. Any type of practice is possible, you just have to follow your desires.

SROKA’s advice is to take our EASY model with you, in addition to being affordable, its easy shape will allow you to try everything you want on your paddle and also to let the children enjoy it.

Gulf of Morbihan (Morbihan)

Unlike many of the spots listed above, the Gulf of Morbihan offers more variable conditions, its location in the Atlantic Ocean offers, depending on the direction of the wind, more or less waves. Choose carefully where you want to get in the water according to the conditions you are looking for. The golf course is huge, it will allow you to go for a walk, but also to do long race distances or even sup downwind. The possibilities are endless!

SROKA’s advice, depending on your practice, you have to adapt your paddle to your practice, take a long paddle if you need gliding and a shorter one if you need maneuverability.

Beach of Saint-Jean-de-Luz (Pyrénées-Atlantiques)

The Basque coast is a real paradise for surfing, the waves, the sun (in summer), the atmosphere… Everything is there to live dream sessions. The beach of Saint Jean de Luz offers a kind of small sheltered bay for those looking for flat food but also a nice swell for thrill seekers. Once again, anything is possible, all you have to do is get started.

SROKA tip, in the waves, a short paddle will allow you to be more maneuverable. That’s what our WAVE range is made for!

Conclusion:

Our hexagon is full of diverse and varied landscapes, exploring them is up to your will, so adapt your equipment to the environment, prepare your sessions and get started! We are happy to offer you a wide enough range of paddle boards allowing you to practice whatever your ease and your desires, take advantage of it!

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article The best stand up paddle spots in France est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

What is the best paddle board?

Bruno Sroka — Mon, 08 Apr 2024 15:08:43 +0000

Paddle boarding, no need to introduce it, it is a water sport that allows you to move with a board and a paddle on the water. It allows you to practice different disciplines and is suitable for many practitioners by its simplicity of use, its ability to quickly move away from the crowd while being close to nature.

The notion of “best paddle” is a subjective notion. It depends on your expectations, your needs and what you are mainly looking for in a paddle board.

The best inflatable paddle board for you, will not be the best paddle for your neighbor. Some will be looking for the best price, others for the best stability and/or versatility or maximum performance. Each criterion will lead to different choices. There is no such thing as the best paddle board for everything. It’s a story of compromise. In this article, we will help you choose and find the best paddle board for you.

What are the criteria for choosing a paddle board:

Rigid Paddle VS Inflatable Paddle

The first criterion to take into account is the size. If you have a lot of space and you live by the water, the problem of space is not the same compared to those who live in an apartment. The rigid paddle will have a better glide and will allow you to have sharper sensations.

However, the paddle will be more cumbersome, more fragile and therefore will not suit everyone.

The inflatable paddle board is a really interesting alternative if you are not looking for extreme performance because it allows you to do the same thing with a hard paddle without the disadvantages of a rigid paddle. You’ll lose a little bit in gliding, you’ll lose a little bit in board stiffness compared to a hard SUP board. However, it will be more family-friendly, it will be easier to go on holiday with it, it will be more solid and for leisure use, it will do the trick perfectly.

Depending on the preferred disciplines (initiation, walk, run, surf) the choice of paddle changes

Depending on whether you want to go for a ride, a sporty ride, an initiation, to put a child with you or to go shopping or surfing, the size of the board changes, the width of the board changes, the stiffness of the board also (and consequently the construction) and simply the length of the board differs.

If you want to get started, you can choose a shorter board around 10 feet will do the trick very well. The same goes if you want to surf, a board that is less than 10 feet will be recommended as it will turn more easily.

If you’re not very comfortable in terms of stability, opt for a board with a lot of width in order to increase your lateral stability.

If you’re looking for a paddle board to glide and cover long distances, go for a board that’s longer than 11’6 – 14 feet.

Level of practice (beginner, advanced, expert)

The level of the practitioner strongly influences the choice of board, a beginner, an experienced or an expert will not use the same sizes of paddle.

However, the trend will remain the same.

Those who want to go for a race or a long ride, will prefer the big paddles, those who want to go in the waves the small boards.

However, what will make the difference is the width of the board.

A beginner can use a 12’6 paddle to start but he will take a slightly wider paddle to have more stability (31 or 32 wide). On the other hand, if the expert wants to use a 12’6, he will use a 12’6×28 wide paddle)

The width will determine the stability of a paddle, the wider the paddle and the more stable it will be but will slip less.

So the length of the board is not a criterion to be taken into account depending on the level. Rather, it is the width that will be an important criterion.

Paddler Weight & Height

Of course, the size of the paddler will be fundamental for the choice of board. Proportionally if we talk about percentages, a 2m adult will have the same equivalence with a 14-foot paddle compared to a 1m60 adult with a foot paddle. We are talking about the relationship between the size of the rider and the size of the board. So the taller you are, the more suitable it will be for you to take a large paddle. Unless you are small and want to maximize glide, then a paddle beyond 12′ will be beneficial.

In the same way, the weight will influence the choice of board. A person with a lot of weight will be more stable on a taller and wider board.

In summary, the size of each rider must be taken into account to optimize the choice of your board.

A smaller jig has a choice of all sizes, A heavier jig will need to take a larger and wider board to increase their stability and glide.

5. Price

The price of a paddle board is determined by many criteria, the list is not exhaustive. but will give you more accurate information about the quality of a paddle or not.

The first criterion that comes into play is the length of the paddle. A paddle board is made by hand. Because of this, the longer the length of the SUP, the longer the manufacturing time will be. It is for this reason that large paddle boards cost much more than a 10-foot SUP for example.

The second criterion is the quality of the PVC used. This is because there are many different grades of pvc. Some factories specialize in inflatable beach buoys but also manufacture paddle boards. Other factories like ours make high-end RIB boats. In our factory we use the same quality of PVC as on semi-rigid boats. This allows us to be more resistant to impact, more rigid and more durable over time. We still have some rental companies who have been using our products for more than 8 years without having changed the products.

The amount of PVC layers put into the board. I grant you from the outside, it doesn’t show. But the amount of PVC layers determines the quality of the paddle, its rigidity and durability. To have a cheap paddle for less than 200 euros, you have to reduce the working time on each board, reduce the quality of the pvc and reduce the quantity of the pvc as well as the quality of the glues (we will address this point just below). All these restrictions will mean that a paddle can cost 3 times less to produce than a high-end product. In concrete terms, this translates into a paddle that rolls very easily, this is one of the criteria of the quantity and qualities of the pvc used) the easier a paddle is rolled (when it is stored), the less material there is in it. The SUP will then be less rigid, more fragile and less stable, every time a chop hits the board, you will feel the movement of the chop on the board.

So the harder the paddle is to bend, the heavier it will be (for the same size and dimension) and the more rigid, solid and durable it will be over time. The amount of material put into a board determines the stiffness, durability, and price of the paddle;

The quality of the glues. In the same logic as the quantity and qualities of the pvc used, influences the durability of a paddle. The more expensive a paddle is, the better and more durable the quality of the glues and can withstand high temperatures. As we manufacture our paddles in RIB factories, we use the same glues and therefore we are known for having solid and durable products over time

6. Important Features to Consider

As we have seen, there are many criteria to take into account

On the one hand, your technical level, the beginner in paddle boarding will not take the same board as an expert.
your program, what you want to do with the sporty walk, the initiation or the surf. The size, the shape of the paddle, the width of the paddle different
Your size will inevitably influence the size of the paddle you are going to buy
If price is one of your main criteria. So, you’ll have to make compromises in durability and rigidity. Again, the stiffness, durability, stability of a paddle board is determined by the amount of carbon inside the board. The higher the number of layers, the higher the quality of the pvc as well as the glues and the longer your paddle can be used.
We therefore advise you to rinse it once in a while at low pressure with fresh water.

See our article on how to choose your inflatable paddle board?

Presentation of the best paddles by category according to the criteria mentioned

1) The Beginner

If you don’t have any experience in board sports, to start with, we advise you to choose a medium-long board (around 10-10’6). It will bring you great manoeuvrability, and ease in your practice. It will be easier to inflate, store and handle. This type of board is stable as long as you have enough board width. So we advise you not to go below 31 inches wide.

Of course, if you are tall and heavy, you will need to enlarge and widen the board a little (for example a 10’6 x32 board will do just fine).

In our range, we recommend three paddle boards for beginners.

The 10’4 x 32 paddle ocean walker is a paddle access, a do-it-all pack, easy, light and space-saving.
The Easy 10 x 31 paddle or the Easy 10’6 x 32. The Easy 10 is by far the more accessible of the two, smaller and lighter, it will be perfectly adapted to people under 85 kg. The second will be suitable for taller people.
While continuing to move upmarket, the Malibu 10 and 10’6 paddles are paddles from the professional range. More robust and more resistant over time, they have made our reputation with nautical centres and beach clubs.

2) Solo rides

If you want to go for more or less sporty solo rides. We advise you to take longer boards with a slimmer nose, which allows you to glide better and push less water. In concrete terms, this translates into less cost of rowing to cover the same distance. You make less effort and you go faster without forcing more.

To be perfectly suited to solo walks, we can recommend two ranges

the Easy range in 11’6 or 12’6, including paddles that keep width for maximum stability with a very good glide and an excellent value for money.
The Alpha paddle range from 11’6x 32 to 14x 27, is a very high-end range, with reinforced, rigid PVC. This range comes closest to the stiffness of a rigid board.

3) Duo / family walk

If you want to sail with several people on a board, you need to increase the length of the board. There are duo paddle boards that allow you to put 2 adults and 2 children on it. The boards are much longer than in general (around 16 feet) but they really allow you to walk all together on the same board and have a real cooperation between the different people on the board. We find a bit of the spirit of team sports: To move forward, you have to make a joint effort that facilitates the progress of the boat.

This range is intended for riders who want to be two on one board.

The Easy Duo paddle board has the best value for money. Solid and ultra-stable, it can accommodate the whole family.

The duo in the professional range, on the other hand, is the strongest on the market, it was developed by clubs for clubs. It will bring a little more rigidity and more stability at higher speeds.

4) Racing/racing

If you want to run or go for quick rides, we advise you to opt for a board that is over 12’6 with very little width in order to facilitate the glide. With this in mind, if you start with a 14’x29 Alpha, for example, you will have a perfect compromise to slide while having stability. The longer the board, the less you’ll need to paddle a little to the right and a little to the left. You’ll glide more with fewer paddle strokes.

Without hesitation, we recommend the Alpha range in 12’6x 28 or 14×27 or 29 wide. This professional range will bring you stiffness thanks to a reinforced construction on the rails, deck and hull. These paddles will bring a maximum of glide and as the paddle is very rigid, it will allow you to be ultra stable whatever the sea conditions.

https://youtu.be/7nF7jMFdzlk?si=RPnROgBIoIOGyrbI

5) Surfing

To surf, you need to reduce the length of the board, and have a more closed outline at the front and rear to facilitate maneuverability. These are boards that require you to be a little more agile and balanced because they are a little less stable. However, you can find a compromise by taking a 10-foot board for example with an outline a little less pinched on the ends which will bring you stability but a little less maneuverability.

We recommend 3 different models:

The first, the 9’5 wave. It is designed for 70% surfing and 30% cruising, it is part of the professional range, it is reinforced so more rigid, it will bring you perfect sensations for sup surfing.
Another possible choice, you go for the Easy 10 or the Malibu 10 which are two paddles that are oriented 70% for rides and 30% waves. They will be a little less manoeuvrable but more stable.
The Malibu is part of the professional range, so ultra reinforced, and the Easy 10 which has the same shape has a great value for money.

6) Are there versatile paddle boards for different practices?

Yes, there are of course versatile paddles but not for all disciplines at the same time. Indeed, if you want to surf, breed, if it’s stable and not too big, it’s going to be complicated to do everything. It’s like all sports. A product that is touted to you for everything will never be relevant in every discipline

So choices have to be made.

For example, if you want 30% waves and 70% family ride, paddle boarding can be the same. If you want to do a bit of sporty riding, but also have a paddle for the family, it’s quite possible. You will have to accept that you are not fully successful in all disciplines.

Our choice would be the Easy 10 or Malibu 10 range, which would be the right compromise for surfing and cruising. If you’re heavy, go for the Easy 10’6 or the Malibu 10’6.

If you want to start and do a bit of cruising (without having a vague use), we advise you to refer to the Easy 11’6 or 12’6 range or the alpha range in 11’6x 32 or the 12’6 x31

Paddle Easy 10

Malibu 10 and 10’6

Comparison of the different types of paddle boards available on the market

1) Which brand to choose for a quality paddle board?

[wptb id=”88515″]

2) What makes an inflatable paddle board better than others?

PVC Quality : Different grades of PVC exist, each with its own rigidity. Some brands use truck tarpaulin, while others, like us, prefer PVC specially designed for RIB boats. These reinforced PVCs offer a longer service life.
Adhesive quality : The adhesives used play a crucial role. We have chosen to work with the same suppliers as for the RIB boats. Some brands reduce the quality of glues to reduce manufacturing costs, but this can compromise the longevity of the board.
Amount of PVC in the board : The greater the amount of PVC, the stiffer the paddle. In summary, a very light paddle board has less material inside, while a reinforced paddle board will be slightly heavier due to its extra layers of PVC on the rails or its increased thickness.

These three factors contribute to the quality and performance of a paddle board. Finding the right balance of stiffness, durability, and weight is key to choosing the board that’s right for you

Paddle shape : The shape of the paddle is essential and varies depending on your discipline. For example, boards longer than 11 feet are ideal for cruising and long distances. On the other hand, a shorter board will be better suited for waves or family outings. It is important to note that water generates 800 times more drag than air. That’s why we spend time testing our paddles with our naval architect to find the right balance between stiffness, glide and stability.
Colors and design : A high-performance, rigid and stable, but also aesthetically pleasing paddle board increases the perceived value of the product. In addition, an attractive design can play a role when you want to resell your paddle.
Quality Equipment : The quality of the bag, pump, and paddle directly affects the overall quality of your product. Even if you have the best paddle board on the market, a low-quality pump or paddle can compromise its use.
Price : Price is an undeniable indicator of quality. A paddle board sold for 150 euros probably cannot be considered a high-quality product.

All these criteria make it possible to differentiate the quality and help you better choose one paddle over another.

At SROKA, your goal is clear: to offer quality products that meet all demands. We offer three product lines:

Ocean Walker
: In this range, you keep the right glues and PVCs from your factories, but you reduce the quantity. This makes it possible to offer an attractive price while guaranteeing the durability of the product.
The Easy range
offers the best value for money.
High-end paddles : You offer two high-end ranges, the Alpha and the
Malibu
.

It’s reassuring to know that you’re focusing on quality and customer satisfaction.

3) Does the price influence the quality of a paddle board?

To recap, the quality of a paddle board depends on several factors, including:

Layering Amount: Several layers of reinforced PVC contribute to the rigidity and durability of the paddle. However, it also increases the cost of manufacturing.
Quality of the materials: The quality of the PVC and glues used influences the performance and longevity of the paddle. Opting for high-quality materials is essential.
Handcrafted construction: Paddle boards are handcrafted, which requires more time and labor. This is reflected in the final price.
Accessories and design: Quality accessories, as well as careful design, can also influence the price.

All in all, it is crucial to find the right balance between quality, performance and budget when choosing a paddle board.

Conclusion

Choosing the right paddle board depends on your program and specific needs. Here are some tips to guide you:

Type of Glide: If you are looking for a better glide, opt for stand up paddles with pointed noses. These boards are designed to cut through the water more efficiently and provide an optimal gliding experience.
- Criteria to consider:
- Technical Level : Your level of experience plays a crucial role. Beginners may prefer more stable boards, while experts may look for more capable models.
- Size : Your height and weight influence the choice of board. A board adapted to your size will allow you to better balance and maneuver.
- Quality of the Product Sought : Determine if you prefer a lower price, good value for money, or a high-end model.
  - Program of Use : The length of the paddle varies depending on your program:
  - For cruising and long distance, opt for boards longer than 11 feet.
  - For waves or family outings, a shorter board will be more suitable.

Beware of Choice: If you choose an unsuitable paddle board, you may have difficulty standing up. On the other hand, a wise choice will allow you to enjoy your experience on the water to the fullest.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article What is the best paddle board? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to recognize a good quality stand-up paddle?

Bruno Sroka — Wed, 27 Mar 2024 17:06:32 +0000

In this article, we’ll explore the essential criteria to consider when selecting a quality paddle board. Whether you’re an experienced stand-up paddle boarder or a curious novice, it’s crucial to choose an inflatable stand-up paddle board that meets your needs and provides optimal performance on the water. Let’s take a closer look at the various important points to consider.

The criteria for selecting a quality paddle

There are many essential criteria for the right choice of an inflatable paddle, firstly, take an overview, check that the paddle seems to you to be of good quality overall, no manufacturing defects or even deformations. Next, let’s talk about the various important points to observe.

Manufacturing materials

Inflatable paddle boards are constructed of PVC, a petroleum derivative that has different qualities. The first, important in our case, pvc is 100% airtight, which allows for an inflatable structure.

But pvc is a material that can, in some situations, turn out to be rather fragile, which is why the thickness of the different layers is extremely important because in addition to rigidity, they will give the solidity of a SUP.

For example, many SUPs on the market are built with 0.4 or 0.5 mm layers, where, with a view to the durability of our products, we have decided to build our paddle boards with 0.7 mm PVC.

The construction of the paddle board

The thickness of the layers is extremely important, as we’ve discussed, but the construction and distribution of the thicknesses and welds are also important in the quest for a good quality paddle

For example, we add up three 0.7 mm layers on the rails, this is the most sensitive part of the paddle, where you will kick your paddles and also where you will put the SUP. The three layers on the sides also increase the rigidity of the paddle and therefore increase its efficiency.

Manoeuvrability and comfort

A stand up paddle is a slippery element, it must have as little drag as possible to make your rides a success without being excessively tiring.

To do this, the paddle board must be stiff, light and well built. The length-width ratio will largely determine your paddle’s ability to glide. A longer and narrower SUP will glide more but will be less maneuverable while a wider and shorter paddle board will be more maneuverable but less slippery.

Additional accessories and features

Finally, to perfect your choice of paddle, and estimate the quality of what you have in front of you, dwell on the small details that make a top-of-the-range product such as:

the quality of the accessories on the paddle (bungee cord, “D” ring, handles, storage, etc.)
The quality and presence of external elements such as the pump, the repair kit, the leash or the transport bag.

See our inflatable paddle boards

In short, you are equipped to go in search of good deals while avoiding the pitfalls. Keep in mind that paddles are fragile elements that must be treated with the utmost care.

All you have to do is enjoy your stand-up paddle season.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to recognize a good quality stand-up paddle? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

New Light Wind Wing Foil Board: SROKA’s LW

Bruno Sroka — Tue, 12 Mar 2024 15:02:02 +0000

To be effective in Wing Foil in the Light wind, you have to adapt your equipment to glide better and leave earlier. This requires an appropriate choice of board and foil to optimize the glide as much as possible. So let’s detail all the information you need to know to choose correctly the right board to sail in light wind or even ultra light in Wing foil.

The type of board to sail in light wind in Wing foil

To leave early, you should opt for a long and narrow board. Indeed, the wider the board, the more drag it generates. Reducing drag means increasing the length of the board and decreasing its width.

If we take the example of paddle boards. The longer and thinner the paddle and the more the paddle will slide, conversely the shorter and wider the paddle will be and the more the paddle will turn but slide less.

Based on this premise, if you want to start very early, you need to choose the right board: long and narrow.

But why?

Drag in water is 800 times greater in water than in air. It is proportional to the frontal contact area of the board in the water. So the wider the board, the bigger the area of friction with the water will be. So basically, a wide and shorter board will glide less well than a long and narrow board.

Drag is also proportional to velocity squared. So the more you want to accelerate, the more a wide board will increase its drag and consequently have difficulty accelerating.

In our range, we have two types of boards that could allow you to sail in very light wind (between 5 and 10 knots).

Firstly, the LW “light wind” range is a range predestined to sail in this very light wind. The LW will also excel in stronger winds in race or in long-distance freeride and surf wing in light winds.

The 3 board sizes in the LW range

5’7x 20 x75 L
6’2 x21x 90 L
6’6 x 22 x105 L

To optimize your light wind sessions in wing foil, take a board with at least 10 L more than your weight.

Secondly, there is the DW range which will be even longer and will allow you to set off even more in very light winds. But it will be more suitable for downwind and light wind.

There are two sizes of board to do light wind in Wing foil and downwind with a paddle or wing wing.

7’2W x22 x 130 L
7’2x20x 110 L

Personally, to choose the right type of board, I will set up this methodology

If you want to do only light wind, downwind in wing and a little wing foil in the waves in light conditions or do a little prone, I will opt for the LW range
If you want to do light wind, downwind in wing and/or Sup foil (with a paddle) or if you want to do Sup foil in the waves, I will opt for the DW range

Of course, start with a foil that is a little more generous at the start to make it easier to learn. If your technique is on top, then you can choose smaller front wings to maximize glide and speed feelings.

How to sail in light wind with a wing foil?

A bit of Starting Technique:

Go almost to a standstill. Pump with your wing to gain horizontal speed. Don’t try to fly right away, focus on horizontal speed at first.
Then, when you feel you have enough horizontal speed, give 2 push-ups obliquely to use the lift of the wing to lift the board out of the water. At the same time, pump with your feet to help with take-off.

Learn to fly with a minimum of distance:

The key is to learn how to fly in a gust of up to 5 meters. This means you need to take off quickly and efficiently. Over a short distance, you will have to give all your energy to take off. If you have to pump a long distance, it’s almost impossible. So save your energy to give it your all at the right time.
Store power in your wing. If your wing comes back to you too quickly during the pumping, it means that the wing has not stored enough power. You have to adapt the way you pump. Forward-to-back arm movements do not work. Instead, you should do figure-8s with your arms, especially in light winds.
Finally, take off on the right foot (regular or goofy) if you have a preferred side to pump, start on the right side.

Observation and Anticipation

When you want to wing foiler in light wind, pay attention to micro gusts. It is necessary to constantly anticipate soft winds or gusts. It is easier to pump with the gust than without the gust. And during the flight, if you observe in front of you a soft wind that is forecast in front of you, you have to start pumping with the wing and/or the board to get past the no-wind zone. On the other hand, if you observe a gust in front of you, you will be able to accelerate and go upwind to gain ground to the wind to be comfortable if a slump occurs afterwards. The reading of the body of water is therefore fundamental.

Energy & Technology:

To improve your technique, choose a calm body of water to make it easier to learn how to sail in light wind in Wing foil.
Wing foil pumping in light wind and chop is much more technical because the chop will block the horizontal speed of the board. So train to improve your technique to go in all conditions.

See the LW boards

Flying in light wind in Wing foil requires a real learning curve. Those who are strong in strong winds are not necessarily strong in light winds. You have to adapt your technique and improve your efficiency and you have to adapt your equipment.

The opportunity presents itself to stand out, choosing to fly before others in light allows you to save many sessions, especially for our friends who sail in inland waters.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article New Light Wind Wing Foil Board: SROKA’s LW est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

What is the physical condition for wing foiling?

Bruno Sroka — Sat, 02 Mar 2024 08:42:35 +0000

Flexibility is one of the points that differentiates wing foiling from practices such as windsurfing. Where in windsurfing, we were always relatively upright, in wing, the only principle of the waterstart or the start on our knees requires not to be as stiff as our elite carbon mast. So you’re going to have to do some stretching, be more kind to your body overall and it will give it back to you.

For good sessions, you need to be flexible, especially to avoid injuries. To help you become as flexible as a 13-year-old gymnast, here are some stretching exercises that you will need to do as regularly as possible. These exercises are also accompanied by muscle-strengthening exercises to allow you to become the rock… Minimum!

The different muscle groups used in wing foiling

Calves (twins/soleus) and anterior legs: Wingfoil often forces us to stay in very particular positions, among them, the squatting position to wait for the wind with a small board can be very painful if you are not used to it. To avoid turning these moments in the water into real torture, stretch your leg muscles as often as possible.
Glutes: Stretching your glutes is paramount to keep you comfortable when squatting on the board.
Hamstrings: When falls (many, no matter our level), it is essential to be able to take it, that’s why the hamstrings must be flexible, our body often bends because it is easily in the direction of its poor hamstrings.
The lumbar (erector of the spine in general): The back, in general, should be stretched after each session to avoid locking it, especially when you are going to start your first rotations in the jumps.
The abdominal strap-
Scapula fixators (scapula since 2003): The wing implies that you have to pull on it, for this, the scapula fixators are strongly mobilized. It will therefore be necessary to stretch them to recover better and absorb shocks during falls.
Forearms and biceps and triceps.
Cervical muscles: They hold the head, so it is imperative to stretch them to avoid injuries, but also to strengthen them.

Your dynamism.

Wingfoil requires a very specific form of dynamism. Indeed, pumping and, in general, generating the power necessary to pull yourself out of the water requires a dynamic and propulsive effort.

To be dynamic, you will need to work on your physical condition in explosiveness.

1. Before starting the exercises:

It is essential, before embarking on a physical preparation worthy of a world champion, to take into consideration certain factors. First, your general condition, whether it’s your age, your body size, or just your goals. So he’s going to be ready to adapt some of the exercises, simplifying them if necessary. In case you are new to the type of exercise that follows, pay attention to your positions, always make sure to follow the posture and effort indications.

Specific physical preparation for wingfoil:

Wingfoil is a fairly complete sport, it requires you to have a pretty good overall shape. We therefore recommend exercising as regularly as possible before you even start a specific preparation.

2. Glutes / Quadriceps:

These two muscle groups are often used together, allowing the extension of the femur on the pelvis as well as the extension of the tibia and fibula on the femur. In short, leg extension. They will therefore work with exercises to extend these segments, for example, the most well-known of them, the squat or the lunge. The idea is once again to work on the substance and not the form, we are not here to hypertrophy (make bigger) the muscle. This involves long sets without trying to put a lot of weight.

(squat pattern) We will do squats with or without additional load, but always with a view to dynamism. The objective here is not to trigger the muscle hypertrophy that creates volume, we are looking for its efficiency and endurance therefore rather in aerobics.

2. Scapula (Scapula) Fixators:

Scapula fixators are among the most used muscle groups in winging. They hold your shoulders back when the wing pulls you forward. Always in a logic of explosiveness and not hypertrophy (hypertrophy is developing the volume of the muscle), we will perform the exercises with body weight or similar load.

The diagrams on the right show pull-ups in pronator or supinator grip as well as rowing and reverse rowing.

3. The Arms:

The arms are naturally worked in most of the exercises in our program, but when in doubt, and so that they never fail you, we will add arm exercises and more specifically, biceps and triceps.

The photos show push-ups, supinator pull-ups and curls.

4. Shoulders:

The shoulders are the lateral support of your arm when you are in the water, they must be strong in order to allow you great stability in strong winds.

The photos show declined pumps, side lifts and military press.

5. Digital flexors:

Holding the bars during all other exercises will allow you to work a lot on your holding strength. But, if you want to work on it more, here is a very effective exercise.

Here is a “hand grip” handle

Medical follow-up:

In any case, the monitoring of your practice by a sports doctor and a physiotherapist is essential. You can also turn to a coach to help you with your physical preparation

After the session to recover well: the importance of stretching

After an intense workout, stretching plays a crucial role in recovery and maintaining muscle health. Here’s why you should incorporate stretching into your post-workout routine:

1.Facilitates Muscle Recovery:

Stretching helps reduce the buildup of lactic acid in the muscles, which can cause aches and pains.
By promoting blood circulation, stretching allows essential nutrients to reach muscle tissue, speeding up recovery.

2.Maintains Joint Mobility:

After a workout, muscles tend to contract and become stiffer. Stretching helps maintain joint flexibility.
Good joint mobility prevents injuries and improves athletic performance.

3.Prevents aches and pains:

Muscle soreness is often caused by muscle micro-injuries. Gentle stretching helps repair these lesions and reduce pain.
By stretching the muscles, you also promote their elasticity, which decreases the risk of post-workout stiffness and soreness.

4. Relaxation and Mental Well-Being:

Stretching calms the nervous system and promotes mental relaxation.
After an intense workout, taking a few minutes to stretch helps you refocus and reduce stress.

Stretching the forearms

Stretching the lats

Deltoid stretching

Lumbar stretch

Stretching the hamstrings

Calf stretch

Quadriceps Stretching

Glute stretching

Conclusion

To conclude, wingfoil is a very complete sport that is one of those pleasure sports where it is too easy to practice just for the fun aspect and for the sensations, but a good physical preparation will allow you to enjoy your sessions even more and multiply/lengthen them.

So maintain your body to enjoy your sessions, stretch after each one and protect your most precious asset to make old wingfoilers!

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article What is the physical condition for wing foiling? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

5 tips to start Foil Downwind

Jules Bustin — Fri, 01 Mar 2024 09:31:45 +0000

Imagine gliding over the waves, almost as if you were flying over the ocean!

Coming from downwind, which has been practiced in SUP for about ten years, downwind foil consists of going down the chop by letting yourself be carried by the wind and the swell trains while flying!

Downwinding is the definition of freedom, go with your board and paddle for flights that can last several hours depending on the spot chosen.

The idea in downwind is not to go as fast or carve as hard as possible, the objective is to glide as long as possible on the swell using your energy to move forward.

Who can go downwind foiling?

Foil downwind is accessible by different routes, some more difficult than others and requiring more experience.

The wing option: Learning to wing foil is the easiest, during your wing sailing, find a swell train, take the wing in freefly and let yourself be carried away by the wave. As you gain more experience, you will be able to start paddling and therefore do real downwinds.
Another option, for more experienced practitioners, is to jump straight into the deep end by paddleboarding to learn how to manage take-off and trajectories.

Everyone can practice downwinding on their own scale, and with practice, anything is possible.

1. Gear up for downwind SUP

By definition, downwind consists of going down the swell, in our case with a board equipped with a foil. It therefore seems obvious that the equipment can have a fundamental impact on downwind practice and is therefore ultra important.

Choosing the Downwind Board

The choice of board is essential, it will allow a take off as quickly as possible. The longer and narrower your board is, the better its glide will be and will allow you to take off with a little swell. But this also implies reduced stability that can cause falls. Opt for flat hulls or slightly with a double concave. Some brands offer round but very unstable hulls.
However, the boards are not very wide, optimizing the stability to maximize your chances of flying is fundamental.
It will also increase your useful practice time.

When you are starting out, it is important to choose a board with a minimum of width (do not overestimate yourself) such as our DW 7’2W which is 22 inches wide.

The more you progress, the more your progress in balance will allow you to take narrow boards and therefore less bulky in the air and especially with more glide such as our DW 7’2 which is 20 inches wide.

For those who want to fully embrace 100% downwinding, we have launched the DW 8’3 range: a specific board for downwinding by rowing.
We have 4 sizes 8’3 x 17, 8’3 x 19, 8’3 x 21 and 8’3 x 23.

Last information to remember about the board. A shorter board will be more difficult to paddle because you will have row (when you paddle on the right it goes to the left and vice versa).

So a 7’2 will be perfect if you want to do wing foiling and downwinding. On the other hand, if you want to optimize the downwind to 100%, take larger boards like our Dw 8’3 range

Our Downwind Boards

The choice of foil

The mast:

The choice of mast is essential.
The stiffness of a mast is fundamental to have maximum control in your turns. The stiffer your foil, the more precise you will be on your feet.
If you are with an aluminum mast, a mast beyond 17 cm will be necessary to accept large front foil wings. Conversely, in carbon you will need to have the best ratio between very thin and stiff mast.
Generally a 14mm High Modulus mast (100% M40J High Modulus) will be perfect for downwinding.
You will gain glide, glide and flight finesse and thus you can fly more with less effort.

Front Wing Size: This is the engine of the foil, the size of your fin will influence your ability to turn as well as your ability to start early and connect by pumping if necessary. A small fin will be more maneuverable but will have less power to pump with. The choice of this fin is also influenced by the weather conditions, when the swell is formed and powerful, the surface area of the fin is reduced.

We have launched a Downwinder-specific range. This is the Downwind UHA range.
A range of front fins with a strong aspect ratio to maximize glide.

To start with, we advise you to go for the larger 1260 UHA to maximize the departure and the flight time. Then as you get your level and size and conditions, you can reduce the size of the front wing.

Fuselage: The length of the fuselage affects the nervousness of your foil, this will free up the foil in pitch. A shorter fuselage will make the foil more responsive, maneuverable and unstable. A longer fuselage allows for great stability. It is also possible to find a fuselage with a mast/fuselage junction that is set back to allow for more efficient pumping.

The stabilizer: As its name suggests, the goal is to stabilize the foil, so a big stabilizer will make your foil more “docile” and a little more lively. A smaller stabilizer will decrease drag and increase the speed of your foil.

Carbon or Aluminium foil: Both work very well, it’s a matter of budget. An aluminum foil will be cheaper and stronger to impacts. A carbon foil will be faster and more manoeuvrable thanks to its reduced rope and thickness, but it will be more expensive.

An example of an ideal foil for downwinding at SROKA is the UHA 1260 cm2 front wing with an 80 cm mast and a standard fuselage.

Our Downwind foils

The choice of paddle

A carbon paddle will clearly be more efficient. To be the most effective, you should opt for a carbon paddle with a minimum of 50% carbon.

If you are not totally comfortable, put on a helmet and a buoyancy vest or an impact vest, the goal is always to have fun and therefore it is better to avoid injury.

Alternative to paddling

Recently, a solution seems to have emerged to use a small traction kite connected directly to a small bar to leave very early without the need to row.
This is called the para wing.
Concretely, instead of rowing, inflate a small wing with the wind, and let yourself fly with this wing.
When you want to fold this kite into a small bag and fly effortlessly.

This alternative is intended for beginners or anyone who wants to discover the activity with a low technical level of paddling.

The ultimate advantage of this parawing solution for downwinding is to be able to take off even if you are no longer strong enough to paddle.
( This can also be perceived as a security.

2. The choice of the spot

Don’t overestimate yourself, choose a spot with few people to start with and above all stay away from everyone else to avoid colliding with another person.

Choose conditions where take-off is easy but where chop does not throw you off balance. Find a place where the swell is right in line with the wind.

Be careful at low tide where there is usually no bottom and the swell may be less in some places.

3. Learning balance and stability in downwind foil

Before you hit a wave, get used to the stability of the board.
If you are a complete beginner, first try paddling on flat water to better understand how the board reacts.
E Practice always rowing on the same side while trying to go as straight as possible.
This exercise will help you progress on the paddling technique.

4. Efficient downwind foil paddling technique

The technique differs slightly with a short and long board. But the efficiency of the train is fundamental to leave easily. It is the explosiveness of your movement that will make you move quickly and allow you to gain speed and be propelled by the wave.

Practice like on the flat start video. (even if you can’t do a flat start)

Once in the air, a few strokes of the paddle at the right time can save situations where you risk losing the flight, such as the loss of a swell train or an imbalance.

If you’ve managed to generate enough lift to go on flat terrain (or if you feel like you’re not far from taking off), it’s time to pick a slope to help you with a wave

5. Observation of the swell and the body of water and select the right slope.

In downwind mode, a large part of your efficiency will come from choosing the right bump to start.

Observe the body of water and choose the right bump (hollow enough) to try to fly.

The series of “bumps” usually work in 2, 3 or 4 games, and try to choose the biggest one to have the maximum power to take off.
Be the most explosive at that moment.
You have 2 to 3 seconds to give it your all.
If you have managed to synchronize the train with the slope, you will have enough power to take off.

Bonus! Safety and best practices in downwind

As we mentioned earlier, the purpose of these sports is purely recreational, so you don’t have to put yourself in danger to be able to say that you are stronger or weaker than your neighbour. So if you’re going away from the board, opt for safety gear. If you’re close to the edge, there’s no need.

So if you go far, it is absolutely essential to equip yourself, the helmet and the impact vest are the minimum.

The safest thing to do is to practice in a group and for everyone to look out for the others.

But to avoid problems, it is ideal to take with you:

a telephone
a GPS watch (ultra 2)
a fluorescent vest
possibly flares
a tow line
A secumar belt can be a solution.
It’s a belt that inflates with a CO2 cartridge and a distress flare.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article 5 tips to start Foil Downwind est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to transport your belongings on a paddle board?

Bruno Sroka — Thu, 29 Feb 2024 11:29:38 +0000

Paddle boarding is an activity that has grown in popularity over the past few years. Being easy to access, everyone can have a blast paddleboarding. Whether it’s for your personal enjoyment, on a walk, in sports mode or even with the family. You’ll definitely want to carry things with you, without worrying about getting them wet or getting lost. That’s why we’re going to see how to transport your belongings by paddle.

Protecting your business

Whether you want to take your camera, your smartphone on the water in order to immortalize the moment, to use GPS or even to be able to call in case of difficulty. This equipment that will accompany you on the water will require protection against water. To be able to keep your smartphone with you, you can opt for the use of a waterproof pouch. It can be tied around the neck with a cord or your vest, so there’s no risk of losing it. Protecting it from splashes and short immersions, you can enjoy a ride full of photos with confidence.

How to attach your waterproof bag to the paddle board

On SROKA paddle boards, we offer elastic straps to hang your waterproof bag under the straps. This allows it to be securely secured. The SROKA 5 liter dry bags are perfect for carrying your smartphone, a few belongings and a bottle of water. It can be worn over the shoulder on the back or hung on paddle boards, it will accompany you in all your paddle sessions. This bag protects your belongings from water and short dives while allowing it to be opened on the water if you wish. Remember to secure your bag a second time by attaching an elastic band in the buckle of the bag and thus ensure its support even if you turn over or the sea is rough. You can also opt for larger backpacks but be careful to distribute the weight well so as not to destabilize your paddle.

Our SROKA paddle boards

In short, remember to put your belongings in a waterproof bag and to secure it well to the elastics of your stand up paddle board so that they do not get wet or you lose them. As for the smartphone, to allow it to be used during a paddle session, to use your GPS or take photos, for example, and thus protect it from water splashes as well as immersions in complete safety.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to transport your belongings on a paddle board? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Using your paddle board in the event of flooding: Tips and precautions

Bruno Sroka — Wed, 28 Feb 2024 11:27:45 +0000

During a flood with a heavy crane, it is impossible to use your car to get supplies or go to your neighbours if necessary. Ideally, you would need a boat, but unless you live by the sea, in the countryside few people own a boat. On the other hand, inflatable paddle boarding is a sport that is well democratized, you can consider using your paddle to move on the water. In this article, we are going to give you all the tips and precautions you need to use your paddle in case of flooding? Is this really a good idea?

Understanding the role of paddle boarding in the event of flooding

The inflatable paddle board is a watercraft that can be used to move around during floods. However, to avoid putting one’s life at risk, it is best for floods to occur without power. In this way, the risk of being swept away by the current and the associated hazards is reduced

Advantages

The main advantage of a paddle board is the set up. In a very short time, less than 5 minutes, your paddle is ready to be launched. The second advantage is the lightness and manoeuvrability of a paddle board. It can squeeze in anywhere without any problems and thus avoids all obstacles in the water.

It therefore makes it easy to connect areas that are inaccessible on foot with just a few strokes of the paddle. On the other hand, you should ideally have a paddle that is as stable as possible (i.e. with a little width) to be stable and avoid falling into the water.

Pre-Flood Preparedness

If you reside in an area with a high risk of flooding, it’s a good idea to anticipate potential problems by moving as many items as possible upstairs in your home. Also, stay informed and consider contacting your town hall for technical information if needed.

Let’s say one day you want to buy a paddle board to make it easier to get around. In this case, we recommend that you choose a high-quality paddle board, with a double skin on the deck and hull. What for? Because unlike lakes or the sea, you’ll have to navigate over roads, embankments, sidewalks, and other obstacles. Usually, during floods, the water is not transparent, which means you can’t see what’s underneath your paddle. Having a sturdy and stable paddle board is essential to avoid damage in the event of contact with an obstacle underwater

A reinforced paddle board is more than three times stronger than a low-cost paddle board. To better understand, let’s explore the technical details:

PVC Materials & Layers: A paddle board is made by hand, and its strength depends on the number of layers of PVC used. A reinforced paddle has a double skin and three layers on the rails. This construction makes it resistant to abrasion, shocks and possible explosions when in contact with a blunt object.
Board Stability:
- Board width : A wide board, measuring 31 inches or more, is considered wide and stable.
- Board Shape : If the back of the board is wide enough, it will provide better stability. On the other hand, if the rear is rather thin, the board will glide better but will be less stable.
- Construction : Rigidity plays a vital role in stability. A reinforced paddle board is more stable because it is stiffer.

So if you’re looking for a stable paddle. Follow the link below. This top-of-the-range range are reinforced paddles that will be very stable.

In the context of flooding, a solid aluminum paddle will do the trick, no need to own an ultra-light paddle.

Here are our reinforced paddle boards: the top of the range

Using the paddle board during the flood

If you’re planning to paddle board during flooding, here are some safety tips to follow:

Choose your route wisely : Prioritize your safety. Before leaving, map out your route and analyze any problems you may encounter, such as strong currents or dangerous areas.
Equip yourself correctly:

Wear a life jacket and wetsuit with a lifeline attached to the front of the paddle. Make sure the rope is long enough that you can hang it on a pole or throw it a few feet away if needed.

Navigation technique:
- Don’t look for speed, but rather efficiency to save energy.
- Opt for a paddle board of about 10’6″ x 32″ that will be both stable and relatively short, thus facilitating maneuvers. It’s easier to turn with a medium-sized paddle compared to a 12-foot or larger model.
Communication and anticipation:
- Inform your loved ones of your journey and set up a communication process (call time, or call as soon as you arrive, etc.) so that you are not unable to communicate in case of danger or stress. Of course, remember to have a waterproof phone or put it in a waterproof bag.
- Anticipate the fact that you may need to help others who are struggling. A stable paddle board is therefore essential in this context.

Remember, safety should always be your priority when paddleboarding during floods

In short

Using a paddle board during floods can be a practical solution to get around safely. However, it is essential to follow safety rules, plan your route carefully, equip yourself appropriately and remain aware of the associated risks. If you live near a river with current, this option can be risky. Always prioritize your safety and that of your loved ones in such situations.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Using your paddle board in the event of flooding: Tips and precautions est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How do you inflate an inflatable SUP?

Jules Bustin — Mon, 26 Feb 2024 11:23:12 +0000

Inflatable stand up paddle boarding or SUP attracts you and you want to take the plunge and equip yourself for the coming summer or spring. But once you reach the milestone, you wonder “how to inflate an inflatable paddle?”.

Problems with inflation are, although of negligible severity, very common. Follow this article to the letter and you will be sure to save yourself these few hassles.

An under- or over-inflated paddle board is a problem:

When under-inflated, it may “go banana-like” and deteriorate quickly due to the different folds it causes.
Overinflated, your SUP risks seeing its PVC welds peel off or even its drop stitch (inner part that connects the deck and the hull and allows you to keep a flat paddle) at the risk of seeing it become a sausage.

So let’s first check your equipment, then talk about the key points of preparing your paddle before inflation and finally some more tips just after seeing the inflation itself.

The necessary equipment

What equipment do we need to inflate your paddle? Approximately everything that is in the package you ordered. That is to say:

SUP (of course)
The high-pressure pump
Fins
The valve disassembly wrench

Preparing to inflate the paddle

First of all, it is important to find a suitable place to inflate your SUP, avoid areas that could damage it such as stones or asphalt if you were to have to inflate it in a parking lot. (In the event that you have no choice, use the storage bag to protect your paddle from abrasion from the ground.)

Also choose a place sheltered from the wind when it is strong, to prevent your paddle from flying away and risking injury or damage.

Before you start inflating, unfold your SUP and check that it is in good condition. Also check that your pump is functional and that your fins are suitable for the reserved spaces on the hull of your SUP. Using the valve disassembly wrench, check that the valve is properly tightened, which could cause leaks.

Steps to inflate a stand up paddle board

Your paddle is now deployed, in a secure place and your equipment functional.

Start by connecting your pump to your SUP. To do this, check that the valve preventing the air from leaving is in the inflation position, i.e. that the central part is coming out. If this is not the case, turn it a quarter turn, squeezing it lightly to put it in the right position.
Next, connect the pump hose by a quarter turn in a clockwise direction. Be careful, it is possible that the stress caused on the hose will cause it to rotate on its own in the opposite direction, in this case, it will be necessary to pre-stress the pump hose in the other direction before connecting it so that it stays in place without your help.
You can now inflate your paddle to the pressure indicated around the valve or in the user manual. Start with the pump in mode 2 and then finish with mode 1 when mode 2 becomes too difficult.
Once the recommended pressure is reached, disconnect the pump from the SUP and close the valve cap. Finally, check that your paddle is rigid and that it does not have an appendage that would prevent a possible breakage.

SROKA tips:

The pressure of the paddle varies depending on the activities you want to do or your weight. For example, if you are embarking on a downwind SUP, lowering your pressure slightly will allow you to wind the waves better and thus avoid crashing and therefore slowing down between the swell trains.

Additional Tips

In order to guarantee an exceptional lifespan of your Stand up paddle, make sure to never leave it in the sun when you are not using it, especially in summer when the temperature rises. For your information, the human pain threshold is around 60 degrees or even slightly below, this is a benchmark, on days when you cannot put your hand on a black surface (car) the temperature of your paddle in direct sunlight may explode in addition to being worn by UV rays.

See our range of SUPs

Conclusion

In short, choose a place where you are not at risk of damaging your equipment, check it and pay attention to the pressure you apply to your paddle. Once swollen, beware of the sun which can wreak havoc in the summer.

Finally, always make sure to practice safely, avoid very windy or cold days if you are not equipped accordingly. Also be careful, summer does not always rhyme with hot water, beware, even in 30 degrees outside, hypothermia is always possible when the water is at 17 degrees, as is often the case in windy regions.

How do you inflate a paddle board? Now you have the answer. All you have to do is go and enjoy yourself on the water. Many other articles are available on our website to help you in your paddle practice, do not hesitate to take a look!

The SROKA team.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How do you inflate an inflatable SUP? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How do you deflate and store an inflatable SUP?

Jules Bustin — Sat, 24 Feb 2024 11:21:16 +0000

When practicing inflatable paddle boarding, the handling and management of the equipment are essential in order to maintain healthy and reliable equipment over time. The deflation phase is essential to properly store your SUP.

In this article, we will answer the following question: how to deflate and store your paddle? And address the problems you may encounter and how to avoid them. We’ll start by talking about the material, then the procedure itself and give you some tips along the way.

1. Preparation

To store your paddle, you will need the following equipment:

The storage bag,
a cloth
as well as your hands.

To deflate and store your paddle while respecting your equipment, it is essential to follow the following steps when preparing:

To prepare, find a suitable spot, avoid places where your paddle could fly away, or it could be damaged. The ideal would be a large rug or carpet on the floor in order to preserve your SUP.

Then, make sure you have everything you need on hand.

2. Preliminary steps for deflation

Before deflating your paddle, start by using your cloth to wipe your paddle and therefore protect it from mold, sand that could damage it and odors.
Then, disassemble your fin to put the SUP flat on the ground.
Dry and store your fin.

3. Deflate the inflatable paddle board

We finally come to the most important part,deflating the paddle.

To do this:

Open the inflation valve cap, then open the valve by pressing the central button and lock it in the open position by a quarter turn before releasing.
Let the paddle empty of air.
While the air is escaping, store or disassemble the paddle leash in the way that works best for you. Disassemble it to prevent it from dragging once the paddle is folded.

4. Fold and store the inflatable paddle board

We are now going to start rolling the paddle:

Stand in the back. The sup is right side up.
Start by making a forward fold so that all three fin housings are visible.
Then, fold the rearmost fin housing over the other two bringing it towards you.
Finally, resume driving in the original direction. Bend the paddle by applying pressure to empty the remaining air in the SUP.

Once folded, store it in its bag and close it.

For storage, choose a dry and cool place, away from direct sunlight.

Le tips SROKA

The first little advice would be to be wary of algae, which can react with the materials and could stain them, so make sure to rinse your paddle properly especially if you store it for a long time.
Regarding storage in the garage, avoid putting weight on your paddle and ideally, store it vertically, and not flat.
Finally, and although it seems logical, avoid deflating your paddles in the water, because even if it avoids sand, it would be dramatic to get water inside your SUP.

Conclusion

In conclusion, be careful where you choose to deflate your paddle, make sure that it is as clean as possible when storing it, especially for long storage and above all, learn our homemade folding technique to avoid damaging your fin housings.

All you have to do is enjoy our paddle boards which, we assure you, if you take care of them, will last you a long time.

See our range of SUPs

How do you deflate a paddle? Now you have the answer. Always make sure to take care of your equipment, it’s the guarantee that it will last you a long time! All you have to do is go and enjoy yourself on the water. Many other articles are available on our website to help you in your paddle practice, do not hesitate to take a look!

The SROKA team.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

What size paddle board should I choose?

Choosing the right size of your inflatable paddle will allow you to optimize your sessions according to your desires, your needs and your level. …

•
March 22, 2024
•
Stand Up Paddle, Tutorials

New Light Wind Wing Foil Board: SROKA’s LW

New Light Wind Wing Foil Board: SROKA’s LW

To be effective in Wing Foil in the Light wind, you have to adapt your equipment to glide better and leave earlier. This involves …

•
March 12, 2024
•
How to choose your equipment, Foil, Tutorials

What is the physical condition for wing foiling?

What is the physical condition for wing foiling?

Flexibility is one of the points that differentiates wing foiling from practices such as windsurfing. Where in windsurfing, we were…

•
March 2, 2024
•
Foil, Tutorials

5 tips to start Foil Downwind

Imagine gliding over the waves, almost as if you were flying over the ocean! Coming from downwinding which has been practiced in SUP for about ten …

•
March 1, 2024
•
Foil, Tutorials

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How do you deflate and store an inflatable SUP? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to dress for paddle boarding throughout the seasons?

Bruno Sroka — Sun, 18 Feb 2024 08:26:31 +0000

Paddle boarding, a water and water activity that combines balance, strength and communion with nature. Walk in the middle of nature without noise to discover what surrounds you. It is becoming more and more popular. Whether you’re a novice or a seasoned enthusiast, it’s essential to choose the right outfit to fully enjoy this moment of sporty escape. In this article, we will explore the different seasons and the equipment suitable for paddling with peace of mind.

How to dress for paddle boarding whatever the season?

If the outfit is not adequate, you can very quickly become cold and possibly put yourself at risk if the conditions change quickly.

Adapting your outfit seems fundamental to us to do stand up paddle whatever the weather. Even in winter, paddling will bring you great pleasure, far from the hustle and bustle of our “full speed” lives.

How to dress for Paddle Boarding in Winter?

1. Tips for staying warm and safe:

First of all, winter is a season when there are few people on the water and therefore potentially problematic if you have a hypothermia problem or a problem with equipment. So the choice of your equipment is fundamental. In winter in cold water, it is impossible to stay in the water without a wetsuit for a long time.

Don’t go alone if possible. Sharing these moments in nature with others on a paddle board is always better. But especially in case of a problem, it allows you to have a person next to you to help you. So to guarantee maximum safety, practice with others. If not, we invite you to inform at least one of your relatives and to give the route you are going to take and a departure and arrival time.

Use a buoyancy aid: Wear a life jacket or flotation device for your safety in the winter. On the one hand, it will keep you warm, but it will allow you to float better if something goes wrong. You can take a look at our pro impact vest which can also be used for paddle boarding.

Use a board leash. This is fundamental. Attach your board with a leash to your foot to avoid losing it in the event of a fall.

2. Choice of outfit for paddle boarding in winter.

Even more so for this season, the choice of outfit is fundamental. Very quickly, you can get cold.

There are several neoprene or other wetsuit options such as dry suits.

At first, you can use a more or less thick neoprene wetsuit . The thicker the thickness, the warmer you’ll be. However, you will have difficulty moving properly. So you’ll be using a lot of energy.

The purpose of this combination is to limit the loss of energy and heat and keep your body at the right temperature. To do this, when you fall, the suit will trap a thin layer of water that will warm your body. It should be noted that these out-of-water suits are less effective than when you are in the water.

The second option is the hybrid solution: neoprene pants or long johns with a breathable top or a windbreaker.

This solution is a good alternative because on the one hand the neoprene pants or the long john are usually quite thin and therefore not hindering to move. The long john is a sleeveless wetsuit allowing great mobility and flexibility of the upper body and good thermal protection of the lower body.

Combine with a top that cuts the wind and possibly underlayers under the wind, you will never be cold. Opt for a breathable top that allows perspiration to pass through. You can go with fleece tops for example. However, don’t forget to take a spare change and allow yourself to change in case of a fall. (A small volume dry bag can be used for a change of clothes).

This design provides paddlers and water sports enthusiasts, such as paddle boarding, with greater freedom of movement in the upper body. It promotes more natural gestures and makes it easier to perform various actions, such as rowing, turning or adjusting the position on the board. The long john is rather adapted to slightly milder weather conditions.

The last option is to choose a dry wetsuit. This solution is very interesting because it combines total heat (since air cannot enter) and freedom of movement thanks to its low thickness. It keeps you dry even if you fall into the water. Thanks to their waterproofing, these suits prevent water from entering and keep you comfortably protected from humidity and cold. These wetsuits usually incorporate a hood so even in rain or strong wind, you won’t lose heat.

Remember, 30% of our heat goes through our extremities: head, feet and hands.

This option remains the best option for paddle boarding in winter, it allows you to maintain a good level of mobility for maximum performance while preserving your body heat.

But that’s not all. As we mentioned earlier: feet, hands and head are the places where we lose the most energy and heat. So remember to equip yourself with neoprene slippers and gloves and/or hat

In short, how to dress for paddle boarding in winter.

To paddle serenely and warmly in the middle of winter, choose warm equipment by covering the extremities. By layering the different layers, for example, with dry suits, even in sub-zero temperatures, you will never feel cold. Don’t forget your safety equipment: leash, life jacket or buoyancy aid and possibly have a hot drink to warm up handy.

How to dress for Paddle in Spring or Mid-Season?

Whether you’re a novice or a seasoned enthusiast, choosing the right outfit is essential to get the most out of this mid-season experience. The temperatures are starting to rise, as well as the water temperature but not enough to go in a swimsuit. So you have to opt for a wetsuit that is lighter than in winter but enough so as not to catch a cold.

If it’s the resumption following the winter break, you will then resume paddle boarding and therefore, you will need some time to adapt. Anticipate potential falls due to shutdown during the winter.

See all paddle boards

1. Tips for staying warm and safe:

You can use a dry suit as seen earlier by removing the insulated layers underneath the suit. This will allow you to be dry even if you fall into the water, but also a gust effect of the dry suit with a gain in mobility. So the investment of the drysuit for winter can be used for mid-season or rainy weather.

The second option is to go with a full-body suit (less thick) or a long John to keep maximum mobility on the upper body and not to spend too much energy. The gust of wind will allow the upper part to be sheltered from the wine.

Finally for the bravest, (or if you are in a warmer region, opt for the shorty. Ideal for summer or mid-season if the water is relatively warm. This provides good thermal insulation on the body and maximum freedom of movement on the arms.

At this time of year, if you want to feel the board more precisely, you can do away with the liners, as a general rule, it is quite possible to do so. As on your paddle you have a net to attach accessories, you can take them with you if you need them.

2. Tips

Don’t forget to stay hydrated, it’s very important when you’re doing a long effort. In a waterproof bag hung on the net, put some water and food in it and treat yourself to a little pose in the middle of the ocean, far from everything and contemplating this beautiful nature.

For some, it’s the recovery , so choose a gentle recovery by increasing the distances as you go. This will allow your body to adapt to a more substantial effort during the sessions.

Spring is a great season, nature is waking up, take advantage of it to walk around and discover new routes.

For some, it’s the recovery , so choose a gentle recovery by increasing the distances as you go. This will allow your body to adapt to a more substantial effort during the sessions.

Spring is a great season, nature is waking up, take advantage of it to walk around and discover new routes.

A summary of what to wear in mid-season

Paddling in mid-season means finding yourself in the heart of nature in transition. The trees are budding, the birds are singing, and the waters are calm. You glide silently over the mirror of a lake or the course of a river, connected to the ecosystem that awakens around you. It is a communion with the earth and water, a moment of meditation in the open air. Neither too hot nor too cold, mid-season offers ideal conditions for paddle boarding. You can wear a lighter wetsuit and enjoy the sun without sweating excessively. The sun’s rays caress your skin and the light breeze cools you down. It’s a perfect balance between comfort and adventure. In addition, in mid-season, beaches and bodies of water are less crowded. You have the space to yourself, away from the summer hustle and bustle.

Put on your wetsuit, grab your paddle and set off to discover these precious moments in the heart of nature.

How to Dress for Paddle in Summer

The summer season is a magical time to practice paddle boarding. If you get too hot on the sand, grab your paddle board and go for a splash away from the crowds. Go on an adventure with your paddle board for the day, water, a picnic and enjoy a day in the middle of nature with your family.

Choice of outfit for paddle boarding in summer.

Depending on where you’re on holiday. Maybe you’ll need a shorty wetsuit. Otherwise it’s very simple, a buoyancy vest if you need it, an anti-UV top and boardshorts.

Of course, if you are on the tip of Brittany with a cool breeze even in summer, the shorty or the windbreaker or even a light integral can serve you. In case you fall into the water, the wetsuit will be used

In summer, the sun is higher in the sky so the reverberation is greater. A pair of sunglasses and sunscreen will protect you from UV rays

If it’s really hot, opt for a hat or cap to keep your head in the shade and avoid sunstroke.

Conclusion.

In the summer, beaches and bodies of water are often crowded. Paddle boarding allows you to get away from the crowds and find peaceful corners. Paddling early in the morning or at the end of the day gives you absolute tranquility. You can explore hidden coves, secluded lakes, and calm rivers away from the summer hustle and bustle. At this time of year, water is your ally to refresh yourself. Dip your paddle into the cool water and let the droplets splash around you. The sea breeze caresses you as you glide across the surface of the water. It’s a natural way to stay cool while exercising.

It’s a sensory experience that allows you to start or end the day well. Put on your swimsuit and jump on your paddle.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to dress for paddle boarding throughout the seasons? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Where and how to wingfoil in winter?

Bruno Sroka — Sun, 18 Feb 2024 08:00:33 +0000

Wing foil is a sport that can be practiced all year round. So if you too want to sail all year round and make the most of all your sessions even when it’s cold. Here are some tips from Team Sroka on where and how to sail in wing foil. To sail in winter with a wing foil, there are two possibilities.

Either we equip ourselves properly to face the winter,
Or you opt for a trip to a country with mild temperatures and adequate weather conditions to wingfoil.

How to wing foil in winter while staying at home? How to equip yourself?

Sailing in winter is not the most pleasant feeling if you are poorly equipped. But it can become a real pleasure and sensation if you opt for the right equipment. First of all, it is important to choose a spot that is suitable for the practice as well as the weather conditions. In winter and especially on the water, the weather can change very quickly. So keep an eye on the weather and how it might change. Make sure that access to the spot is secure and that the sailing conditions make it a safe spot. Of course, stay aware of your level as well as the weather. In winter, in cold water, we can quickly get into trouble if something happens.

Secondly, equip yourself properly. Whether it’s wing foiling, downwinding, surf foiling, pumping… Equipment is everything. As for the equipment, here is what you need to go wing foiling in winter.

The Equipment

When you go for a session, put your kite surf or wing foil on the beach as soon as possible. It is best to avoid sharp stones and asphalt in strong winds. Indeed, if your kite slips because of the wind, it will rub the ground and this will cause wear on the seams or spinnaker.

1. Winter full-body suit

If you’re not too cold, a 4/3 or 5/4 combination will do the trick.

A wetsuit in winter with a built-in hood is the best choice for wing foiling in winter while staying warm. A full-body suit with a built-in hood will better protect against the cold and also prevent water infiltration into the suit.

What you need to remember is that 30% of our heat escapes through the extremities. For those who are very cold, there are 6/5/4 like at hoalen.

2. Balaclavas, slippers, earplugs

If you don’t have a wetsuit with a built-in hood, the balaclava can be put on separately, keeping the heat and protecting from the cold (wind and water) as well as keeping only one wetsuit for sailing with and without a balaclava

The same goes for winter slippers that keep your feet warm. Choose slippers that are flexible enough to keep a feel on the support.

Finally, don’t forget earplugs to prevent exostosis.

3. Gloves

Gloves are a very important part of winter sailing. Not everyone likes to wear them, but they protect very well from the cold.

There are two main types of gloves: Full-face gloves, which offer maximum protection against the cold but can in some cases reduce the sensations in the hands when holding the handles and cause cramps in the forearms. The second option are open mitten gloves to prevent cold on fingers and hands without losing sensation in the handles.

4. Impact vest or vest

The Sroka Impact Vest will insulate you from the cold thanks to its neoprene construction and reinforced foams, while protecting you from impacts.

5. Penultimate tip

If you are in a rather cold place, avoid taking out the 40 l volume boards. If you have the option to take a board with more volume, it will save you from spending a lot of time in the water and swimming for too long if the wind drops.

6. Another solution: go to the sun!

If the desire for the sun is stronger than anything and you can’t stand sailing in the cold, there is only one solution left, find a heavenly solution to sail in the sun. In this section, we offer you a non-exhaustive list of sun destinations.

Here is a list of destinations to travel to in winter to go wing foil. This list is not exhaustive but will surely give you some travel ideas.

Wing foil destination abroad during the winter

The Caribbean

The Caribbean is an area where the trade winds are present in winter. They will offer you a pleasant temperature during the winter, between 24 and 29 degrees. In addition, they benefit from the constant trade winds providing ideal conditions for wing foiling. So the French West Indies like Guadeloupe, Martinique… They are ideal places to travel in winter and enjoy optimal conditions. A little more exotic, you can opt for St Barthelemy or the Grenadines.

Zanzibar

located off the east coast of Africa, is an increasingly popular destination for water sports enthusiasts. It offers ideal wind conditions all year round. December to March is kuzi season, which means that high winds blow consistently, and therefore offer ideal conditions for wingfoil and other water sports. This period is generally considered to be the best for wing foil in Zanzibar.

Le Sri Lanka

In addition to the favourable temperatures all year round, it also benefits from constant winds like Zanzibar and favourable to the practice of wing foil.

Cape Town, South Africa

Cape Town and especially Langebaan, is a very popular destination for kitesurfing. Renowned for its very strong and constant winds, especially from November to March, Cape Town works perfectly from November to March. These conditions are ideal for wing foiling if you like to sail in small wing sizes.

The Canary Islands

In winter, it’s not the strongest wind period but you can still have good sessions there, especially in wing foil, surf foil or kitesurfing. In addition, the temperature of the water and the outside is mild and pleasant. (Water temperature: around 18°C and between 20 and 25°C for outside)

Cape Verde

This archipelago, located off the west coast of Africa, is an ideal destination for board sports such as wing foil. With its landscapes and beaches of fine sand and crystal clear waters, it seduces more and more water sports enthusiasts, including wing foil enthusiasts. Boa vista, the island off the coast of Senegal offers perfect conditions in winter, whether in waves, on flat water, you will find what you are looking for with warm water and a steady wind.

Brazil

Brazil is known for its constant winds during the winter period in France. Offering strong and consistent winds. Spots like Jericoacoara and Cumbuco are popular with wing foil enthusiasts.

Jericoacoara: Located on the northeastern coast of Brazil, Jeri is famous for its constant winds and waves in lagoons. All of this offers ideal conditions for wing foiling.

Cumboco: is another spot in Brazil, also very famous, it offers fine sandy beaches, lagoons and very good wind conditions especially in winter in Europe which is suitable for wing foil.

Morocco

Morocco It is often said that there are more waves in the winter and more wind in the summer. Despite everything, the wind remains constant all year round, with an average of more than 20 days per month with an average of 12 to 20 knots. So if you’re going on a trip to Morocco in winter to sail, expect to have wind during your vacation. With spots like Dakhla and Essaouira you will have a multitude of spots to satisfy your wing foil desires.

Tarifa

Tarifa is located in the extreme south of Spain, a few kilometres from Morocco. With more than 300 windy days a year, Tarifa is considered the wind capital of Europe. This makes it one of the most famous destinations for kitesurfing, windsurfing and also wing foiling enthusiasts. With spots like Playa Chica, Bolonia, Tarifa town or even the more challenging spot of Canos de Meca (with its reef of rocks that can sometimes come out of the water in some places), Tarifa offers ideal wind conditions for wing foiling all year round. Allowing you to sail with wind and mild temperatures in winter. When the levante rises, the wind strength is usually 6-7 Beaufort, providing strong and constant wind conditions.

In short

In summary, you have two options.

If you want to sail every weekend,you’ll need to be properly equipped to sail in the cold, wearing a warm wetsuit and protecting your extremities so you don’t lose too much energy.
If you only want to sail in the warmth, choose a sun destination to sail in winter with mild temperatures.

In this case, you have two options. Either you opt for a destination where you can rent equipment on site, or you take your board bag with you to sail with your own equipment (discover our wing foil packs). In the latter case, check the prices of excess baggage according to the airlines. The price is different for each company.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Where and how to wingfoil in winter? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to sail in light wind in wingfoil?

Bruno Sroka — Fri, 16 Feb 2024 09:16:02 +0000

The “light wind” in Wingfoil refers to the wind of light force to be moderated. That’s more or less 5 to 12 knots (about 9 to 22 km/h). These types of conditions may not be enough for most water sports, but not for wing foiling. How to sail in light wind with a wing foil? This requires learning and an optimal choice of your equipment.

In this article we will discuss different techniques and equipment choices to help you fly even sooner. Sailing in light wind in wingfoil is a unique experience, although at the beginning the practice was not necessarily very adapted to it, today, wingfoil starts at 5 knots and you can sail beyond 45 knots. The evolutions in terms of board, foil and wing have something to do with it, but so do the evolution of techniques.

The technical aspects of wingfoil sailing in light wind

Let’s talk about the aspect that will depend on you, because beyond the equipment, sailing in a wingfoil in light implies a certain technical level and some important notions.

Either pump you only with the wing, or pump you with only the foil and the board, or you learn to synchronize the pumping of the wing with the foil to be more efficient. When you try to answer the question of how to sail a wingfoil in light winds, you have to address the question of the technique of pumping in foil.

1. Wing pumping

The wing is the driving force of your practice, it is the element that allows you to move forward, so it seems obvious that its proper handling is also essential.

Pumping efficiently with a wing depends at first on the wing you are using, a more or less rigid wing will require a more or less long pumping frequency. Let your wing breathe! There is no need to “stuff” your wing by shaking it all over the place. Slowly pull it away from you and pull it dynamically, pressing the handles slightly downwards to bring it up at the end of the movement. Sailing in light wind therefore requires a kite with a taut spinnaker which will facilitate pumping.

2. Foil pumping

Pumping the foil requires practice, no one can do it without trying it so jump into the water and you will quickly understand the principle. As when you have speed, the general idea is to make the foil oscillate between front and back feet in order to give it speed. We then make a so-called “porpoising” movement to bounce the board on the water until the speed is sufficient to take off.

3. Synchronization of wing and foil pumping.

To leave early, you have to manage to synchronize the pumping of the wing and the foil at the same time. In lag, you will cancel out their effects, by synchronizing them you will get twice as effective. Stay as balanced as possible on the board. As you can see in the video, the rider is unbalanced at some point.

To try to synchronize the two movements, we advise you to practice on the flat. The moment you pull on your wing, you have to push your board and therefore the foil forward to allow you to gain more horizontal speed.

https://srokacompany.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/ligh-windneo.mov

4. Position on the board

The position on the board is slightly different depending on the type of boards you have, but in general, put your weight on the front so that the board accelerates on the water to make it easier to take off. Some boards glide much better, so you have to let the board accelerate. Sometimes you have to push the board forward with your feet to help it pick up speed. This difference can be observed depending on the boards used. The thinner and longer the board, the easier it will be to pick up speed.

Equipment for wingfoil sailing in light wind

The equipment obviously plays an important part of your glide and your performance in the light. Wingfoil sailing in light wind will be determined by the choice of the right equipment.

1. The Wing

Using THE right wing will increase your chances of flying before anyone else. Favor a wing with a thin but rigid leading edge like our new Dyneema Elite wing. The leading edge is a drag generator on the wing. The thicker the leading edge, the more drag it will hinder and therefore will not be the most effective. A thin leading edge significantly reduces drag and therefore allows you to start earlier, to go faster.

In terms of size, you will have to do your own tests to find out which surface suits you. Some prefer a large wing because it generates a lot of power and others play on the foil by keeping a small wing (or medium) and taking a larger foil. The effective solution to wingfoil sailing in light wind would seem to be, as much as possible, to reduce the size of the foil underwater because there is 800 times more drag in the water than in the air. In the second case, they can therefore afford to pump with a smaller wing which will give them more range of motion and with a greater foil power. Generally speaking, small people (less than 1m60) will avoid wings over 5m2.

If you are sailing on lakes, choose a large kite that will allow you to leave very early.

2. A specific board for wingfoil sailing in light wind

The board is the element that can totally be problematic to sail in wingfoil in light just as you liberate. Choose a long and narrow board that will allow you to slide a lot at the start. Which will allow you to fly effortlessly in ridiculously low winds. Our new DW and LW ranges are prime examples of the usefulness of a long, narrow board and allow access to the lightwind with ease while still performing very well.

However, this range is not recommended for beginners. So you’ll need to have a clear/confirmed level to use them.

Using straps will allow you to pull the board upwards in order to improve the pumping of it, especially with very light wind.

2. The foil

The board is the element that can totally be problematic as well as freeing you. Choose a long, narrow board that will allow you to glide at the start and therefore fly effortlessly and in ridiculously low winds. Our new DW and LW ranges are convincing examples of the usefulness of a long and narrow board and allow access to the lightwind with ease but still performance.

However, this range is not recommended for beginners. So you will have to have a level of knowledge to use them.

Using straps will allow you to pull the board upwards in order to improve the pumping of it, especially with very light wind.

The foil is the element that comes into play just before taking off, once the board and the wing have given speed, it enters the scene and allows the take-off. A foil with a high ratio allows for a smooth take-off and tolerates low speeds very well depending on a more or less thick profile. A properly adapted foil will above all ensure that you do not make the slightest mistake when you are in flight.

To sum up, the choice of material

Choose a foil with a good wingspan to leave early
Take a thin, long and narrow board like the LW range from SROKA
If you want to sail in light wind conditions, opt for a kite of 6 m or more to be sure to leave very early.

Wing foiling in light wind can be learned: Observation of the water

1. Currents and waves

Using the current and/or the waves will allow you to potentially take off sooner as there would be any, of course.

2. Laughing stock

Observing the body of water can be learned, practice spotting the breezes on the water! To help you, the stronger the breeze, the duller and darker the body of water will appear. Use these breezes to take off and learn to anticipate them. By synchronizing the arrival of the breeze and your pumping, you will leave earlier.

Once in the air

The take-off is the difficult and technical part of the light wind, but once in the air, make sure you don’t make stupid mistakes that would force you to start again, make sure you are stable, that you have mastered your foil and that you are able to do the maneuvers necessary for your practice.

In conclusion, the winging lightwind is accessible to all riders of a “jibe” level, make sure to put the equipment on your side by choosing the right equipment that will allow you to optimize the low range, namely: a relatively large kite, a foil with a significant aspect ratio and a thin and long board to increase the glide. Not to mention that you will have to train and master the board/wing pumping technique as best as possible to make your sessions a success and be “the one who flies in nothing” and who annoys everyone in the process.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to sail in light wind in wingfoil? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

5 tips for practicing Sup Foil

Bruno Sroka — Thu, 15 Feb 2024 10:48:08 +0000

Imagine gliding over the waves, almost as if you were flying over the ocean!

The SUP Foil is a mix of paddle and foil. Sup foil or also known as stand-up paddle foil is an activity where you come to surf waves with a stand-up paddle board equipped with a foil under the board. The foil is an “underwater plane” that flies underwater and uses hydrodynamic flows.

Surfing with a surf in soft waves is not very pleasant. On the other hand, this wave is perfect for Sup foil. A gently sloping and round wave will be ideal for foiling. There are different disciplines in Sup foiling:

There are beach waves that can be supped foiled and
there’s the Downwind foil.

In this article, we’re going to talk about sup foil only. Here are some key points to know:

Who can sup foil?

SUP Foil does not require much prior paddle or foil expertise. It is a discipline that is quite easy to learn, allowing you to discover the joys of foiling at the beginning. Indeed, learning SUP Foil is generally more accessible compared to other disciplines in the world of foiling. This practice not only offers the discovery of the foil environment, but allows you to discover another reading of waves for experienced surfers. To get started, you can start with a boat. This simplifies the learning process by being towed by the boat.

Here are our 5 tips for practicing sup foil.

Tip 1: Choosing the equipment to practice Sup foil

1. How to choose your stand up paddle for sup foiling?

SUP Foil consists of surfing on a stand up paddle board equipped with a foil (or wing) below the surface. You can’t take a standard paddle board unless you make a modification. Ideally, hard paddle boards are much more efficient. Generally, sup foil boards are much smaller than sup boards . The board is just for getting on the board and holding the foil. This foil, attached to the mast, allows the board to rise above the water as you pick up speed, much like an airplane. Of course, don’t forget the paddle. So, let’s break it down point by point.

A beginner is going to be looking for a bit of board length to glide and go earlier. Unfortunately, this type of board will have a bit of inertia and won’t be very responsive for the best. The size that might fit can range from 6’3 to 8 feet. These are boards with a bit of width to maximize stability.

The right rider will use a shorter board to maximize turns and decrease wingspan. The boards will be narrower and will paddle much sooner, but require more balance

If you have mastered the sup foil, go on thinner boards to maximize glide and reduce drag.

2. Choose your SUP foil

The mast: as a general rule, the mast is between 60 and 80 cm. Indeed, if you are on a beach break the waves do not break very far, so choose a shorter mast.

Front fin size : To start with a 1250 cm2 wing and even 1500 cm2 can be a good alternative to start with a fairly compact shape like the control range in order to gain in maneuverability.

Fuselage: a short fuselage will not give more maneuverability, a long fuselage will give more stability. So to start, take a 68 fuselage to regain control and stability.

The stabilizer: a large stabilizer stabilizes your foil. A smaller stabilizer makes the foil more maneuverable.

Carbon or Aluminium foil: Both work very well, it’s a matter of budget. An aluminum foil will be cheaper and stronger on impact. A carbon foil will be faster and more manoeuvrable, but it will be more expensive.

3. The choice of paddle for sup foil

A carbon paddle will clearly be more efficient, more responsive and lighter. To be the most efficient when paddling, you should opt for a carbon paddle with a minimum of 50% carbon to recover nervousness and good propulsion.

Tip 2: The choice of the spot to practice Sup Foil

Don’t overestimate yourself, choose a spot with few people to start with and above all get away from everyone else to avoid colliding with another person.

Favor soft waves that reform. Don’t go off on impact.
Be careful at low tide or usually there is no bottom.
Opt for a wave at maximum hip height to start.
When you want to get in the water, hold the foil by the handle and when you enter the water, never put your foil between you and the wave to avoid getting the foil or board caught in your head. Push your foil to get enough depth and flip your foil back into the water. Then get on the board.

Tip 3: Learn balance and stability in sup foil

Before you set off on a wave, get used to the stability of the paddle. If you are a total beginner, first try to get towed by a boat to discover flying. Otherwise you can get closer to the wake ski lifts, most of them do introductions to foiling.

When you’re comfortable, head to the spot and look for soft waves with a gentle slope.

Tip 4: Efficient sup foil paddling technique

The placement of the feet is essential, the center of gravity must be positioned above the front wing of the foil. If you fly balanced, then the placement is optimal. If you have too much pressure in the back leg, back up on the foil, if you have too much pressure on the front leg, move forward on the board.

The position of the shoulders is important. Avoid keeping the same position as surfing, put your shoulders facing the wave (open your shoulders). This allows you to balance better on the board and avoid being unbalanced.

Tip 5: Catch the waves in a sup foil

The advantage of sup foil is that you are standing, so you can observe the waves from a great distance and therefore optimize your placement as best as possible.

Put your back to the wave and start paddling. The goal is to be able to pick up speed before the wave catches up with you so that you can, by the time the wave arrives, go with it. So don’t exhaust yourself too quickly by paddling like crazy if the wave is far away from you. Speed up your paddle stroke as the wave gets closer to you.

When you feel the wave pushing you, transfer the weight more to the front leg to speed the board down the descent and then transfer your weight backwards so that the board takes off. Stabilize it by loading your weight forward again.

This will allow the foil to accelerate and generate lift quickly and start flying.

At first, don’t try to turn, go straight ahead and follow the wave.

Favor the lefts if you are “goofies”, and if you are “regular” favor the right.

Tip 6: Safety and best practices in sup foiling

Choose a soft wave with few people.

Take a leash that is large enough to avoid getting the foil or board caught in your face.

Never put your equipment between you and the wave, otherwise you will catch it in your nose.

Don’t go all the way to the edge or you’ll hit rock bottom

Avoid navigating crowded areas

Find out about the size and period of the swell. A wave of 80 cm to 1 m with a period of 8 to 10 seconds to start will be ideal.

Our tips for progressing quickly in sup foil

Increasing the size of the wave to have more power and have more speeds, it will force you to decrease the size of the foil, but you will increase the speed and maneuverability.

String together more turns and cut-backs to position yourself where there’s more power.

To increase your efficiency, especially on the ascent to the peak. Decrease the size of the board to increase maneuverability and decrease the overall volume of the board. Opt for wings with a higher aspect ratio.

See all Sup foil

In conclusion: The choice of material and wave conditions determine the speed of progress. The more time you practice, the faster you will progress. Unfortunately, on this type of activity. You have to spend time in the water to progress and better master the different techniques.

Sup foil is a first step. If you have mastered the sup foil perfectly, you will be able to go downwind foil either with a wing and if you master the oar enough, with a paddle. The idea is no longer to surf waves from the shore, but from the swell of the open sea by letting yourself go downwind.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

See all our paddle boards

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article 5 tips for practicing Sup Foil est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Which paddle board to practice on a lake?

Bruno Sroka — Mon, 12 Feb 2024 16:53:53 +0000

Stand up paddle boarding is one of the most accessible board sports. Easy, space-saving, it allows you to get around, discover nature, have fun with your family or simply go for a walk alone, with others or with your family. Very popular at sea, it is also becoming increasingly popular in lakes and in my opinion, it is very interesting in lakes, because this type of calm body of water is easier to start with. It also allows you to indulge in various types of practices such as yoga, fitness, fishing, hiking, running or going on a bivouac, picnic…

In this article, we will give you tips and recommendations to help you choose the most suitable paddle board for lake riding.

What type of paddle boards are suitable for lake surfing?

There are two main types of paddle boards: rigid paddle boards and inflatable paddle boards. Inflatable paddle boarding is the best choice in the lake. A rigid paddle board will be preferred, especially for wave surfing in the sea or for racing. (And still, more and more runners are using inflatable paddle boards for the sake of simplicity. The inflatable paddle board is the ideal option if you are looking for a versatile SUP (leisure, walks, fishing, yoga…).

A good quality inflatable paddle board will guarantee you very good gliding performance, better impact resistance and a more affordable price compared to a rigid paddle. Not to mention the simplicity of transport and storage. In other words, the inflatable paddle board is the best option for paddle boarding on a lake.

Inflatable paddle boarding

1. What are the advantages of inflatable paddle boarding

Ease of transport
Versatility
Ideal for starting out alone or with your family
Value for money and performance.

2. The disadvantages of an inflatable paddle board

The stiffness of an inflatable paddle board is determined by the amount of material on the paddle. The more layers of PVC an inflatable paddle board has, the stiffer, stronger, and more durable it will be. This will also determine the stability of the paddle. In other words, a low-cost inflatable paddle board will be less stable and resistant.
The stability of the inflatable paddle board depends on its width, the more stable a paddle is, the wider it is. On the other hand, a very stable paddle board that is wide will be slower. Paddle boarding on a lake is relatively easy because there are rarely waves so you can afford to have a more tapered and slippery paddle to maximize the feeling of speed.

Rigid paddle boarding

1. What are the advantages of rigid paddle boarding?

Stability
Performance
Durability.

2. The disadvantages of rigid paddle boarding

More cumbersome and therefore less convenient to transport and handle.
More fragile to impact with rocks
More expensive

Which paddle board is best for you to sail on a lake?

The shape of the paddle board affects its stability, glide and maneuverability. There are several forms of paddle boards. There is a compromise to be found between glide and stability. A thinner paddle will have better penetration into the water and a better glide. It will push less water, but will be less stable. The advantage of a calm body of water such as on a lake is that it allows you to choose a paddle that is a little narrower than a paddle in the sea and thus maximize the glide.

When using a lake, we advise you to choose a quality paddle board. Depending on your body of water, your bank, the first price paddle can get damaged quickly. By opting for a more reinforced paddle, you will get a better product durability.

Adapt your paddle to your size and needs

Here are some tips to help you choose your paddle:

If you are a beginner

If you are a beginner or looking for an all-round board, you can opt for an allround paddle, which is a board with a round and wide nose (between 30 and 34 inches), offering excellent stability and maneuverability. This type of board is suitable for hiking on the lake.

If you are experienced

If you are more experienced, looking to race or ride long distances, you can opt for a paddle race, which is a long board (over 12 feet), thin (under 28 inches), a pointed nose at the front, giving you a great glide. Race paddles are less stable and less manoeuvrable but faster and have a good ability to stay on course. Alpha Fusion models less than 28″ wide are suitable; The heavier your weight, the longer you will need to choose a length to have a suitable volume.

If you are an intermediate paddler

If you’re an intermediate paddler, you can also opt for a paddle touring, which is a long, tapered board (between 11’6 and 14 feet), intermediate width (between 28 and 32 inches), with a pointed front and a slightly wider back. This type of paddle is optimized for glide, speed and stability.

Choice of paddle according to the activity on the lake

Paddle boarding for fishing

If you are a fan of fishing, you can opt for a paddle fishing, which is a wide (>32 inches) and bulky board, offering good buoyancy and space to carry your gear with an elastic net to secure your belongings.

Paddle boarding for yoga

If you are a fan of yoga, fitness or looking for a relaxing board, you can opt for a paddle board that is very wide (over 32″) and very stable, offering a good surface to practice postures without falling into the water. This type of board is suitable for doing yoga on calm lake waters. Our giant XL or XXL paddles allow you to be together on the paddle and organize jousts and aperitifs on the water. However, they cannot be used alone.

To paddle with others

If you want to practice paddle with several people on the same paddle (with your family or in competition mode), opt for our duo paddles for 2 people to practice in pairs, or our XL paddles (up to 6 people) or XXL paddle (up to 8 people) to practice with family or friends.

The Best Lakes for Paddleboarding

Attached is a non-exhaustive list of fabulous places to discover by paddle boarding. In terms of weather conditions, you don’t need to have precise knowledge of the weather. Check for thunderstorms or strong winds.

Lac de Sainte Croix (Var/Alpes de Haute-Provence)
Lac du Bourget (Savoie)
Lake Pavin,
Lake Castillon,
Lake Annecy
Lake Geneva

Practical Tips for Paddle Boarding on a Lake

Security

In terms of safety, don’t forget that even if you are on a lake, you need to know a minimum of the safety rules.

Don’t go out alone at dusk
Navigate with a board leash. In the event that a thunderstorm rises, you will always be connected to your paddle.
If you’re not a champion swimmer, opt for a buoyancy aid or life jacket
Put on an insulated suit if the water is not hot.
Let someone know you’re leaving all the time.
Avoid going on the paths of motorboats.

Paddle board care

You don’t have a lot of maintenance on your paddle. You just need to pay attention to a few things. in order to extend your equipment

by your heat, deflate your paddle slightly to prevent it from exploding
Don’t leave your paddle in a car in direct sunlight. In a car, the temperature rises very quickly to 80 degrees. This will weaken the glues and possibly cause leaks on your paddle.
Be careful of the banks where there may be objects that could puncture your paddle.

In Conclusion

Opt for a rather elongated and thin paddle if you want to maximize glide and take long walks on a lake. A wide paddle board will offer more stability but will move slower.

If you opt for a low-cost paddle board, beware. To reduce the price of a paddle board, you have to reduce the quantity of material, decrease the quality of the materials. This leads to a loss of stability, a board that will twist in all directions. It’s better to rent a paddle board if you can’t afford it than to buy a low-end product that won’t give you stability and efficiency.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Which paddle board to practice on a lake? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

What are the safety rules for wing foiling?

Bruno Sroka — Mon, 05 Feb 2024 10:49:48 +0000

Wing foiling may be an extreme sport. It can be risky, but most accidents are due to human error. To preserve your equipment, the equipment of others, other practitioners on the water and your physical integrity, it is important to respect common sense and safety rules to practice safely. It is therefore your responsibility to anticipate certain problems, to act so that you do not have a problem in order to practice safely.

Equipment Safety:

1. The wing:

Your wing foil wing is the element that is most likely to cause you problems, on land as well as in the water, it must always be attached. A broken leash or a poor securing of it and your wing is lost or damaged. It is therefore essential to check the condition of your leash before each session (not to forget it) but also to properly secure your wing when you leave it unattended on the ground or even when you inflate the wing.

Youshould always inflate your kite downwind of the foil and not upwind. If during the inflatable, your kite flies off the foil, you have a good chance of making a hole in the spinnaker with the front wing or the rear wing of the foil.
When you leave the beach and let your wing attach to your board. Secure it to prevent it from flying away. The most suitable is to stick the attack board to the mast and wrap the leash around the mast so that it does not fly away.
When you go out in the water, always remember to carry the foil to the wind and the wing to leeward.

2. The board and foil:

Your wing foil board and your foil will only fly more rarely, however, it is imperative to place them correctly on the beach, they will be placed in different possible ways:

Upside down, placed on the deck, tail towards the wind (Ideally orient the nose of the board towards the windward).
On the edge (only when the ground is soft for the material) with the tail of the board towards the wind or the foil downwind. (However, you have a chance of damaging your foil. And the performance of the foil depends on the surface finish of your fins. So personally I’m not a fan of this solution)

Before each session, the foil and the board must be checked (at the level of the screws and sockets.

3. Choice of equipment:

The choice of your wing foiling equipment has a direct impact on your safety, going into the water with the wrong equipment can put you in danger, always be sure of your equipment whether it is its choice or its maintenance and implementation.

Example: if you start in a land wind with a board with little volume and the wind drops, you will have difficulty getting in.

Personal Safety:

Your personal safety depends on your personal protective equipment, impacts with equipment or other practitioners can be harsh. You have to be prepared, but above all you have to protect yourself from it. To do this, nothing could be simpler, wear neoprene booties, they will avoid cuts on the feet when you touch your foil. A helmet will prevent you from hitting your head when, for example, you lose the board while attempting your first backflip… or simply when you fall on the board.

The full-body suit is a must-have, it greatly reduces the risk of cuts and slightly absorbs shocks. The impact vest is a must-have, it will protect you at the ribs and back. You will find in our range, a premium quality impact vest , ensuring you protection all with style and with a few extra options.

Pack Wing Foil

Navigation rules and priorities:

Wing foiling, like any activity, is subject to maritime rules. Among all the rules, those of launching are important: make sure to follow these few rules:

Get into the water when conditions allow, do not endanger the rescuers!
Avoid standing in close proximity to other road users
Get into the water in authorized areas (channels for example)
Never position your equipment between you and the rollers or waves.

Once on the water, there are other small rules to follow:

Respect the practice areas, some places are forbidden to you.
Be aware of swimmers, they are the most vulnerable in the water!
Do not jump when the environment does not allow it, jumps too close to the edge or other practitioners and users are prohibited because they are potentially dangerous. Find a place where you won’t hurt anyone to do your best maneuvers and set the networks on fire.
Respect the basic priorities, the starboard tack user (right hand in front) has priority, the leeward one as well as the catch. When you don’t have priority, make your intentions clear to avoid misunderstandings and therefore collisions.
When downwinding, make sure you don’t cut anyone off.

Get down:

Safety is not limited to water, it is also important to take precautions on land.

Before you start, inspect the environment and ask for information from the regulars of the spot. Find out about the wind conditions, waves, currents, shoals and sandbanks present on the spot.

Rescue Techniques and Emergency Procedures:

Finally, it is essential to know rescue techniques and emergency procedures in case of a problem.

Learn the basics of rescuing someone in distress and how to respond in an emergency.

To do this, when you encounter an unconscious person, hoist them onto your float or theirs (choose the larger of the two) and then, if access to a shore is easy enough to swim in, push the board to the edge before calling for help. In the event that the shore is too far away or windward, have a means of communication to warn the Cross of your situation as soon as possible. In case you don’t have a means of communication, wave to the other riders.

Make sure you have a means of communication, such as a waterproof cell phone, on hand when needed.

Conclusion:

Wingfoil can be both exciting and demanding, but safety should always be a priority. By following these essential tips, you will be able to ride with peace of mind and enjoy this unique experience to the fullest. Don’t forget to be responsible and respectful towards other practitioners and the rules of navigation. Equip yourself properly with quality personal protective equipment and make sure your equipment is in good condition before each session. Finally, train yourself and inform yourself about the safety rules specific to your spot. By adopting a responsible attitude and taking the necessary precautions, you will be able to fully enjoy your passion for wingfoil in complete safety.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

https://srokacompany.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Animation-rotation-foil-carbone-mat-a-lendroit-.738.mp4

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article What are the safety rules for wing foiling? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to go faster in wingfoil?

Bruno Sroka — Mon, 05 Feb 2024 10:37:45 +0000

Going fast in a wingfoil brings incredible sensations. It’s like flying over water. The foil reduces drag and therefore increases speed with less effort.

To go fast, it is not enough to reduce the surface area of the foil to accelerate. You have to learn to sail fast, you have to adjust your foil (at the level of the stabilizer and position of the foil on the board), you have to find the right position and press the foil correctly to go fast. Acquiring this skill requires learning. It involves learning to surpass ourselves, to explore our own limits, to evolve at the limits of our abilities, and to soar high above the water and sail oversail.

We will accompany you to progress and learn to go fast… Faster and faster. Combining fluidity and a feeling of freedom. Wing foiling opens the door to new horizons, merging flight and gliding, and sparks the quest for speed.

So let’s talk about the different tips together in order to go faster and faster in Wing foil.

What is the maximum speed in Wingfoil?

The speed record in Wingfoil is 37.89 knots, or 70.17 km/h over one second. All while being one meter above the water. To reach these speeds, the rider used a kite foil for the Olympics with a very small front fin area (around 500 cm2).

The choice of spot: a crucial importance to go fast.

Not all spots lend themselves to going fast. So you have to choose your spot carefully according to what you want to do. Sailing on a flat body of water, if possible without current, with a steady wind is fundamental to go fast. The “type” Leucate spots in offshore wind or relatively closed body of water are to be recommended because the body of water even with a very strong wind will remain flat.

Hardware optimization for performance

1. The choice of the wing

The wingfoil wing is your engine, it is the one that will generate the necessary propulsion to go faster. It is therefore important to choose a kite that is adapted to the conditions as well as to your size. Typically, a fast wing has a thinner leading edge with stiffer materials like dynema or alulla. In addition, to go fast, reducing the size of the wing will optimize the speed. Indeed, even if there is 800 times more drag in the water than in the air, a big leading edge or too much wing area will slow you down. It’s difficult to go at 30 knots with a 7 m2.

The smaller wings decrease drag and therefore provide better acceleration to the rider. They are ideal in strong wind conditions and offer better air penetration. The rigidity of the wing will be the order of the day in your quest for speed. It will provide a stable profile at high speeds and in strong winds. Sails with ultra-thin attack edges such as the wing wing V4 SROKA Elite in Dynema will offer you unparalleled penetration in the area as well as a rock-solid profile rigidity.

Finally, a wing with a hard grip will be more effective than a wing with a soft grip. This will bring stiffness, high-speed control and allow you to be the fastest on the spot.

2. The choice of board.

A wing foil board that goes fast should not be too wide. It is recommended to opt for a board that is narrower and has a little length to optimize your start to the schedule with a small foil. A narrower board will allow you to counter-heel without the rails coming into contact with the water. The construction of the board is fundamental to increase performance. It is therefore preferable to opt for a full carbon sandwich board to maximize stiffness and responsiveness. The Superfly or LW range will be perfect for this program.

3. The choice of foil

The foil is the key element to go faster. As we mentioned earlier, there is 800 times more drag in water than in air. The foil therefore has a major impact, it is the one that is in contact with the water. There are two types of foil; The aluminum foil can reach speeds of 25-26 knots (46 km/h). And the carbon foils, which, if they are thin, can exceed 30 knots.

The Elite SROKA carbon foil (14 mm) will allow you to exceed 26 knots with its 14mm thickness and a small kite. Its stiffness will give you better control as well as a better feel of the foil under your feet. If you want to increase your speed, we advise you to upgrade to a 670 S HA or 810 S HA fin.

It’s not enough to have the right equipment. You have to adjust your equipment. To go fast, you have to be stable. If you’re unbalanced in the longitudinal axis, you’ll never be able to go fast. To do this, we recommend using adjustment wedges for the stabilizer.

Tips by Bruno SROKA

Personally, to go fast, I put a little stabilizer back on, i.e., I increase the angle of the stabilizer with the help of a positive angle wedge (over-elevation on the back of the wedge. For my 80 kg, I use a +0.75° wedge (0.25° + 0.50°)
I push the foil back into the US rails
And I move the straps all the way forward.
My quiver to go fast: 670 S HA, Elite Carbon Mast, Stabilizer 180. Superfly 5’2.

4. Positioning on the board

It is crucial to adopt a wide stanza to guarantee total control of your board at high speeds. You also have the option of using footstraps. They will allow you to have better control of your board and thus increase your speed.

5. Pressure of the feet on the board.

Foot pressure plays a major role in gaining speed. Indeed, it is important to have the pressure mainly on the front leg. It allows for better balance of the board as well as better control by reducing the risk of stalling, which would lead to a loss of speed. Tilting its weight forward also promotes a smoother glide and keeps the foil at an ideal flight height for better speed and reduced drag.

6. Body Position

By tilting your body slightly forward, while keeping your shoulders low and your back straight, you promote air penetration and therefore a smoother glide. Keep your arms slightly bent to better react to changes in wind strength. It also helps to promote your pleasure and your sailing time by reducing muscle fatigue.

7. The Counter-Heel

Counter-heeling is a sailing technique that consists of putting your weight towards the wind when sailing, which has the effect of tilting the board and the foil is thus accelerating the foil. To do this, you have to sail with the sail down and shift your weight towards the wind (so no longer on your heels) without lofering (going upwind) or downwind (going downwind). This will have the effect with the inclination of the foil to increase the pressure on the front leg and thus increase the speed.

8. Wing Positioning

It is important to sail with the sail low without touching the water while pushing the sail forward to optimize the efficiency of the sail’s propulsion. Keep the sail stable, this will allow you to promote constant acceleration and speed on the water.

https://srokacompany.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/article-aller-vite.mov

9. Weight & Balance Management

To sail fast, it is important to have a stable flight with the wing down while having the weight rather on the front. In order to have better control of the flight while navigating. It is also always necessary to analyze the water body in order to predict wind rises and falls as well as the condition of the water body. Don’t be surprised by the speed. To do this, it is important to learn how to navigate fast by going step by step.

In summary, it is important to remember that to go fast that going fast in Wing Foil is not learned overnight.

You have to start by getting used to sailing fast and with small front wings. The choice of equipment is essential to push your speed to the next level. Opt for a narrow board with length to optimize the start on the plan, a wing with a thin leading edge with a rigid profile to have better wind penetration and a foil such as the Elite SROKA 14mm carbon with a front wing such as the SROKA 670 S HA or the SROKA 820 S HA.

Go fast, don’t be decreed. You have to learn to push those boundaries. Experience and training will be fundamental to beating your records. Finally, it’s easier to try to push your limits with others than alone in your corner. So motivate each other, and try to be better than your colleague.

Article you may be interested in

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to go faster in wingfoil? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

3 tips for sailing up the wind in a wing foil

Bruno Sroka — Thu, 25 Jan 2024 08:00:28 +0000

Wing foil, a discipline that has gained significantly in popularity since 2019, needs no introduction. This rapid evolution is a testament to the growing popularity of wingfoil and its notable impact on the world of water sports. Knowing how to go upwind in a wing foil is one of the most important criteria for autonomy. This is the necessary step to become autonomous in your practice. So let’s go over the essential steps and prerequisites to get you back on the wind. Follow our advice to go upwind if you want to progress quickly in wing foiling. You will gain in security and autonomy.

Understanding the basics of wing foiling and upwind

Under sail, no boat is capable of going upwind into the wind; Yet, it continually pushes us in its direction. To compensate for this, our predecessors found a way to go upwind. The principle is quite simple: you come to “grab ground” as you go from edge to edge, little by little. We zigzag into the wind. It’s like in the mountains, it’s hard to climb a mountain in a straight line, you have to “zig zag”. Going upwind allows you to move anywhere on the water and to be totally autonomous on the spot.

1. Upwind

In sailing, we call our directions points of sail, upwind is one of them. This is the pace that will allow us to go upwind; It is located between the crossing and the windward end. It is therefore limited by perpendicular to the wind on one side and the stopping of the boat on the other side (which is indicated by the red zone in the table below).

2. Position and balance

To go upwind, you will have to put the foil in a particular position (the counter-heel, i.e. the board must be leaning towards the wind by pressing mainly on the heels. The goal is to orient your board slightly towards the wind. (The nose of the board is slightly oriented towards the wind) To do this, you press on the heels, which will have the effect of tilting the board slightly. For a comfortable tack, you need to find yourself in a kind of balance: the wing pulls you (downwind), the foil pushes you. You’re in between and you have to be in balance. You have to feel that exact point where the balance is perfect, that point where you are in control of the situation and where you are in control of your trajectory.

The position on the board varies from one rider to another, where some prefer to have the back foot off the strap, others prefer to keep it, as you wish. The main thing is to feel serene, because the more you are, the more you will be able to accelerate to make your course effective. A slight bend of the legs allows you to better control your foil by better management and responsiveness of your supports. Get into a position that allows you to press lightly on your heels in order to tilt the board while being comfortable. A simple landmark, when you go upwind, you feel like you’re putting your buttocks back, keep this in mind when you sail (by off-centering the gravity ash you will be able to have more counterweight and therefore transmit more power in the foil to make the foil go up). The wing is placed slightly lower than normal, (almost in front of you) this allows you to develop a stronger horizontal force. Be careful, however, not to touch the water with your wing’s ear, or you will go and say hello to the fish. Depending on the wings you use, depending on their profile, you will have to more or less edge your wing, i.e. pull on the back hand. Find the point where your wing develops the most power possible! (try pulling a little less or a little more).

Testimony” (Jules Bustin, sailing instructor): “The most frequent mistake I observe is the position of the body. Riders let their shoulders go forward, with the wing. You have to straighten up, the shoulders should almost go slightly back to allow you to contain the pull of the wing. So stand up and be proud (shoulders back, pecs forward).”

3. The upwind angle:

The concept of VMG (Velocity Made Good):

To put it simply, the VMG is the trade-off between the CAP, i.e. between the angle of your upwind ascent and the speed. It tells us how effective our upwind is in relation to an objective.

Still with a view to simplifying, if we go up tightly to the wind (closest to the wind), our speed will be very low, but the distance to be covered will be less. On the other hand, if we are sailing almost abeam to windward, our speed will be high, but so will the distance to be covered to reach the same point. The VMG is therefore the best compromise between these two extremes.

4. The notion of giving and refusing:

These are the wind variations discussed just above. An adonante is when the tide turns in your favor, that it allows you to gain even more ground. A refusal is the opposite, it’s when the wind turns against you. In regattas, it is said that you should always tack when you are hit by a refuser and take advantage when you meet a refusal.

These effects can be due to a coastline effect or clouds or a change in direct wind. So knowing the effects of the ribs is fundamental to optimize your upwind.

Upwind techniques

Going upwind is basically like zigzagging on the water, at least that’s how you present it when you’re trying to explain it to kids. The real word is swerving. The term “edge-pulling” is commonly used. This consists of making the widest possible round trips on the body of water towards the wind.

Pumping can allow you to gain a few degrees and maintain your speed. (very often used in competition) There are two distinct pumpings, the wing and the foil. The pumping of the wing must be done with both arms simultaneously, it resembles a fall pumping that could be done in windsurfing. We use the elasticity of the shoulders to generate power. The pumping of the foil is done by the propelled variation of the flight height, this means that you will press alternately on the front and back leg to make the foil oscillate and accelerate the board. In any case, learning all the techniques and maneuvers specific to our sports (wing, kite…) and especially in foiling sports, takes time. So, be patient and get in the water when conditions allow and when you feel it.

See all Carbon foils

Understanding the basics of wingfoiling and upwind

There are two possible scenarios when sailing:

or we sail with a harness,
or without harness.

In both cases, the position of the body is essential.

With the harness, you will bend your legs a little more, so as to press as hard as possible on the foil but not only, observe the position of the foilers, they all have their buttocks back, their center of gravity is far from their board and the vertical of their foil, this allows a better grip in the water.
Without a harness, the pull of the wing will eventually tire you, bending your legs will generate a lot of traction in your hands. That’s why, without a harness, you will try to sail with more finesse by straightening up (aligning your feet, pelvis and shoulders).

Progress in his upwind ascent

To progress, you have to practice! Although it seems obvious, too many riders are content to stay in one place during their sessions. Don’t fall into it, go exploring, go back up, go down… Get out of your comfort zone to confront yourself with a multitude of varied situations that will allow you to progress. For more online tutorials, YouTube is an exemplary database with content in both English and French. Among the channels that offer their services, SROKA’s “Sroka company” is recommended.

In conclusion, going upwind in a wingfoil is not a matter of magic or extraordinary abilities, it is a question of reflection more than technique. Regardless of your background in board sports, any rider can ride upwind. Sometimes it’s just a matter of time and determination.

To make better progress, you can analyze your trajectories with a GPS or a phone but also, we advise you to progress with others. There’s nothing better than being able to compare yourself with a buddy on the water and try to be better than him. Emulation allows you to progress faster on the water.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

To go fast, take an Elite 14 mm carbon foil. More information by clicking here.

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article 3 tips for sailing up the wind in a wing foil est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

The Best Tracking Apps for Wingfoil

Bruno Sroka — Wed, 24 Jan 2024 16:14:23 +0000

Wing foiling is attracting more and more enthusiasts. It’s important to make the most of this experience. Whether it’s windsurfing or kitesurfing, we’ve always wanted to track our sessions… Why not wingfoil too. So if you want to share your sessions with your friends or just know the statistics of your sessions. You’ve come to the right place. In this article, we will introduce you to thebest tracking apps for your wingfoil sessions.

Discover our selection of apps to track your wingfoil sessions.

The best applications for wing foiling

There are several types of applications:

l”Mobile only” applications, i.e. those that work in “wetsuit” mode. That is, in a waterproof pouch placed in the suit.
Watch apps offer you better accuracy and more data (heart rate, etc.).
There are also applications that require a “sensor” box, which is usually installed on the board. Mainly used in kitesurfing, it will be perfect for our jumper riders.

Mobile apps

Mobile apps are the easiest to use. This is because you don’t need to have an additional device. Your phone alone in a waterproof pouch placed in your wetsuit (in “wetsuit” mode) will be enough to track your session. Less accurate than applications requiring a watch or sensor, it will still do the trick.

Surfr app

Surfr app is a mobile app that allows you to track your kitesurfing sessions. However, it works very well for wingfoils, allowing you to use your mobile phone to take it with you during your sailings or a sensor to install on your board to measure different data from your sessions.

Thanks to the Surfr app, you can measure your distance, the height of your jumps, your time in the air and your speeds. This app works really well in wetsuit mode. Also offering you the option of being used with an Apple watch or with a sensor on the board.

Strava

Strava is well known in the world of sports, especially in the areas of running, hiking and cycling. It doesn’t disappoint when it comes to wingfoil. With strava, you can record your sessions, analyze your performance and share it. With Strava, share your sessions with your friends and other users, and boost competition and motivation.

Windsport Tracker Wing Windsurf

With this mobile app, track all your sessions in the simplest way. With your phone in a waterproof pouch under your wetsuit, you will be able to record all your sessions whether in waves higher than you, freestyle jump or race. It will follow you in all your sessions and will give you your distance, your track, your net number of jibes, your percentage of passage on the schedule as well as your average and max speed.

Apps shows

If you have a smartwatch, these apps are for you. Whether with a Garmin, Polar, Suunto or Apple watch. Keep track of all your sessions with the wingfoil tracking app. Much more accurate than mobile-only apps. You’ll be able to get the most out of all your sessions with the following apps.

Garmin connect

If you own a Garmin device, this is the must-have app. Garmin Connect, which specializes in tracking sports activities, is a great choice for wingfoil enthusiasts looking to maximize their experience. It offers detailed tracking and statistics on your performance. It allows you to analyze every aspect of your sessions. It is the perfect tool for amateurs and professionals looking to analyze and optimize their technique. With it you will be able to track, analyze and share your sessions with an international community and/or your friends. It will allow the global analysis of your speeds (max and average), distances, heart rates, calories and many more… One of the most complete solutions.

Garmin fenix 7 pro solar (849 €)

Advantages: battery life (28 days for the fenix) / GPS accuracy / quality / robust / activity functions / number of activities (sport) / navigation / global features

Cons: price (350 to 3000€) depending on the model

Suunto

Owner of a Suunto watch ? Here’s the must-have app for you. Suunto is known for its dedicated watches and apps. It offers a complete follow-up of your wingfoil sessions. Using state-of-the-art GPS technology, it will provide you with accurate tracking of your wingfoil rides. Offering an accurate analysis of your session, you will be able to share them with a global community and always set new goals.

Suunto vertical solar (799€ )

Advantages: Accurate GPS / rugged model / battery life (140h with vertical model)

Cons: functions connected with the phone need to be improved

Polar

Like the previous apps, Polar is one of the smartwatches. With the built-in apps, Polar will give you a multiple choice to track your wingfoil sessions. It will give you the speed (current, average, max), the distance, and many other data. It can be synchronized with other tracking applications.

Polar Gift X pro (799€)

Extras: number of sports / GPS / robustness / functionality

Cons: 7d battery life / non-touch screen

Apple Watch

The Apple Watch is ideal for wingfoilers, offering performance tracking through built-in apps and compatibility with other dedicated apps. Apple watch users will be able to share their achievement and sessions with the community. Despite the need to have an iPhone. Indeed, she will be able to accompany you throughout your sessions. As an added bonus, if you have the Apple Watch Cellular, you’ll even be able to make calls while navigating at 30 knots. “Hey guys, I’m faster than you with my SROKA foil”!!

Apple Watch Ultimate 2 (899€)

Advantages: cellular (allows you to call) or option connected to an iPhone / GPS accuracy / high-quality screen / grip / resistant

Cons: 30 hours battery life

Sensor-based applications

Often used in kitesurfing, apps with a sensor attached to the board allow you to accurately provide you with the data of your session. Mainly used in freestyle, they will give you the height, the time in the air, and the distance of your jumps.

Woo sport

Woo sports is specially designed for water sports. Originally designed for kitesurfing, it will be perfect for tracking your wingfoil sessions. It works thanks to a sensor attached to your board, it analyzes live, your speed, your track, the height of your jump, its distance in the air and the time in the air. Ideal for freestyle enthusiasts, this tool will help you track your progress over time.

There are a multitude of other systems that allow you to know different parameters of your sessions using a sensor installed on your board such as duotone PIQ, Surfr app…

Here’s our Sroka selection of apps and watches that’s perfect for tracking all your sessions and tracking your wingfoil progress. Whatever your brand preferences, you’ll find an app that’s right for you.

There are a multitude of apps and smartwatches that will allow you to keep track of all your sessions. It’s important to keep in mind that a watch will always be easier to use in the water. It’s easier to drop your phone on the seabed.

Its apps and watches offer more or less accurate tracking of performance depending on the brand as well as the ability to share them with your friends and/or a global community. Whether you’re looking to optimize your technique or compete with your friends, these apps will allow you to analyze, understand, and progress with each session.

The Sroka selection:

Apple Watch Ultimate (for cellular security (phone only with watch and screen))
Garmin Fenix 7 Pro
Polar Gift X Pro
Suunto Vertical

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article The Best Tracking Apps for Wingfoil est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to choose your foil fuselage?

Bruno Sroka — Thu, 18 Jan 2024 13:40:17 +0000

When buying a foil, each element of it is to be taken into account. Indeed, all of them are important and will set up your session. In fact, we could almost say that there are as many foils as there are different sizes, conditions or practices. Whether you are a beginner or experienced, or if you want to practice Wing Foil, Surf Foil, Wake Foil, Wind Foil, Kite Foil or SUP Foil, each component of the foil will have to be adapted to you.

The choice of the fuselage on a foil will be a key element to optimize your sessions, turn more, go faster or be more stable on the water.

What is a fuselage?

Among these elements, today we talk about the fuselage and our tips for choosing the most suitable one for you. The fuselage is the part that connects your front wing to your stabilizer to your mast, which in turn is connected to the board.

Depending on the brand, the fuselage can be directly connected to the mast, or as a detached part, for a fully modular and removable and interchangeable foil. It can be made of aluminium or carbon for the Carbon foil version. This will allow you to evolve your foil according to your desires and needs, without having to completely change your foil. Which will also be an undeniable advantage for your budget.

To understand how a hydrofoil works, we invite you to consult this article. You will find all the information you need to understand the phenomenon of speed and lift, the importance of the profile and size of each part of the foil… And more.

The materials used to make a fuselage.

In addition to the length of your fuselage, which we will develop below, it is necessary to choose the material that it is made of. Overall, we find on the market fuselages made of aluminum, titanium or carbon. These different components will impact the weight, quality, stiffness and therefore the lifespan of your foil. While the advantage of carbon is undeniably its lightness, it is nevertheless very expensive and fragile. Titanium is also interesting in terms of fineness and rigidity. However, it is a very expensive material, compared to aluminum which is much stiffer.

Thicknesses of the fuselages

We design our fuselages from aluminium T6061 T6, German quality. This noble component is a reference in the world of aero and maritime transport, which guarantees solidity and resistance to the marine environment. Our goal is to achieve the highest quality and impeccable reliability, so we surround ourselves with experts in hydrodynamics, who are always concerned about using the best materials. This aluminium fuselage is therefore the best quality-durability-price ratio for us.

The interlocking of our front wing on the fuselage ensures maximum raider avoids many fit problems. As the mast is very close to the front fin, the lever arm around the fuselage is weak, which reduces the thickness and thus has a better hydrodynamic glide.

If the mast socket is far from the forward fin, the fuselage will be thicker to ensure maximum rigidity when twisting the fuselage.

The length of the fuselage

The length of the fuselage will determine the longitudinal stability of the foil and the maneuverability. Depending on your needs, it will be necessary to adapt.

Currently we have 4 sizes of fuselages: 56 cm, 62 cm, 68 cm, 78 cm aluminum.

Depending on your level, you need to choose the right size of the fuselage.

1- The beginner will take a longer fuselage to stabilize his foil in the longitudinal axis and easy flight control. The longer the fuselage is behind the mast, the more stable the foil will be. However, the foil will be less manoeuvrable in this configuration. It will also be more difficult to pump because pumping requires you to oscillate the high foil bat. (Everything the beginner doesn’t need)

2- From the intermediate level it is possible to reduce the length of the fuselage. This will result in the foil being livelier, more manoeuvrable and more unstable. It’s very interesting to take this option in the waves in order to increase the maneuverability of the foil. On the other hand, if you are looking to go very fast, opt for a long fuselage instead.

Depending on your business.

Indeed, depending on the discipline practiced, the length of the fuselage differs. A short or even very short fuselage will be very appreciated in wake foil because the wave of the boat is very short and therefore you have to turn quickly on yourself. In the same way in surffoil, a short fuselage will allow the foil to rotate better and facilitate pumping.

On the other hand, if you’re looking to go fast, push your speed limits or just cruise easily, a longer fuselage will work much better.

Discover our fuselages

That’s not the only thing.

If you want to increase the manoeuvrability of a foil, of course the fuselage is one element but you must not forget the other elements: the span of the front wings, the span of the rear wings. Indeed, a wing with a high aspect ratio will turn less well than a more compact front wing. A large stabilizer will be less maneuverable than a smaller stabilizer.

So to take advantage of all the advantages of a short fuselage to increase maneuverability, you may or may not have a smaller wing or a smaller stabilizer.

If you reduce the front winglet, the stabilizer and the fuselage, you greatly increase the maneuverability of the foil.
If we keep the same front winglet, and we reduce the stabilizer and the fuselage, the handling will be a little less but we will be more stable
Last configuration, you keep the same fins and you only change the fuselage. In this case, the maneuverability will be increased compared to a configuration with a longer fuselage but less than the first two examples.

If you want more information on how to increase the handling of your foil, click on the link.

In summary, the choice of fuselage depends on your needs and what you want to do. If you want to increase maneuverability and have a more playful foil, then change your fuselage.

If you want to maintain the longitudinal stability of the foil but increase the maneuverability, then you need to change the front or rear wing and not the fuselage.

You can configure the options endlessly. Determine what you are looking for first and you will be able to customize your foil as you wish.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

https://srokacompany.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Animation-rotation-foil-carbone-mat-a-lendroit-.738.mp4

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to choose your foil fuselage? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Carbon foil: Criteria to consider before buying

Bruno Sroka — Thu, 18 Jan 2024 13:24:08 +0000

When you want to choose a new foil, you are attracted to 100% carbon foils because all the brands suggest that it is the best of the best. However, the reality is not so clear-cut. What are the criteria to consider before buying a carbon foil?

In this article, we’re going to talk about what we don’t tell you about carbon foils to help you make the right choice.

“If a carbon foil is sold for twice as much as an aluminium foil without having a gain in performance, there is no point” Bruno Sroka.

The carbon foil must bring more performance, more rigidity, more glide, more finesse of flight, less drag, more nervousness otherwise you might as well keep an aluminum foil.

What is a carbon foil?

It is common to hear that people think that a 100% carbon foil is always more efficient, stiffer or faster than a foil with an aluminum base (mast & fuselage), but THIS IS NOT TRUE. To be efficient, a mast must be thin and extremely rigid, which is contradictory; The more you refine a mast, the more susceptible it will be to bending and twisting. It is easy to make a carbon mast as rigid as an aluminium mast if it is thick, but with a production cost often 2 times higher, you pay twice as much for a mast for the same performance, which is useless.

The challenge of developing a high-performance mast is to use the best carbon with the best draping plane in order to have a mast that is both thin and ultra-rigid. Indeed, a steep mast is the most important thing to have a high-performance foil. The stiffness of a mast makes it possible to stiffen the entire foil (the mast is like a connecting arm between the board and the load-bearing part of the foil), the stiffer it is, the more responsive the foil is and therefore the downforce and the reaction of the foil will be precise. So stiffness is fundamental. For more information on the differences between 100% carbon foils and aluminum foils, check out our article on the subject. In short, having a high-performance carbon foil requires a thin and thick and rigid rope mast.

1. The Quality of Carbon Fibers

The quality of the carbon fibers used for the mast is essential. There are three main types of carbon: basic, mid-range and high-modulus (high-modulus). The latter results in increased stiffness, reduced elongation and superior responsiveness, making it a preferred choice for high-performance foils. However, high modulus masts can cost up to two to three times more than basic carbon masts. For example, in our carbon foil, we use M40J which is a high modulus carbon used for Formula 1 and aerospace. It provides flexural stiffness with little elongation but costs much more.

2. Mast Profile

The thickness and chord of the mast are of immense importance in the rigidity and drag of a mast. A thin mast (about 14 mm) will have much less streak than a thick mast ( > at 16 mm). It will glide better and allow you to reach higher speeds with its ultra thin profile while giving you a better response thanks to its stiffness. The Sroka carbon mast is available in 14mm and 16mm thickness depending on your preferences and needs. The Elite mast in 14 mm will be very thin and stiff. The 16mm mast will be less slippery but lighter and a little less rigid but cheaper.

How do you make a rigid carbon mast? Our Pick:

The construction of a carbon mast is a very technical process. But here’s how to get a rigid carbon mast.

To have a steep mast, there are only two solutions:

Either you increase its thickness and its rope to stiffen the whole thing and consequently you can foam the inside and be light.
This is the simplest and least expensive solution, but we greatly increase the drag of the mast and therefore the mast is slower.

Either we increase the quality of the carbon fibers that we put in the mast (high modulus fiber) and we increase the quantity of material so that we can reduce the thickness of the mast and the rope as much as possible. So we have a reduction in drag, an improvement in glide, speed, while having a very responsive and efficient foil.

At Sroka, we have therefore chosen the second option. Offering you one of the best carbon masts on the market, combining thin thickness, thin rope and foolproof rigidity.https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0Q7GFd8HUko

The fuselage

There are two ways to make a fuselage:

Or we keep an aluminum fuselage which will be heavier and which will force you to disassemble your foil after each session in order to avoid oxidation between the aluminum and the stainless steel (the screws).
Either the fuselage is made of carbon in order to avoid this oxidation and to save weight. But it will be more vulnerable to impacts. So we’ll have to be more careful. The last option is to make a titanium/carbon fuselage.

We at Sroka have chosen the carbon fiber option for a 100% carbon foil and to reduce the price of the foil, we also offer an aluminum fuselage.

The length of the fuselage determines the maneuverability of the foil, the longer a fuselage is, the more stable it is in the longitudinal axis but the less manoeuvrable the foil. Conversely, a very short fuselage will increase maneuverability and the ability to pump easily, losing longitudinal stability.

However, if the mast is thin with little rope, its manoeuvrability is increased, making it more manoeuvrable. Thus, one can maintain a longer fuselage while being just as maneuverable as with a less maneuverable mast that requires a shorter fuselage.

We refer you to the video next to it which explains all the differences.

The front wing

The performance of a foiling front wing depends on various characteristics, such as its wingspan, chord, thickness, twist and the profile used. This is defined by the ratio aspect, which is the ratio between the wingspan of the wing and its chord. For example, the higher the ratio, the larger the wing relative to its chord. It is therefore more elongated and narrower.

Low aspect ratio: These are foils with a lot of rope and very little wingspan. They will be great to start with, however, they will quickly saturate in speed due to their large string.
Medium aspect ratio: The perfect compromise between high aspect and low aspect. These foils are accessible to all levels. They are perfect for beginners while giving you a lot of room for improvement. They correspond to the foils of our Classic range. In large size or from the Control range in the performance range.
High Aspect Ratio: With a high aspect ratio, these foils are more technical than the others. Allowing a maximum of glide of flight and therefore an excellent glide and will be able to fly for a long time. They match our High Aspect foil range.

https://srokacompany.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Anim-670.905.mp4

The Stabilizer

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Rq-wdLp8S-I

The role of the stabilizer (stab) or rear fin is to stabilize the foil.

The bigger the stabilizer, the more stable the foil will be, but it also means that there will be more drag and therefore you will go slower. On the other hand, a smaller stabilizer will stabilize the whole thing less but will offer much more glide, because less drag and can also allow you to go faster.

At Sroka we offer 3 types of stabilizers,

The 300cm2, the most stable stabilizer in our range, perfect for beginner riders or riders with big front wings.
The 240 cm2, the medium, a compromise between stability and speed. Adaptable with all our front wings. It will be your best friend in light wind and also for people looking for comfort and speed in navigation.
The 180 cm2, a speed weapon. With its ultra-slim profile, it will allow you to exceed your speed limits.

It is important to remember that the use of adjustment wedges will allow you to adapt it even better to your sailing style and your size. It also allows us to reduce the number of stabs and thus meet all needs. By increasing the lift, by putting an angle under the rear screw or by removing the angle (i.e. by increasing the thickness under the front screw), the lift and therefore the drag are reduced. For more information on adjusting stabilizers with corner shims, watch this video.

To conclude:

To have the best carbon mast, you need the best carbon and the best draping plane with a thin profile with little thickness and rope. Compare, take a look, you will see many differences. If the information is not clear in a brand. Ask yourself why? Or ask them!
A mast with a thinner profile and a thin rope like the Sroka carbon mast will allow you to reach higher speeds and offer a better response from your foil.
The way the mast is made is very important. An ultra-light carbon mast is absolutely not a sign of quality. It will be supple and will surely lather on the inside. As a result, it will be less rigid and more “marshmallow” underfoot.
The choice of the front fin is essential in order to adapt your equipment to your requirements and thus optimize.

More information about our Carbon Foils

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Carbon foil: Criteria to consider before buying est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Foil impact vest and jacket: the pros and cons

Bruno Sroka — Mon, 15 Jan 2024 09:31:47 +0000

Wingfoil, surf foil, wake foil and kitefoil have been very popular for nearly 10 years. The speeds are increasing, the jumps are higher and higher and more technical and to do this, you have to protect yourself against impacts with the water, impacts with the board or the foil.

The foil impact jacket or vest is becoming more and more popular on wing foil, kitesurfing, wakeboarding and towed surfing spots. But, is it really useful? We’ve written an article to help you decide whether or not to use an impact vest.

The advantages of having a foil-powered vest or jacket!

1. Protection:

This is obviously the main advantage of an impact vest. Designed to absorb shocks in the event of a fall or collision, it minimizes the risk of serious injury. Its ability to absorb shock is dependent on the thickness of the impact vest. This is because the thicker the impact jacket, the more the shock will be absorbed.

2. Comfort:

We’ve designed this vest in such a way that you forget about it while sailing. Nothing to do with a bulky life jacket. It is lighter and more comfortable to wear. The distribution of the foam layers allows you to maintain a very easy and pleasant movement whatever the sport you are going to practice.

3. Lifespan:

Like all our equipment, this impact vest is no exception to our desire to produce reliable and durable equipment over time. Its high-quality materials guarantee excellent strength and wear resistance. Not to mention that the quality of the reinforcement foams allows for an excellent life of the impact jacket.

4. Heat gain:

An impact jacket in winter will allow you to sail longer. Indeed, it brings a significant gain in warmth to the entire bust and will allow you to better accept winter or summer sailing in a swimsuit.

Cons

Temperature : These vests can keep warm, which is an advantage in winter but can be considered a disadvantage in summer. Be sure to equip yourself accordingly to be comfortable in the water.
The price: In general, impact vests are expensive, for unjustified reasons, which is why we offer a below average impact vest, with the best value for money you can find.

It is important to choose a quality impact vest to ensure optimal protection. Additionally, impact vests come in a variety of sizes and styles to suit the needs of every rider. It is important to choose a vest that suits your body type.

Introducing our impact vest or impact jacket for foiling.

The Pro Impact Jacket for wakeboard and wingfoil from SROKA Company is a high-end safety equipment for foiling water sports enthusiasts. This jacket is designed to protect the body from bumps and injuries in the event of a fall.

See our impact vests

It is equipped with a premium YKK front closure and thick foam for extra buoyancy.
A pocket for your keys
A strap to hang your board leash
It also has a harness strap in the middle of the back to attach a removable harness loop.
A circuit breaker tether ring
The Impact Vest Pro is designed to protect sensitive areas of the torso, such as the ribs, flanks, and back, especially the spine.

But that’s not all:

The foam has been reinforced to absorb the shocks possible if you come into contact with your foil.

We have added protective foam on the shoulders (removable) so that it doesn’t hurt when you carry the foil on your shoulder.
The jacket is also equipped with a pocket to store your wrench or adjustment wedges.
Available in four different sizes (S, M, L and XL) to suit every rider’s needs.
It is designed with premium materials to provide optimal protection, flexibility and comfort.

In summary, an impact vest or impact vest is an essential piece of safety equipment for any wing foil practitioner. It can help you avoid serious injuries in the event of a fall and allow you to enjoy your sport to the fullest and safely. But it will also bring you a lot of advantage. Storage for the key, possibility to hang your board leash, foam to carry the foil, keep you warm…

A real plus you will protect yourself from the cold and shocks.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Foil impact vest and jacket: the pros and cons est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to do towed foil?

Bruno Sroka — Tue, 12 Dec 2023 08:00:34 +0000

The practice of foiling is expanding towards new horizons. Today, it is possible to get in the water regardless of wind or sea conditions. The towed foil is totally in line with this dynamic, it is a way to enjoy our passion in not very windy conditions.

The towed foil can also, in a performance dynamic, allow access to the tow-in, giving you access to wave surfing that would be impossible to catch with a paddle. Therefore Learn to tow the foil is an entry point to many new activities. Finally, when we talk about towed foils, we have to talk about Wake foil. It’s a fast-growing discipline and you don’t need to have a big boat. A simple RIB with 25 hp may suffice.

To give an idea of the level of accessibility to the practice, remember that the towed foil is used by most wingfoil schools to learn wing foil.

So let’s go over all the tips and tricks to start and progress in towed foiling.

What is a towed foil?

1. Equipment

Towed foil is an activity towed by a motorized boat. It is therefore necessary to have a boat equipped with a rudder pedal.

For your personal equipment, it is important to protect yourself because foiling remains a risky practice. We recommend wearing a vest or impact vest , helmet and neoprene booties. Don’t overestimate yourself and be careful.

As for the board, equip yourself with a board and foil set by following the following recommendations:

Don’t take a foil that is too small at the start, the main idea is to learn how to do towed foil and fly.
If you already know how to fly a wingfoil or kitefoil, take a foil that you are used to.
Regarding the board, use a board with more volume than your weight at the beginning, this will greatly facilitate the learning and preparation phases to get on the board.
Once you have progressed, you will be able to reduce the size of the board to unbridle the maneuverability of the foil.

2. Safety first!

As mentioned earlier, safety is paramount. It is important not to overestimate yourself and to wear as much safety equipment as possible to avoid injuries during your tests.

The pilot of the boat must be aware of the hazards and attentive to what is happening in front of and behind him. From a regulatory point of view, there must always be at least two of you in a towing boat, a pilot and a person watching the rider behind! Don’t forget your orange flame to signal that you’re towing a rider!

For the choice of spot and conditions, choose a calm body of water without obstacles (other users, rocks, mooring buoys, etc.). The flatter the water, the easier it will be to fly. When it comes to conditions, find a quiet time slot with no wind and little traffic.

The towed foil in three stages!

1. Physical requirements and skills to get started

From a physical point of view, the towed foil requires a certain physical condition to get back on the board several times in a row, especially when you are just starting out. Expect to have aches and pains the next day, as the rudder pedal pull is still quite intense and depends on the experience of the helmsman towing you.

From a technical point of view, it is important to maintain your balance on the board. This should be a formality if you have chosen a board suitable for your level.

2. First steps on the water: how to balance and hold the board.

In the case of a board that floats:

During the learning phase of the towed foil, it is recommended to keep the feet in line with the board or to move them off-center by putting the front foot closer to the rail on the heel side and the rear foot closer to the rail. Where the toes are. Being balanced is fundamental to learning quickly. To maintain good posture, it is advisable to look far ahead, about 5 to 10 meters. Don’t look at your feet. Finally, a magic trick to lock the pelvis and straighten above its center of gravity: squeeze your buttocks to sheath your abdominals.
If you don’t feel comfortable starting standing, we recommend starting on your knees. Pick up some speed, then get on the board standing up.
To properly control your foil, it is important to transfer your weight to the front and back leg rather than pressing on either leg. To do this, hold your rudder pedals and look ahead. When standing on the board, stand up straight on your board, with your torso over the supports.

In the case of a leaking board:

Sink your board and position it under your feet. With the front hand, hold the rudder pedal and the front of the board, and with the other hand, hold the back of the board. Bend your legs tightly and keep a group position. This position resembles that of a person crouching underwater during a wake waterstart. Maintain balance as long as the boat is not moving forward. Once the boat starts, the pressure of the foil and board will press the latter to your feet. Orient the nose of the board towards the surface of the water and gradually rise to the surface of the water. As you make the ascent to the surface, bring your second hand back to the rudder pedal and push off your legs.
When you are on the surface of the water, the procedure is the same as with a larger board. All you need is more speed.

3. Fin power management: how to control traction to maintain balance.

Once you get out of the water, your foil will carry you harder and harder as the speed of the boat increases. This force will be even greater with larger foils (front fin). To compensate for this increasing pressure, it is necessary to press a little more on the front leg. To fly horizontally, it is important that your weight is equal to the thrust of the foil. For this, three things are essential: The speed of the boat. It should not be high. It must be proportional to the surface area of the foil and the weight of the rider, the placement of the feet and the placement of the foil.

The further your foil is in the housing, the greater the pressure under the front foot will be. This increases the likelihood of being ejected. The further back it is, the more you will be able to control the trim if you go faster. However, comfort at low speeds will be less.

So as a first step, we recommend that you put your case in the center of the US rails. Then fine-tune according to your size, level and speed of the boat.

Foot placement is a key element in maintaining balance on the board. The foil pushes upwards, your weight presses on the board. The weight of the rider should be equal to the thrust of the foil. Otherwise, the foil will only go up or vice versa. Therefore, the positioning of the rider’s weight should be roughly above the center of thrust of the front wing. (1/3 of the leading edge of the front wing.) To compensate for too much pressure under the front foot, move forward. To compensate for too much pressure on the back foot, move your footing back on the board.

You need more details: here are the different steps to get on the board

Firstly, the objective will be to understand how the foil works

To do this, it is essential to remove any balance issues that may hinder your progress. Put on a short mast, and kneel well balanced on the board, this will make it easier for you to learn. The less height there is, the lower you are on the water, the easier the foil is to control.

Placement on the board: on your knees, this makes it easier to understand the balance of the board and the foil. Position yourself in the center of the board, stay balanced on the board, especially as soon as the boat starts to move forward. Check your lateral stability by trying to distribute the same pressure on both knees. If your board pitches up too much, press a little more on the front of the knees. If your board doesn’t rise at all, shift your weight a little more to your heels while remaining on your knees. You are well balanced when you fly horizontally on the water. Do a few kneeling flights to better master and control your foil.

Tips: Opt for a longer chord length for your rudder pedals. This will erase any loss of tension or slack in the rope.

Move from kneeling to standing.

When you can fly without any problems on your knees. It’s time to stand up.

Boat stopped, get on your knees balanced on the board.

Engage the motor and as soon as the board moves forward a little, start by putting your front foot on the board, then go up and put your back foot on the board. You have two options.

1- Put your feet in the longitudinal axis of the board.

2- Put the feet slightly off-center from the longitudinal axis of the board (the front foot de-oriented towards the rail closest to the heels and the back foot, a little more plank from the rail of the board on the toe side.)

Tips: this second solution provides a lot of stability for beginners.

Fly balanced!

Once in flight, control of its flight passes the transfer of weight between the front and rear leg (and not a pressure on the front and rear leg). Straighten your torso, keep your arms straight. Control the board by transferring the weight to the front or back leg.

Tips: If you’re having trouble getting the board to fly, ask the boat to speed up a little more at first, when you’re in the air, it can slow down again.

Going further in practice:

1. How to accelerate smoothly:

If you start to get comfortable, start making curves and move away from the axis of the boat. Press down on the toe or heels to change trajectory. This will allow you to better control the trajectories and have greater accelerations.

2. Start waking the boat wave

Let go of the rope and try to stay in the trough of the wave of the boat’s wake. Use the power of the wave (hollow sound) to generate lift and stay in the air.

3. Learn pumping

If you’re starting to master the foil, last the boat. You can try to relax the rudder pedal and then let go and pump with the foil. This will come in handy for Winging.

https://srokacompany.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/1350L-2.m4v

4. Start Jumping

The idea here is not to provide a complete tutorial on towed and foil jumps, that may be the subject of a future article. The objective is simply to give some examples of what is possible with only a few towed sessions under your belt.

The single jump is a good start. The rider pushes on the back foot to get the foil out of the water, group in the air, and lands by bringing the front fin in first, pressing quickly on his back foot to encourage the foil to fly as quickly as possible. It’s important to try to take advantage of a spring effect, by pushing the foil into the water before pressing down on the back foot to jump. The simple jump is made in the axis of the boat to avoid any lateral imbalance due to the pull.

Tips: Always keep an adjustment that gives you pressure under the front foot. This helps to maintain better control in all situations.

See all wakefoils

To start, we advise you to go with the pocket 4’0 which will be a good compromise to start in Wake foil with an S-Foil in 1750 for complete beginners. It will provide you with ease and comfort to get started.

For those who are a little experienced, we recommend the Wake foil pack with the pocket 4’0 and a Foil in 1190 L or 1350.

Conclusion:

In conclusion, learning to tow the foil is an activity to add to your list of skills. It offers the opportunity to enjoy the sea even on days without wind or waves. But above all, it allows you to develop new skills that will be transferable whatever the foil activity.

Generally speaking, every moment spent on a foil allows you to progress in different disciplines. So, what are you waiting for?

Towed foil is a nautical activity that consists of being towed by a boat while being equipped with a foil. The foil is a kite that lifts the board above the water and reduces drag. This activity is accessible to water sports practitioners such as kitesurfing, surfing, wakeboarding, windsurfing, wingfoil, etc. Learning to tow a foil allows you to discover foiling without the need for a sail. It is possible to start with sessions towed by a motorboat or with a water ski lift to discover the first flights, the control of the attitude and the direction. It’s a very good springboard to discover the different activities in foiling.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to do towed foil? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Which equipment should you choose to improve your wing foil performance?

Bruno Sroka — Wed, 06 Dec 2023 12:31:08 +0000

Wing foil is a water sport that has been gaining popularity in recent years. But how to increase your performance in wing foiling? It’s important to choose the right equipment. In this article, we will give you some tips on how to choose the right wing foiling equipment to perform better.

Performance can be defined as the ability to go faster, jump higher, or start earlier. However, it’s important to note that hardware isn’t everything. If your technique is not enough, you can buy all the necessary equipment to perform, but the final result will not be there. In addition, performance requires an in-depth knowledge of your equipment. If you change your equipment too often or if you have too much, it is impossible to master everything well and be totally efficient. Therefore, technique is the first prerequisite to be successful.

How to be efficient to go fast in Wingfoil.

To go fast, it is important to push your own limits in speed and to accept that you are in a situation where the slightest mistake in support will give you a guaranteed fall that you will remember. To do this, you need to be balanced on the water, stable in the different axes and rather overdriven. Indeed, going fast without having a lot of power in the sail is impossible. To reduce the drag of the foil, it is recommended to decrease the size of the front fin, stabilizer and drag of the mast and fuselage. The drag is proportional to the surface area you will have underwater. So the bigger your kite, the slower you can go. It is therefore important to reduce the surface area of the front fin and stabilizer.

1. The foil, fundamental to be efficient in wing foil.

The foil is a key element in reaching high speeds. There are two types of foils: the aluminum foil and the carbon foil. With an aluminum foil, you can reach speeds of 25-26 knots, or nearly 46 km/h on the water. As a reminder, there is 800 times more drag in the water than in the air.

However, if you want to go faster, you’ll have to switch to a thin and stiff carbon foil to be able to exceed this speed of 25-26 knots. The SROKA Elite Carbon Mast has been designed to allow you to go as fast as possible with the minimum amount of drag. An aluminum mast is a mast that will necessarily need to be thicker to be stiff. As a result, drag will be increased. If you want to exceed an average speed of 26 knots over 500 m, we recommend that you sail on a wing in 810 S HA or 670 S HA. It will allow you to surpass yourself and it will be your perfect ally with the Elite 14 mm carbon mast.

Tips: To go fast, it is important to have slightly more pressure on the front leg to be comfortable and stable at high speeds. This is because if you are balanced on the water with equal pressure on both feet, it will be difficult to be balanced at high speeds. The faster you go, the more pressure you will put on the front leg.

2. The board, another performance factor in Wingfoil.

The board is also a key part of pushing the speed limits. The larger the board, the more drag it will generate in the air and can cause lateral movements on the foil, leading to a loss of stability. To go fast, it is recommended to use a thinner and smaller board. The construction of the board inevitably leads to a gain in performance. It is therefore preferable to choose carbon boards and, if possible, full sandwich carbon boards to obtain the maximum stiffness and therefore reactivity of your board and consequently performance.

Tips: To increase your speed and have better control of your board with the foil, you can use foostraps. Footstaps allow you to feel your foil better and control your board better, especially at high speeds. It has to be set rather tightly.

3. The Wing, one of the keys to performance.

Finally, to break records, it is recommended to overshoot the wing wing and take the smallest foil to have the maximum glide and the minimum drag. Staying in your comfort zone is not the way to beat your own limits.

A wing with a small leading edge will allow you to go faster. It is for this reason that a wing wing of less than 5m will allow you to go faster. The wing wing must also be a taut spinnaker that allows more power to be generated.

It’s important to note that going fast requires learning and a habit to go fast. It will therefore be necessary to take the time to tame the speed. You will also have to learn how to adjust your foil correctly to go fast. We recommend positions quite far back in the US rails.

https://srokacompany.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/article-aller-vite.mov

How to be efficient to jump high in Wingfoil?

To jump high:

It’s important to pick up a lot of speed and turn a horizontal speed into a vertical speed to climb high. To do this, you need to choose fins with “pop” and an ability to rotate quickly, especially to give a big push. It is therefore recommended that you do not take front wings with ratio aspects that are too pronounced, as this will limit your ability to take a good momentum.

The weight of the board and foil set is fundamental if you want to make rotations. You’ll be able to jump with an aluminum foil and a big board, but the lighter the set, the easier it will be to turn in the air. For this reason, the carbon foil will be the most suitable for jumping high. It will bring stiffness, responsiveness and speed to the pulse.

To jump, it is recommended to take a board smaller than 5’0 to facilitate rotations. Of course, a board built in full carbon sandwich will be stronger over time, especially when landing jumps.

How to be efficient to start earlier in Wingfoil?

To get off to an early start, it’s important to reduce the drag associated with the board while keeping enough volume to glide and fly as quickly as possible. To do this, a slightly longer and tapered board is a good option. However, you will lose lateral stability. If the water is choppy, it is recommended to opt for a board with a little width.

To start early, it is recommended to opt for a high aspect ratio foil front kite that will give you an excellent glide with a very early start. The choice of thin and narrow carbon foil will give more glide and less drag. You will be able to optimise the start even more in very light wind conditions.

It is recommended to choose a powerful wing wing to have the maximum power at low revs.

Tips wing: When it comes to winging, it’s important not to overinflate your wing attack board. Indeed, a slightly underinflated leading edge will make it easier to pump and will allow you to have a spring effect in the power of the wing. At SROKA, if the recommendation is 7 psi, it is recommended to put 6.5 psi in light winds.

Tip On the foil: To start early, it is recommended to choose a slightly larger stabilizer to help you at low revs to start very early and to use a front foil wing in Hight Aspect Ratio.

See the Carbon Foils

In short

To perform in Wingfoil, you need to reduce the drag of your foil, gain weight and rigidity on the wing foil and foil board and optimize the settings of your equipment to be more precise, sharp in the use of your equipment. If, for example, you have a very thin rigid carbon foil with an inflatable board, you won’t be able to go fast. The inflatable board will warp. It is therefore recommended to increase the stiffness, lightness and “rest your brain” to go faster or take the maximum power to jump.

If you are looking for a high-performance wingfoil equipment, look at the Elite carbon foil with the range of superfly boards that will allow you to perform well on the water.

For your safety, we have developed a Pro Impact Jacket to absorb shocks in the event of a fall. It has been reinforced to allow you to absorb shocks as much as possible if you fall into the water.

Push your own limits with the ELite 14 HM85 Carbon Mast and the Superfly: top-of-the-range Wing Foil board!

Optimize your performance by choosing the right equipment to go fast, jump high or start very early.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Which equipment should you choose to improve your wing foil performance? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Wingfoil destination in Leucate

Bruno Sroka — Fri, 01 Dec 2023 15:22:18 +0000

The reputation of the “wind city” is well established, hostess of the Mondial du Vent for more than 20 years, Leucate is an ideal destination for Wing foiling : it is the place to be for wind sports and board sports in general. Placed in the corridors where the tramuntana accelerates, the region is swept throughout the year by more than 300 days of annual winds. Accompanied by a significant amount of shops to stock up on equipment or the usual repairs.

Which spots for wingfoil in Leucate?

1. Coussoules (la franqui)

The first spot on our list is coussoules. Spot of the mythical World Wind Championship as well as of many competitions, it is above all the spot where the wind is always the strongest thanks to its venturi effect. The wind is channelled through the hinterland and the Cap Leucate on which the village of the Franks has clung to. And what’s more, the area is incredibly pretty!

Thus the wind enters the north-west (tramontana) or south/south-east depending on the thermal orientations in summer.

2. Sea, sand, sun

Imagine a riders’ campsite… Well, there you have it! Leucate is a perfect destination to spend a holiday around wingfoil. The spot is at the exit of the mobile home, infrastructures to clean/dry the equipment, are located at the foot of the beach. The same goes for storage. But above all, there is a great atmosphere with only surfers and “wingers” around you. The spot works in all directions, since it is at sea. (the prevailing wind will be North-West by Tramontane and South-East by sailor)

4. The Goulet (leucate pond)

In this region, a lot of spots are on ponds. Unfortunately, the practice will depend on the amount of algae at the time of your visit, but one of the most famous spots remains the Goulet, famous for its club, the Wesh center crew, run by Julien Taboulet, former windsurfing champion. The place is clearly a little piece of paradise, possibility to eat on site but also to shower and even access a skate ramp when the wind drops.

The idyllic wind is the tramontana, of course, the gully is one of the spots where the wind is strongest. On the other hand, with sailor winds (sea wind) the spot is windy by Cap Leucate.

5. The Oyster Bed

The Leucate Oyster Park, affectionately nicknamed the “parca”, is an emblematic place widely recognized by windsurfing enthusiasts. It is THE safe spot par excellence, offering ideal conditions for practitioners, whether they are beginners or experienced. The park is renowned for its low water level, making it the perfect place for beginners, especially when using short masts.

Located in the beautiful region of Leucate, the park attracts riders looking for a unique experience. Thanks to the shallow depth of the water, beginners can progress without fear of walking back during breakages or during their first attempts.

Whether you are a seasoned enthusiast or a passionate beginner, the Leucate Oyster Park remains a place imbued with magic where communion with nature and the wind creates an unforgettable experience. Come and live the wing adventure at the “parca” and discover the joys of this sport in an exceptional setting.

What activities?

Even if Leucate is an ideal destination to progress in Wingfoil, its magnificent surroundings will allow you to practice many other activities. Whether it’s wingfoil on windy days or even paddle when the calm returns. The practice of dockstart is of course possible, provided that you find a pontoon. Otherwise, all you have to do is learn the beach start in foil.

In addition, take advantage of the hinterland to walk in the mountains and enjoy the beautiful nature that surrounds us. If the wind is not there, there is a water ski lift for wake and wake foil.

If you’d like to do dockstart, take a trip to Barcarès, in addition to a community of riders who love dockstart, you’ll probably find pontoons there.

See all Wing Foil

What equipment for wing foil in Leucate?

The Tramontana is a very strong and irregular wind from the land. Therefore, it will push you to your limits if you are not accommodated to it. To be as comfortable as possible in these conditions, two scenarios open up:

First, you are a seasoned practitioner. In this case, bring as much equipment as possible (that’s always what we do no matter the spot), think especially about small equipment, whether it’s boards or foils. To give you an idea, in Leucate, the SROKA team would take, for a size of 85 kg, with a good technical level: a 4’6 or 4’8 superfly, wingfoil wings in 3, 4 and 5m² and an Elite 14 mm foil embellished with its carbon fuselage, a 180cm² stabilizer and three front fins to adapt to all eventualities, take a 1350 L HA with you for calm days and possibly the dockstart if you master the discipline, the one nicknamed the Swiss Army knife, the 950 S HA, pleasant at all times. Finally, our little 670 S HA to go faster than my friends!
In the second case, you are on your way to progress. In this situation, it is important to take equipment that you are familiar with. The Tramontane pushes hard and is quite unstable, so you shouldn’t be surprised. A front wing in 1250 Control will bring you comfort and ease whatever the conditions. Finally, uNE 820 Control will give you ease in very strong winds. Finally, if you’re riding at sea, the wind will be offshore, all the more reason to stay safe. So go to sea with equipment adapted to your level and conditions. Otherwise, we advise you to sail on the lakes and ponds.

Where can I take lessons? Where can I rent equipment?

The area is full of schools and shops that can rent equipment. If we had to name just one, you can turn to the Cap Leucate sailing circle, which, in addition to being very welcoming, is an association full of enthusiasts!

Regarding the rental, we recommend directwind leucate. A cool and dynamic team that will provide you with recent and maintained equipment.

Advice from the SROKA team!

The surroundings of Leucate are very popular, beware of theft of equipment which can unfortunately still happen although less frequent at the moment.

No matter the trip, SROKA equipment will adapt to all wind conditions encountered. Therefore, there is only one thing left for you to do, ENJOY!

Leucate, destination Kitesurfing, Wingfoil and Windsurf foil.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Wingfoil destination in Leucate est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to maintain your carbon foil?

Bruno Sroka — Thu, 12 Oct 2023 08:00:31 +0000

Our carbon foil is a jewel of technology. Many people say that a carbon foil does not require maintenance. However, to optimize its longevity and performance over the long term, a minimum of maintenance is required. Checking and maintaining your carbon foil will allow you to optimize its performance in the long term. In this article, we will list all the tasks to be carried out to properly maintain your carbon foil.

A carbon foil requires a minimum of maintenance!

1. Check that your foil is aimed at before going sailing.

Before each session, check that your screws are screwed in tightly. If you have sand in the thread, clean it before screwing in to avoid damaging the thread.

2. A foil is an underwater aircraft.

A foil is like an underwater plane. Any encounter with an obstacle underwater leads to a more or less significant weakening of your foil. You have to think like an airplane. If a plane hits a cliff, there’s bound to be damage. A foil is not built to hit an obstacle. Keep this in mind to keep your foil running smoothly. Especially if one end of the front wing touches an obstacle. The lever arm on the mast will be very important and even more so if there is a large wingspan and if the speed is high.

Tips: Stop far enough away from the board to avoid touching. Especially if you have a very light carbon foil (1.5-1.7 kg for the mast). This means that it is foamed and therefore the amount of carbon is less. It is therefore more fragile. Stay away from buoys that can become entangled with your foil and damage it.

3. Rinse & Dry

Whether you’re sailing in fresh water or at sea, rinse your foil from time to time. There are probably oil residues or whatever. Rinsing your foil properly will prevent these deposits from deteriorating the glide of your foil. The same goes for sunscreen. If you have put cream on your face, avoid touching your foil. It is a fatty substance that will therefore deteriorate the efficiency of the water flow on the mast profile or the fins.

Tips: After rinsing with clean water, wipe your foil with a soft cloth which will allow you to check it on all these seams. And thus see that everything is in good condition. In addition, it will prevent the cover from getting moldy.

4. Scratches

Any scratch on a front or rear fin brakes and slows down your foil. The flow of water is disturbed and more or less interferes with your speed and/or stability. Of course, if you sail at 15 knots of speed, you won’t feel any difference. The higher your speed, the more you’ll feel these scratches.

Tips: Avoid putting your board on the rail while resting on the front fin. Stop a little further from the beach to avoid scratching your fins.

5. Snags on the front or rear fenders

There are two ways to get bumps on the foil fins.

The first case is when handling your equipment on land. You drop your foils on the ground or you don’t have to position the foil with the board in the axis of time and in high winds, the foil pushes the foil and makes it fall on the end of the fin.
The second, you’re sailing and you didn’t pay attention to the depth. You’ve hit an obstacle, a rock or whatever.

Tips: Fin snaggers happen all the time through carelessness so when you get back to the shore, stop further away and swim a bit to get off or back to the shore.

Always put your foil on the beach in line with the wind to avoid a gust pushing the mast to the side and tipping the foil to the side.
Put the protective covers back on when your foil stays on the spot. This will prevent damage to your wings in case of contact with the ground. In the same way, when you disassemble your mast from the board, put the mast cover on to avoid damaging it.
20% of the drag comes from the ends. So pay attention to the tips of your front and rear fenders.

6. How to avoid heat damage?

The sun can be an enemy of your foil. The carbon mast is usually black, which means it absorbs a lot of heat in a very short amount of time, whether it’s in direct sunlight or in your car. Epoxy resin cures at temperatures around 70°C. If your mast is left in direct sunlight, it is very easy to reach these temperatures and the resin may soften, losing its effectiveness. The same is true if you leave your foil in the car, it will overheat and the epoxy resin will no longer work properly.

If this is the case, we advise you to let your foil cool down before going sailing so that the resin cools down and the mast regains its properties. If you don’t, you risk damaging your mast, especially with lightweight masts that are foamed and therefore have less mechanical strength. If the resin loses its effect, the mast will be even softer and will gradually become more brittle

7. Disassemble your foil if you’re not using it

If you are not going to use it for a long time, disassemble it and store it in its cover to avoid damaging it or putting shocks on it, especially in your garage.

Tips: disassembling your carbon foil allows you to check it and do a check-up of the different parts , especially if you don’t use it for a long time. Remember, a foil is an underwater plane. An airplane pilot checks each item before taking off. It’s the same in foiling. Check your foil, avoid any real trouble while sailing.

See all Carbon Foils

In Conclusion

You have invested or are going to invest in an expensive carbon foil. This investment pays off in the long run if and only if you take care of it. Then in this case, it can serve you for many years. If you have bought a rigid and durable and well-built mast, then maintaining it well will save you money and allow you to keep it longer. A Ferrari needs maintenance, as does a high-modulus carbon mast .

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to maintain your carbon foil? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

What are the advantages of a carbon foil?

emmanuel.d emmanuel.d — Fri, 06 Oct 2023 09:44:06 +0000

The discipline of foiling has grown tremendously in recent years, especially with the emergence of wing foiling, which allows you to glide across the water using a kite and a foil.

The foil consists of a mast, a fuselage and two fins: a load-bearing front fin and a rear fin to stabilize the whole.

There are different types of foils, depending on the materials used, such as aluminum or carbon.

In this article, we’ll take a look at the benefits of carbon foiling, while debunking some common misconceptions, including those that claim carbon foils are consistently better and lighter than their aluminum counterparts.

Is the carbon foil really more efficient than an aluminum foil?

1. Stiffness and performance, yes but no.

Firstly, a carbon mast is not necessarily steeper than an aluminium mast. If, on a mast that is 16mm thick, there is only 2mm of carbon then it will not be stiffer than an aluminium mast and above all it will be less solid.

The advantage of a carbon mast is to be able to reduce drag as much as possible while being rigid in bending and torsion.

To do this, you need to increase the amount of carbon, increase the quality of the carbon fibers, and have a consistent and relevant draping plan.

This is not the case for all carbon masts. One of the big advantages of having a carbon foil is to reduce drag as much as possible with the maximum possible stiffness/ This brings stability, better acceleration and better handling. The performance is significantly higher.

If the carbon foil is well constructed, it brings a feeling of nervousness, reactivity, control and glide.

For example, let’s make a comparison of carbon foil and aluminum foil. Identical thickness and rope (11mm rope, and 14mm thick). The aluminum mast is softer and twists when sailing, which created lag times, loss of nervousness, glide and/or control. That’s why we thicken the aluminium masts.

The carbon foil, on the other hand, will bring increased responsiveness and responsiveness if, and only if, the quality of the carbon fibers is increased and the quantity of carbon is also increased.

If there is deformation under the stress of a large force, the carbon will return to its original position more quickly. The carbon foil will then provide precision on the downforce and finer control when sailing.

2. Lightness, yes but no.

The density of a carbon part is 1.80 g/ml, while that of aluminum is 2.7 g/ml. So on paper, carbon looks a lot lighter. However, if you want an ultra-stiff carbon foil, you have to increase the amount of carbon.

If we produce a solid carbon mast, then it will not be much lighter than a hollow aluminum mast. On the other hand, the carbon mast will be much thinner (14mm vs. 18’5mm for aluminum) with less rope. You will gain about 200-300 g for the same size.

However, if you thicken the carbon mast and put foam inside, you can save between 500 and 900 g per pole. In this case, it can be said that the carbon mast is lighter.

3. Durability and Versatility

Sustainability is added to the many benefits of carbon foiling. Damaging your kite because of a stone or having scratches that appear as a result of friction can happen.

The advantage of a carbon foil is that it can be easily repaired by sanding it down and adding carbon. However, it is not recyclable, unlike aluminum. It is therefore necessary to choose your carbon foil carefully to have the maximum stiffness, finesse and so that it is the most durable over time and that it can accompany you in your practice and your progress.

Another advantage of carbon is that it resists corrosion and wear well, unlike aluminum which can prick or crack over time. Carbon is therefore a non-recyclable but sustainable material that guarantees you optimal use for several years if you are careful.

4. A few tips.

To maximize the durability of your foil, avoid all friction with sand or pebbles and avoid resting your board on the rail with the foil resting on the ground on one side. Doing so may damage the fins and lose efficiency.
Protect your mast in a mast cover to avoid any shocks.
It is advisable not to leave a carbon foil in direct sunlight. Epoxy resins cure from 65-70 degrees (typically, sometimes even earlier). A foil in direct sunlight with high temperatures can easily exceed 80 degrees. As a result, the resins soften and if you use your foil immediately, you risk weakening the whole thing. It is therefore recommended to let the foil cool down before going back into the water.
The same applies if your foil has been in your car for a long time with high heat.
Remember that even if your foil is well built, a foil is an underwater plane. Any contact with an obstacle will damage it.
Rinse it from time to time and in case you use it very frequently, check it regularly from all angles.

See all SROKA carbon foils

In Conclusion

In conclusion, using a carbon foil has many advantages over aluminum. Carbon offers stiffness (if you use high modulus fibers), lightness, durability and incomparable versatility, which will allow you to fully enjoy the gliding sensation offered by the foil.

If you want to
invest in a carbon foil
, invest in a very good and quality carbon mast. It will certainly cost you a little more, but it will prevent you from buying another one 1 or 2 years later. We advise you to discover our Sroka Elite Carbon range, which offers a 100% high modulus M40J foil, with a thin mast (14mm thick with 10.9cm of rope) and efficient.

If absolute performance doesn’t appeal to you, take a look at the SOLO 16mm thick carbon foil . It will bring you lightness, rigidity at a more measured price.

Finally, we go the range of our Alu foils which are very efficient with the simplicity of an aluminum foil.

Do not hesitate to contact us for more information about Carbon Foils.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article What are the advantages of a carbon foil? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How is a carbon foil made?

Bruno Sroka — Thu, 28 Sep 2023 09:07:40 +0000

Building a carbon foil is no easy feat. There are different ways and techniques to make a carbon foil. However, building a carbon foil requires technicality and know-how. In this article we detail the different steps to explain how to make a foil.

It is necessary to differentiate the construction of the mast assembly and the fuselage, which are technically simpler to produce. An excellent carbon foil is determined by its rigidity, its glide and therefore, the quality of the profiles used, the thickness (rope and general thickness), and the quality of the materials used.

From the outside, it is very difficult to compare a high-performance (rigid) mast with a soft one. A mast looks like a mast. However, performance on the water can be totally different. Some carbon masts are less steep than some aluminum masts. And yet everyone thinks that the carbon mast is more efficient.

Let’s get into the details of how to make a carbon foil in order to better understand and choose your carbon foil.

What are the different steps to make a Carbon foil?

1. Design

The design of carbon foils is a crucial step in the manufacturing process of a carbon foil.

To work efficiently, the foil project manager gives the most precise specifications possible and determines the specific characteristics of what he is looking for to create this carbon foil.
Then engineers use advanced 3D software to design the foils accurately. This software determines the precise characteristics of each profile and makes it possible to choose the best profile in line with the specifications.
Finally, in a third step, he models the different parts of the foil: the wings, the fuselage, the mast and the plate and above all optimizes their shape and their interlocking by refining certain parts, or by thickening certain potentially fragile areas.

Using these simulation tools, engineers simulate the behavior of the foil in different conditions and observe the potential drag of each part of the foil, determine the potential speed of each fin or stabilizer.

This step is fundamental to save time in prototyping later. This makes it possible to make informed decisions when designing the foil to achieve the best possible performance.

The characteristics of a carbon mast for speed or for jumping are not the same. The stress constraints are different. As a result, the mast shapes are adjusted as required.

As a general rule, if you are looking for glide, you reduce the drag of the mast, fuselage and fins. Thus, to reduce drag, we reduce the thickness, the chord of the mast, and we refine the thickness of the fuselage while being as stiff as possible. The complexity of a good carbon foil is between excellent finesse and maximum rigidity.

2. Prototyping/machining of the mold

When the engineer and project manager have found a compromise on the overall shape and performance of the foil, the design phase begins with the production of a prototype.

This step consists of machining the mold of the different parts of the foil. If the design is done well, then the prototype is only a confirmation phase. Otherwise, the 3D modeling must be restarted.

The machining is carried out with high precision using a CNC, it is a machine that cuts aluminum or steel (it is also possible to make wooden molds or in a “lab” in some cases for rapid propagation).

3.Positioning the carbon fabrics in the mold.

When the mold is finished and polished, another machine cuts the carbon fabric with a laser. More and more, prepreg carbon (prepreg at the time of production) is being used. This method has several advantages: it achieves the ideal amount of resin on the carbon, saves personnel from working with toxic resin, and saves time and is very accurate.

After this step, the pieces of fabric are placed in the moulds, orienting them in specific ways in order to obtain more strength in some places or more rigidity in others. Once the mould is closed, it is heated and compressed with a hydraulic press.

The pieces of carbon fabric are oriented in the moulds in specific ways to obtain more strength in one place or more rigidity in another. The positioning angle of the carbon fabrics, the quantity or the thickness influence the mechanical strength of the part. This is one of the key steps in the realization of the carbon foil. If the factory has little or no of these fundamental techniques, then the part will never have the desired characteristics.

4. Cooking

Once the mould is closed, it is heated and compressed with a hydraulic press (several tons). Sometimes, on some parts, an autoclave is used to increase the pressure on the entire part even more. However, this requires a lot of manpower, time, and infrastructure. More and more large presses are being used that allow several tons to be placed on all the different parts of the mold.

5. Finishing

Once the cooking is complete, remove the excess material. Each piece is sanded by hand or with a robot to obtain a smooth surface.

Finally, holes are drilled to put the inserts or allow the screws to pass through. A varnish is applied to it. The part is then tested in all directions to ensure that it has no defects.

6. The testing phase

If everything meets the specifications, the desired performance on the water (thanks to the tests in different wind, swell and gauge conditions) and if it resists the mechanical forces in the workshop, then it is possible to launch the industrialization phase where each step is optimized to produce a foil in large series.

See all Carbon foils

In conclusion.

Producing a carbon foil requires a lot of research and time to come up with a high-performance and durable product. Some brands want to speed up these different steps to produce quickly and create a buzz in marketing.

Our strategy is quite the opposite. We prefer to take the time that each step is perfectly carried out to produce a high-performance and durable foil over time. It requires a lot of patience, time, and energy. But it makes it possible to make a carbon foil that is exceptionally efficient and solid at the same time.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How is a carbon foil made? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Template Blog 2023

emmanuel.d emmanuel.d — Wed, 27 Sep 2023 08:50:27 +0000

1. Check your gear before going in the water

It is strongly advisable, even essential, to check your gear when you go in the water or at the end of the session. However, if you sail regularly, you can only do it once a week. What is important to check on your wing:

Check that the wing does not have any tears or holes : get under your wing and look through it towards the sun. This way, you can easily see if there are any holes in the kite.
Pay attention to the seams on the leading edge to prevent any bursting of the leading edge if a seam is damaged.

How to properly maintain your wing foil wings during the session?

We explain how to maintain your wing foil wings to ensure their maximum lifespan. These tips are also applicable to kite surfing kites. Here are some good things to do to maintain your wingfoil or kite surf.

2. Putting your wing foil kite on the beach

3. Tie your wing properly

To properly maintain your wingfoil kites, be careful not to let it fly and hit the ground. Try to hang it as close to your board as possible.
Caution: never put your wing upwind of the foil. You risk tearing your kite if it flies on your foil.

4. Be careful while browsing

5. Don’t drag your wingfoil kite

Caring for your wing foil kites: how to rinse them?

For optimal maintenance of your wing foil or kite surf, it should be rinsed with fresh water after each session. Indeed, the salt contained in the seawater attacks the seams of the socks. It’s even more important to rinse them off if you don’t plan to return to the water for a while. However, if you foile often, we understand that you don’t want to rinse your kite every time. We therefore advise you to rinse it once in a while at low pressure with fresh water.

See all Wing Foil

How to dry your wing foil wings?

To maximize the life of your wing , we advise you to dry your kite before storing it. Indeed, the humidity added to the salt of the seawater can, in the long run, damage your wing foil wings. In general, it can be a matter of color deterioration, detachment of valves or mold.

The best practice?

When you know you’re going to end your session soon, try to make a dozen or so tacks without falling into the water. This way, your kite will dry out. Then you will have to get out of the water, avoiding getting it wet. Holding it above your head with your arm outstretched, it shouldn’t get too wet.

If your kite gets wet when you get out of the water, you can dry it on the beach by attaching it to your board. To do this, be careful that it is not placed on something that may damage it, such as asphalt or sharp stones. In addition, you should always dry your wing in the direction of the wind. That is to say, it is the leading edge of the wing that is facing the wind, that catches the wind.

Maintain your kite surfing and wing foil kites: watch out for the sun!

Just like your skin, the spinnaker of a wingfoil or kitesurfer is sensitive to UV rays. This is why it is strongly advised not to leave your kite on the beach in the sun when you are not going into the water. Therefore, if you are not using your equipment, it is best to store it to ensure its maximum life.

How to store your wing foil wings correctly?

Finally, whether they are kitesurfing or wingfoil, never bend them in the same way and avoid marked creases. Bending too much could weaken your spinnaker.

Wing Backpack

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Template Blog 2023 est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Which paddle board for the ocean?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Tue, 08 Aug 2023 13:48:36 +0000

Stand up paddle boarding is a water sport that involves moving upright on a board using a paddle. It can be practiced on different types of water, but the ocean offers a particularly varied and stimulating playground. Whether it’s for walking, surfing, hiking or running, paddle boarding in the sea allows you to discover magnificent landscapes, enjoy the benefits of salt water and experience thrills.

But to practice paddle boarding in the ocean, you need to choose the right equipment. Indeed, not all paddles are adapted to the marine conditions, which can be changeable and difficult. It is therefore necessary to take into account several criteria to find the ideal paddle for your adventures at sea.

In this article, we will give you tips and recommendations for choosing the best paddle board for the ocean. We will also present you the best brands and models of inflatable paddle boards for the sea, as well as the essential accessories for this practice. Finally, we will give you some tips on how to practice safely and show you the must-see spots for stand up paddle boarding at sea.

What types of paddle boards are suitable for surfing?

There are two main types of paddle boards: rigid paddle boards and inflatable paddle boards. An inflatable paddle board and a rigid paddle board have a lot of differences. However, we can still say that in 80% of cases, an inflatable paddle board is the best choice. Indeed, it is the ideal option if you are looking for a versatile SUP (leisure, walks, day at the beach, yoga…). A good quality inflatable paddle board will guarantee you very good performance and great resistance, while remaining at an affordable price. Not to mention the transport and storage which are very practical and easy. On the other hand, if you want to compete or surf big waves, a high-end rigid SUP will be more suitable.

What are the differences between paddles specifically designed for the ocean and those for other types of bodies of water?

Paddle boards specifically designed for the ocean have special features that make them suitable for marine conditions. They differ from paddle boards for other types of bodies of water by their shape, size, thickness and fin.

The shape of the paddle board affects its stability, glide and maneuverability. There are several forms of paddle boarding:

Stand-Up Paddle Sroka – Model GIRLY

Paddle surfing: it has a short and wide shape, with a pronounced rocker (curvature) at the front and back. It’s designed to ride waves and be nimble in turns.
The all-round paddle : it has a versatile shape, with a balance between length, width and rocker. It is suitable for walking, surfing, and hiking on calm or rough bodies of water.
Paddle touring: it has a long and narrow shape, with a weak rocker at the front and rear. It is optimized for gliding, speed and comfort on flat or slightly choppy bodies of water.
The paddle race: it has a very long and narrow shape, with minimal rocker at the front and back. It is specially designed for speed racing on flat or rough bodies of water.

To choose the shape of the paddle adapted to the ocean, you need to define your objective: surf the waves (paddle surf), take a leisurely walk (paddle all-round and touring) or cover long distances (paddle touring and race).

The size of the paddle depends on your size, your level and your practice. In general, the longer the paddle, the faster and more stable it is, but the less manoeuvrable it is. The wider the paddle, the more stable and comfortable it is, but the less fast and responsive it is. The thicker the paddle, the stiffer and more load-bearing it is, but the less it is close to the water and less sensitive to movement.

The thickness of the paddle board affects its rigidity, buoyancy and balance. In general, the thicker the paddle, the stiffer and more load-bearing it is, but the less it is close to the water and less sensitive to movement.

The paddle fin plays an important role in the stability, direction and performance of the paddle. There are several types of fins: the central fin that attaches under the paddle at the level of the center of gravity ensures lateral stability and the trajectory of the paddle; the side fins that attach to the underside of the paddle at the rails (edges) improve the maneuverability and control of the paddle in turns and waves; The rear spoiler that attaches to the underside of the paddle at the rear increases the speed and responsiveness of the paddle.

Criteria to consider when choosing a paddle board for the ocean (stability, dimensions, materials)

As we have just seen, the choice of a paddle for the ocean depends on several criteria related to the shape, size, thickness and fin of the paddle. But there are other criteria to consider when choosing a paddle board for the ocean:

Stability: this is the ability of the paddle to stay balanced on the water. It depends mainly on the width and thickness of the paddle, as well as the distribution of the volume. The wider and thicker the paddle, the more stable it is. The more the volume is concentrated in the center of the paddle, the more stable it is.

Dimensions: these are the measurements of the paddle in length, width and thickness. They are expressed in feet (‘) and inches (“). For example, a 10’6 x 32″ x 6” paddle board measures 10 feet and 6 inches in length (about 320 cm), 32 inches in width (about 81 cm), and 6 inches thick (about 15 cm).

Materials: these are the components that make up the paddle. They affect the weight, stiffness, strength and price of the paddle. Among the strongest constructions are: the rigid fiber paddle, the carbon rigid paddle and the high-end PVC inflatable paddle (beware of low-end PVC paddles that will not last over time).

The best paddle boards for the ocean from Sroka Company

Our brand, Sroka Company, is a French brand created by Bruno Sroka, three-time kitesurfing world champion. We offer high-quality inflatable paddle boards, made with durable materials that will keep your paddle for years to come. Our paddles are suitable for all levels and practices, from surfing to hiking and yoga. Here is a selection of our best paddle boards for the ocean:

The Malibu

The Malibu is a versatile and comfortable all-round paddle board, ideal for cruising, surfing, and hiking on calm or choppy bodies of water. It has a wide and stable shape, with moderate rocker at the front and rear. It is equipped with a removable center fin and two fixed side fins. The Malibu is made of fused double-layer PVC to ensure good strength whatever your rides in the ocean.

→ Learn more about the Malibu

The Aplha and the Girly

The Alpha is a paddle halfway between paddle touring and paddle racing. Its slim profile allows for efficient and fast paddling, without too much effort. Built with thermo-welding technology and its 3 layers of PVC on the rails, it offers excellent rigidity and optimal strength, making it an ideal choice for long ocean rides.
The Girly, on the other hand, has the same technical characteristics as the Alpha, but with a refined design that combines glide and elegance.

→ Learn more about the Alpha and the Girly

The Wave 9’5

The Wave 9’5 inflatable paddle surf is designed to allow you to discover the joys of surfing. It’s a short board with a rounder outline, which allows you to turn better on the wave. Thanks to its construction with Fusion technology, this paddle board is light and stiff, which is an important advantage for surfing waves. It’s the perfect compromise to go for a ride and discover surfing in small waves. This inflatable SUP is suitable for beginners and advanced skiers alike.

→ Learn more about the Wave 9’5

See all inflatable paddle boards

Guide to essential accessories for stand up paddle boarding in the sea

To fully enjoy the practice of stand up paddle boarding in the sea, proper preparation is essential. Marine elements, unpredictable and potentially hazardous, require appropriate care and protection. Here is a list of essential accessories for a safe and rewarding stand up paddle experience at sea:

The leash: This device, attached to the rider’s ankle or calf, maintains a constant connection with the board. In the event of a fall, the leash prevents the loss of the paddle and makes it easier to hook up if necessary, whether due to fatigue or currents.
The life jacket: It provides buoyancy in the event of immersion. It is very strongly advised to wear one for minors and beginners. However, it is advisable to have one regardless of your level because no one is safe from a change in the weather that makes the practice difficult.
The combination: It protects against cold, UV rays, friction and injury. It is especially advisable to wear one when paddleboarding in the ocean, especially in winter or in areas with cooler temperatures.
The waterproof bag: Having a waterproof bag is very convenient for storing and protecting personal belongings such as phone, keys, water, food, etc.
The pump: the pump is essential for inflating and deflating the inflatable paddle board, allowing the pressure to be adjusted according to the sailing conditions.

How to practice safely, our advice

Stand up paddle boarding at sea is a sport that requires a certain amount of vigilance and preparation. To avoid accidents and unpleasant surprises, there are a few safety rules to follow:

Check the weather: before going out to sea, you should check the weather forecast (wind, swell, tide, etc.) and choose a spot adapted to your level and objective.
Inform someone: Before going to sea, you should tell someone (family, friend, club, etc.) about their route, duration and phone number.
Wear appropriate equipment: before going to sea, you must equip yourself with a leash, a life jacket, a wetsuit and a waterproof bag containing safety elements (whistle, flashlight, survival blanket, etc.) and the best inflatable paddle board for the sea.
Observe the rules of navigation: during navigation, you must respect the authorized areas, the right of way, the safety distances and the signals.
Remain vigilant : While navigating, you must remain alert to weather conditions, currents, waves, obstacles and other users.
Know how to give up: during navigation, you must know how to assess your limits and those of the equipment, and do not hesitate to turn around or ask for help if there is a problem.

The 4 Best Places to Go Stand Up Paddleboarding at Sea

1. The Bay of Arcachon

A real haven for walking, surfing or hiking in the sea. You will be amazed by the view of the Arcachon Bay, Cap Ferret, the Ile aux Oiseaux and the majestic Dune du Pilat. An abundant biodiversity awaits you, with a rich and varied fauna and flora.

2. The Crozon Peninsula

It is the perfect place for surfing or sea hiking. You will enjoy quality waves, panoramas that are as wild as they are paradisiacal and exceptional sites such as the Pointe de Pen-Hir, the Pointe du Raz, the Virgin Island (see photo) or the mysterious sea caves.

3. The Bay of the Somme

It is the perfect place for a walk or a hike in the sea. You will discover the Baie de Somme Regional Nature Park, the charming villages of Le Crotoy and Saint-Valery-sur-Somme, as well as the Marquenterre ornithological reserve. Seals, birds and horses punctuate this uniquely beautiful landscape.

4. The Côte d’Azur

A real paradise for a walk or a hike in the sea. You’ll savor the Mediterranean climate, crystal clear waters, and iconic cities like Nice, Cannes, and Saint-Tropez. Also worth exploring are the islands of Lérins, Porquerolles and Port-Cros.

Our favorite place to paddle board? The creeks of Cassis. Departing from the beach of Cassis, the creeks are easily accessible by paddle, you can go from creek to creek while admiring the beauty of the coast.

Stand up paddleboarding at sea opens the door to a myriad of benefits and pleasures as a water sport. It’s a way to work out, relax, have fun and explore corners of paradise. However, to be able to fully enjoy paddle boarding in the sea depends on the judicious choice of equipment and the relaxed respect of the safety rules. We sincerely hope that this article has enlightened your quest for the perfect paddle board for your future sea escapades.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Which paddle board for the ocean? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to paddle on the ocean

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Thu, 27 Jul 2023 12:08:18 +0000

Stand up paddleboarding, or SUP, is a water activity that involves moving upright on a board using a paddle. Paddle boarding can be practiced on different bodies of water, but the ocean offers a unique and enriching experience. Whether it’s to enjoy the landscape, the marine fauna, the waves or the wind, paddle boarding on the ocean is a complete activity that solicits the body and mind. But how do you paddle on the ocean safely and with fun? Here are some tips, techniques and recommendations to help you get started on this journey.

Advantages and benefits of paddle boarding

Paddle boarding is a sport accessible to everyone, regardless of level or age. It has many advantages and benefits, both physically and mentally:

It strengthens the muscles of the back, arms, shoulders, abdominals and legs, working the entire muscle chain.
It improves balance, coordination and proprioception, by engaging the stabilizing muscles and the vestibular system.
It promotes blood circulation, lymphatic drainage and the prevention of cardiovascular diseases, increasing heart and respiratory rate.
It reduces stress and anxiety, releasing endorphins and providing a feeling of well-being.
It stimulates focus, creativity and self-confidence, challenging coping and problem-solving skills.
It allows you to reconnect with nature, yourself and others, offering a moment of escape and sharing.

Preparation and equipment needed for a paddle session on the ocean

Before going paddle boarding on the ocean, you need to prepare yourself properly and equip yourself with the right equipment. Here are the essential things to check before you get in the water:

1. The weather for stand-up paddleboarding on the ocean

Check the weather forecast for wind, waves, tides, air and water temperature. Choose conditions that suit your level and goal. Avoid stormy, foggy or heavy swell days. To start, we advise you to choose a day when the wind is very light and there are no waves. This way, it will be easier for you to find your feet and have fun.

2. Regulations for paddle boarding at sea

Find out about the navigation and safety rules in force at the spot you have chosen. Respect the permitted areas, priorities, distances and instructions of local authorities. Do not sail beyond 300 meters from the shore if your board is less than 3.50 meters in length.

3. The paddle board for navigating the ocean

Choose a board adapted to your size, your level and the type of practice you want to do. There are rigid or inflatable boards, more or less wide, long or thick. In general, the wider, longer and thicker the board, the more stable and easier it is to handle. The narrower, shorter and thinner it is, the faster and more responsive it is. If you want a paddle board that is easy to transport to the sea, we recommend an inflatable stand-up paddle board. Lightweight and space-saving, inflatable boards offer excellent glide, as long as they are of high quality.

4. Paddle and leash

Choose a paddle that suits your size, board, and paddling style. There are fixed or adjustable paddles, made of aluminum, fiberglass or carbon. In general, the lighter, stiffer and more ergonomic the paddle, the better and more comfortable it is. The ideal length of a paddle is about 15 to 20 centimeters above your head.

The leash , on the other hand, is a cord that connects your ankle to your board. It is mandatory to paddle on the ocean. It ensures that you don’t lose your board in the event of a fall or strong wind. Choose a solid leash that is adapted to the sailing conditions.

5. The vest and wetsuit for stand-up paddleboarding at sea

The vest is a piece of safety equipment that helps you float in case of immersion. It is recommended for paddleboarding on the ocean, especially if you are not comfortable in the water or if you are sailing far from the shore. There are life jackets or buoyancy aid vests, more or less thick and bulky depending on the level of buoyancy. Choose a comfortable, approved vest.

You can also wear a jumpsuit. It is a garment that protects you from the cold, the sun and friction. It is advisable to wear a wetsuit when paddleboarding on the ocean, especially if the water is cold or if you plan to stay on the water for a long time. There are full-body suits or shorties, more or less thick and flexible depending on the temperature of the water.

6. Accessories for paddle boarding in the ocean

There are other accessories that can be useful for paddleboarding on the ocean, such as a waterproof bag or bottle, a GPS watch, an on-board camera, a windbreaker, a cap, sunglasses, sunscreen, etc. Choose the accessories according to your needs and desires.

Basic techniques for paddling in the sea and moving efficiently on the ocean

To paddle on the ocean, you need to master the basic techniques to paddle and move efficiently. Here are the main points to know:

Position: To paddle properly, you need to adopt a stable and dynamic position on the board. Place your feet parallel to the width of the board, about shoulder-width apart. Bend your knees slightly and keep your back straight. Look ahead, not your feet.

Grip: to hold the paddle correctly, you need to follow a few simple rules. Place one hand on the handle and the other on the handle. The blade should be facing forward, i.e. towards the nose of the board. Change hands every time you change the side of the train.

The paddle stroke: To give an effective paddle stroke, you have to follow three phases: sinking, pulling and returning. Push the blade into the water in front of you, as far as possible without losing your balance. Pull the blade towards you, keeping your arm straight and using the strength of your trunk. Take the blade out of the water at foot level and bring it back in front of you by passing it over the water.

Changing direction: To change direction with your board, there are several possible techniques. The easiest way is to increase the paddle frequency on one side to turn the board on the opposite side. For example, to turn right, row to the left more often. You can also use your paddle as a rudder by placing it perpendicular to the back of the board on the side you want to turn.

Paddle board safety: essential rules and precautions to take at sea

Paddleboarding on the ocean is not without risk. Therefore, there are a few essential rules to follow and take certain precautions to avoid accidents and incidents. Here are the main tips to follow:

Never go alone: paddle with at least one other rider or let someone know about your outing, route and expected return time.

Always wear a leash: Attach your ankle to your board with a leash so you don’t lose it in case of a fall or strong wind. The leash can be a lifesaver if you’re far from shore or tired.

Put on a vest: To help you stay on the surface in case of immersion, it is advisable to wear a life jacket or buoyancy aid vest. The vest can protect you from drowning if you lose consciousness or suffer from cramps.

Follow the navigation rules: it is essential to respect the navigation and safety rules in force on the spot you have chosen. Respect the authorized zones, the priorities, the distances and the instructions of the local authorities to navigate with peace of mind. Also, don’t stray more than 300 meters from the shore

Experimenting with the waves while paddleboarding on the ocean: surfing techniques

If you’re in the mood for thrills and pure gliding, you can try paddle surfing on the ocean. This discipline consists of surfing standing on a wave with the help of a paddle. Unlike traditional surfing, paddle surfing is more affordable for beginners, as there is no need to get up on the board. All you have to do is anticipate the breaking of the wave and accompany its movement with the paddle.

The SUP foil: a sensational variant

If you want even more thrills, you can try sup foil, a variant of paddle surfing that uses a board equipped with an underwater wing-shaped fin. The sup foil allows you to fly above the water and surf smaller or softer waves. However, it requires more technique and balance than classic paddle surfing. It’s all about surfing the waves on a paddle but with a foil under the board that allows you to fly above the water.

Discover SUP foil

Tips for choosing the right spot and the best conditions for paddleboarding on the ocean

To paddle on the ocean, you need to choose a spot adapted to your level and your goal. There are paddle spots for all tastes, whether it’s for a leisurely walk, a sporty hike or surfing.

Here are some tips for choosing the right spot and the best conditions for paddle boarding on the ocean:

Check the weather forecast

Learn about wind, waves, tides, air and water temperatures. Choose conditions that suit your level and goal. Avoid stormy, foggy or heavy swell days.

Wind: Light or no wind is ideal for beginners. More experienced practitioners can adapt to windier conditions.
Waves: If you want to surf, waves are necessary. For a leisurely ride, calm seas are preferable.
Water Temperature: Depending on your region, you will have to adapt your equipment (wetsuit, vest) accordingly.

The season

Summer: This is usually the most popular season for paddle boarding, with conditions that are often favorable.
Off-season: Temperatures may be cooler, but beaches are less crowded and conditions can be more stable.

Watch the tides

High tide: The water is deeper, which can be interesting for sailing in less accessible areas at low tide.
Low tide: Often reveals different landscapes and can be more conducive to the discovery of fauna and flora.

Learn about the regulations

Find out about the navigation and safety rules in force at the spot you have chosen. Respect the permitted areas, priorities, distances and instructions of local authorities. Do not sail more than 300 meters from the shore (if your board is less than 3.50 meters in length).

Choose a spot that suits your practice

Depending on whether you want to paddle ride, paddle touring or paddle surfing, you will not choose the same type of spot. For paddle boarding, choose calm and sheltered bodies of water, such as bays, lagoons or estuaries. For paddle touring, opt for more open and varied bodies of water, such as rocky coasts, islands or capes. To paddle surf, look for wave spots adapted to your level, neither too big nor too small.

Respect the environment

Be careful not to disturb the marine fauna and flora during your paddle boarding. Avoid protected areas, such as nature reserves or marine areas. Don’t leave trash behind and don’t pick up shells or corals.

Additional tips for paddle boarding at sea

Prefer the quietest hours of the day: Early morning or late afternoon are often more pleasant to avoid crowds and changing weather conditions.
Learn about ocean currents: They can influence your trajectory and safety.

Training and exercises to improve your paddle practice

Paddle boarding on the ocean is a complete activity that engages the body and mind. To progress and take full advantage of this experience, it is important to train regularly and do specific exercises.

Warm-up: Before you get in the water, it’s essential to warm up your muscles and joints. Get a few minutes of cardio to get your heart rate and breathing up. Then, do dynamic stretches (rotations of the arms, shoulders, hips) to soften your muscles and prevent injury.

Muscle strengthening: To improve your strength and endurance, you can do muscle-strengthening exercises on the board or on the floor. For example, you can do push-ups, squats, lunges, planks, or burpees. This will allow you to use the muscles of the back, arms, shoulders, abdominals and legs, which are essential for paddle boarding.

Balance work: To improve your balance and stability, you can do exercises that will throw you off balance and force you to use your stabilizing muscles. For example, you can paddle on one leg, change positions on the board, make sharp turns, or switch from sitting to standing.

Technique work: to improve your paddling and surfing technique, you can do exercises that will help you optimize your gestures and efficiency. For example, you can work on the cadence and power of your paddle strokes, the trajectory and orientation of your board, timing and placement on the wave, or speed and direction control. These exercises will allow you to gain fluidity and precision.

Paddle boarding on the ocean is a water activity that offers many advantages and benefits. Whether it’s to enjoy the landscape, the marine fauna, the waves or the wind, paddle boarding on the ocean is a complete activity that solicits the body and mind. But how do you paddle on the ocean safely and with fun? You need to prepare properly and equip yourself with the right equipment. You also need to master the basic techniques to paddle and move efficiently. Finally, it is necessary to respect the essential rules and take certain precautions to avoid accidents and incidents. If you follow these tips, techniques and recommendations, you will be able to embark on this adventure with confidence and serenity.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Andalousie.

L’Andalousie, région ensoleillée du sud de l’Espagne, est un véritable paradis pour les amateurs de sports nautiques, notamment le wing foil. Avec son littoral vaste …

•
novembre 20, 2024

Wing foil: comment réussir un 360?

Wing foil: comment réussir un 360?

Le 360 en wing foil est une manœuvre qui vous permet de commencer le freestyle à plat sur l’eau. Cette figure, qui consiste à effectuer …

•
novembre 18, 2024

L’île Maurice en Wing Foil

L’île Maurice en Wing Foil

L’Île Maurice, connue pour ses plages de sable blanc et ses eaux cristallines, est une destination de rêve pour les amateurs de sports nautiques. Parmi …

•
novembre 6, 2024

Où apprendre le wing foil ?

Où apprendre le wing foil ?

Le wingfoil est un sport nautique émergent qui gagne en popularité grâce à sa grande accessibilité. Que vous soyez jeune ou moins jeune, le wingfoil …

•
novembre 6, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to paddle on the ocean est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to paddle with your dog?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Fri, 19 May 2023 07:26:20 +0000

Stand up paddleboarding is a booming activity, increasingly popular for its natural setting and its ability to offer a physical workout while allowing you to relax. But did you know that this activity can be done with your dog? Paddle boarding with your four-legged friend can be an enriching experience for you and your pet, strengthening your bond while providing an opportunity to work out together.

The benefits of paddle boarding with your dog

Paddle boarding with your dog can offer many benefits, both for you and your pet. Here are a few reasons why you should consider this activity:

Strengthen your relationship: Paddle boarding with your dog can strengthen the bond and relationship you have with him. You share a unique experience together that can strengthen your bond and mutual trust.

Exercising physically: Paddle boarding is a physical activity that can be beneficial for both you and your dog. This can help improve your and your pet’s fitness, while still having a great time together.

Mentally Stimulating Your Dog: Paddleboarding with your dog can provide additional mental stimulation. This can help keep their mind alert and reduce stress.

Explore new places: Paddleboarding can give you an opportunity to discover new places with your dog, such as lakes, rivers, or beaches. This can help enrich your pet’s life and offer new experiences to share together.

Relax your dog: Dogs can sometimes be stressed or anxious. Paddleboarding with your dog can help them relax and calm down. The activity can be an opportunity for your dog to focus on something different and have fun.

How to prepare your dog for a paddle boarding session

Before starting a paddle session with your dog, it is important to prepare them accordingly. First of all, it is recommended to make sure that the dog is comfortable in the water. For this, it is advisable to take him to the beach or pool so that he can get used to the water.

Next, it is important to make sure that the dog is well trained and obeys basic commands. Paddle boarding requires a certain amount of concentration, so it is important that the dog knows how to obey simple commands such as “sit”, “lie down” or “heel”.

It is also recommended to choose the right equipment for your dog. First of all, it is important to choose a board that is large enough to accommodate the dog. Next, it is recommended to choose a dog life jacket, which will keep it on the surface in case of a fall.

Safety instructions to follow when paddleboarding with your dog

It’s important to take precautions to keep your dog and yourself safe while paddling together. Here are some safety guidelines to follow:

Equip your dog: Make sure your dog is wearing a life jacket that is appropriate for their size and weight. This can help keep it on the surface of the water in the event of a fall or accident.
Communicate with your dog: Before starting the paddle session, make sure your dog is comfortable with the water and the board. Establish clear body language to communicate with your child during the activity.
Respect the rules of navigation: Keep a safe distance from other boats and avoid dangerous areas. Avoid paddleboarding with your dog in strong winds or swells.

Limit the duration of the session: Start with short sessions to allow your dog to get used to this new activity. Stop the session if your dog shows signs of fatigue or stress.
Avoid forcing your dog: Never force your dog to paddle if he doesn’t feel comfortable in the water or on the board. Respect their boundaries and stop the session if your dog shows signs of stress or fear.
Equip yourself with additional equipment: Make sure you have water for your dog, a leash, and poop bags to prevent water pollution.

Conclusion

In conclusion, paddle boarding with your dog is an enriching activity for both the owner and the animal, offering a moment of relaxation and complicity while allowing you to exercise physically. However, it is important to prepare your dog accordingly, follow safety guidelines and never force your pet to do this activity if they do not feel comfortable doing it. With these few precautions, paddle boarding with your dog can be a unique and memorable experience for both partners.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

How to paddle with your dog?

Paddle boarding is a booming activity, increasingly prized for its natural setting and its ability to offer a physical workout …

•
May 19, 2023
•
Stand Up Paddle, Tutorials

Where can I paddle board?

Where can I paddle board?

Paddle boarding, or stand-up paddle (SUP), is a water sport that has been in vogue for several years all over the world. It consists of paddling …

•
May 17, 2023
•
Destinations & Spots, Stand Up Paddle

The most beautiful destinations for paddle boarding with the family

The most beautiful destinations for paddle boarding with the family

Stand up paddle boarding has become the most popular sport of the moment, and for good reason: this activity, which combines the best of surfing and …

•
May 11, 2023
•
Destinations & Spots, Stand Up Paddle

Which paddle board for fishing?

Which paddle board for fishing?

Do you want to practice fishing in a different and more playful way? Paddle boarding is the perfect solution for you! Imagine yourself, slippery…

•
May 9, 2023
•
How to choose your equipment, Stand Up Paddle

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to paddle with your dog? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How do you surf a wave in a wing foil?

emmanuel.d emmanuel.d — Tue, 02 May 2023 08:31:52 +0000

Do you already know how to wing foil and want to take it to the next level? Do you dream of surfing waves by flying on the water, without the board ever touching the water? You’ve come to the right place! In this article, we will explain how to surf a wave in wing foil, giving you advice on the choice of the spot, the position of the wing, the trajectory to follow and the maneuvers to perform. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced athlete, here you will find all the information you need to enjoy this exciting sport to the fullest.

Prerequisites to surf a wave in wing foil

What level of practice to start surfing?

Know how to sail correctly : you have to master the basic principles of wing foiling, speed and direction control, changing tacks, etc. It is also necessary to know the rules of safety and priority on the water.
Know how to master jibes : It is best to know how to do them without losing control or touching the water with the board before trying to surf. Here you will find our illustrated guide that explains how to make a wingfoil jibe, step by step.

If you have these skills, you’re ready to ride a wave in a wing foil! Otherwise, we advise you to practice on a flat and calm body of water before venturing into the waves.

“With a foil like the 1350 Lift, you can surf endlessly on the slightest undulation of more than 20cm. It’s the best way to turn a crappy spot into a dream spot!”

499,90€

Choice of spot for wing foil

The direction and strength of the wind : it is necessary to choose a side shore wind (parallel to the beach) or side on shore (slightly oriented towards the beach), which allows you to sail easily and return to the shore in case of problems. It is important to avoid the offshore wind (which blows out to sea), which makes the return journey difficult and dangerous. The force of the wind should be enough to inflate the wing and make the foil take off, but not so strong that it is not unbalanced. In general, a wind between 10 and 25 knots is recommended.
The size and shape of the waves : you need to choose waves that are adapted to your level and equipment. To start, it is better to opt for small soft and regular waves, which allow you to familiarize yourself with gliding and take-off. To progress, you can head for deeper and faster waves, which offer more sensations and possibilities for maneuvering. Waves that are too big or too breaking should be avoided, as they can be dangerous. You can also easily start in the clapôt and make your first surfs.
The space available : you have to make sure you have enough space to navigate without being hindered or hindered by other practitioners. The rules of priority must be respected.

See all wing foils

How do you surf a wave in a wing foil?

Spot a wave forming and turn around in front of it, or at least sail in the same direction as the wave. You have to stand at a sufficient distance to have time to prepare and position yourself.
Adapt your speed to the speed of the wave to get as close as possible. The goal is to be on it, without being too early or too late. Use the wing to speed up or slow down, pulling or releasing the handles or boom.
Once on the wave, put your wing in a neutral position by taking it by the handle of the leading edge. This allows you to be freer and to really surf. Keep the wing above your head or to the side, depending on the wind.
Adjust your trajectory according to the shape and movement of the wave. Angle the board with your feet and chest, keeping your knees bent and your gaze towards the horizon. You can adapt your speed and direction with the wing, moving it slightly and flexibly.
If you go faster than the wave, you have to go in the direction of the wave at an angle, so as not to overtake it or lose it. If you go slower than the wave, you have to stay perpendicular to the wave, so you don’t get caught or fall.

What equipment to surf in wingfoil?

The “Classic” range

Classic foils have a medium ratio appearance. They are easy to handle and offer good stability and maneuverability. They are ideal for beginners or riders looking to have fun in the waves or make transitions. They are available in several sizes, ranging from 1250 cm2 to 2000 cm. The 1250 is designed for experienced riders or beginners with a very light build (-50 kg).

The “High Aspect” range

High-aspect foils have a high ratio aspect, i.e. a larger span compared to the rope. They are more effective in surfing because they glide longer. They are also more suitable for light winds or soft waves. They are available in several sizes, ranging from 950 cm2 to 2000 cm2.

Front Wing	Surfing Behavior
HA 1350	Hovers infinitely over the slightest ripple. Perfect for chop, small swells and waves under 50 cm. Ultra-efficient pumping. It’s the ultimate kite for wing surfing and foil fun in small conditions. 100% compatible with surf foil.
HA 1190 Lift	Hovers for a very long time and wears a lot. Perfect for chop, small swell and waves under 70cm. Very efficient pumping. 100% compatible with surf foil.
HA 1190 Speed	Glides for a very long time, picks up speed than the 1190 Lift but requires a few more centimeters of wave to plan as much, due to its faster and less load-bearing Speed profile. Perfect for small, medium swells and waves of less than one metre. Very effective pumping when you have a bit of speed. It will be more difficult to restart it in pumping if it loses speed, compared to the Lift version which will be able to start again very easily at low revs. 100% compatible with surf foil.
HA 950	Perfect in swells over 50cm for effortless gliding. You pick up a lot of speed with a lot of control.
Classic 2000	Very powerful, it is the wing that offers the most lift. A big guy will be able to make his first surfs in waves or swells between 20 and 60 cm.
Classic 1750	It’s the perfect wing to start in Wing. It allows average riders to learn how to wingfoil in the best conditions and to make their first surfs with ease.
Classic 1500	It is the perfect wing to start in Wing when you have a small size (-60kg). It allows light riders to learn how to wingfoil in the best conditions and to make their first surfs with ease. 100% compatible with surf foil for tall riders.
Classic 1250	It is the perfect kite to carve and exploit the maximum of waves from 30 to 80cm for an average size (80kg). 100% compatible with surf foil.

Discover all foils

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How do you surf a wave in a wing foil? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Can everyone paddle board?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Wed, 26 Apr 2023 09:36:41 +0000

Whatever your age, morphology or physical condition, paddle boarding is an activity accessible to all! Beginners and experienced skiers alike can take full advantage of this aquatic discipline. The only physical condition required is to be able to swim. Don’t panic about mastery; The balance needed to stand upright on the board is learned over time.

For those who want to strengthen their physical and mental condition, paddle boarding is also an excellent choice. In addition to strengthening muscles, improving balance, coordination and concentration, paddle boarding also offers an experience of relaxation and well-being in the middle of nature, far from the stress of everyday life.

Paddle boarding prerequisites and tips for choosing the right equipment for beginners

Like any water activity, a few prerequisites are necessary before taking to the water:

First of all, it is essential to know how to swim to practice SUP. Although the paddle board is stable and easy to maneuver, it is not impossible to fall into the water. Knowing how to swim allows you to get back on the board in the event of a fall and stay safe on the water.

Then, in terms of equipment, a paddle board, a paddle and a leash – a tether to connect the board to your ankle, are necessary to get started in paddle boarding. We also recommend wearing a life jacket for added safety, especially if you are a beginner or if you are operating in wind or strong current conditions.

Different types of paddle for all profiles

A popular water activity, SUP is available in a variety of shapes and sizes to suit everyone’s needs and desires. Whether you’re a beginner, an intermediate or an expert, you’ll always find a board that suits your level of practice and body type.

For beginners, we recommend a wide board. This type of board offers better stability and makes it easier to learn basic movements. For kids, shorter, lighter boards are also available to help them learn how to stand on a board more easily. The “All around” type boards are perfectly suited for beginners or those who want to practice in calm waters. The stiffness of the board, and therefore, the quality of the board, will influence your progress.

For intermediate riders, opt for faster, narrower, and more streamlined boards for an exciting and dynamic experience. These boards often have features that promote gliding, such as more streamlined shapes, with a pointed nose and longer fins. Touring boards are an excellent choice for these more advanced practices. They will also allow you to be more efficient in your train. So you’ll have to make less effort to cover more distance.

The more experienced will need more efficient and longer boards. They will be perfectly suited to explore the most extreme environments, to engage in more technical maneuvers to work your cardio even more effectively.

See all paddle boards

Safety rules to follow for safe paddle boarding

To fully enjoy paddle boarding with complete peace of mind, safety is key. Here are some tips to consider to ensure a safe practice:

Wear a life jacket if you don’t feel comfortable in the water.
Use a leash to keep the board close in case of a fall.
Check weather conditions and forecasts for wind, thunderstorms, rain, waves, and currents before venturing out on the water. Make sure the conditions are favourable for paddle boarding.
Avoid high-risk areas such as swimming areas, areas with a lot of current, boating areas, fishing areas or areas where visibility is limited.
Practice in a group, especially if you are a beginner, or if you are navigating in unfamiliar areas.
Know your limits and don’t take unnecessary risks.
Check the weather forecast before you go. If you are a beginner, for example, start on calm waters and work your way up slowly.

At Sroka, we offer a wide range of paddle boards so that everyone can find the model that best suits their practice. Whether you want to go for a ride, tour, run or paddle surf, we have the right paddle for you. To find out more about the usefulness of the different boards, find our article Which inflatable paddle to choose according to the practice. Don’t wait any longer to learn paddle boarding and enjoy a pleasant experience on the water while taking care of your body.

In short

SUP is first and foremost a fun and friendly sport accessible to all. All you have to do is learn the practice to enjoy the benefits of this nautical discipline. Regular practice helps improve your strength, endurance, and flexibility. Regardless of your experience, it is still important to choose a board that suits your body type and your level of practice. Once you’ve chosen your board, you’ll be able to hit the water with peace of mind.

In addition, paddle boarding is a safe and low-risk sport if you practice on a flat and calm body of water. Unlike other water sports, paddle boarding is gentle on the joints and does not cause bodily trauma.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Can everyone paddle board? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to transport your paddle in the car?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Tue, 18 Apr 2023 14:35:16 +0000

Transporting your inflatable SUP by car can be a practical and effective solution to access bodies of water, especially if you can’t get around on foot or if you don’t want to deflate and reinflate your board. Although the inflatable paddle board is simpler to transport in the car than a rigid paddle board, it is essential to take steps to maximize safety during transport, to protect your equipment from damage and avoid accidents on the road. Find out here all our tips for transporting your SUP efficiently.

Step 1: Choose the right transport equipment

Transporting your inflatable paddle board in a car requires adequate transport equipment to ensure its safety. Here are a few things to consider when choosing the right gear to transport your board.

First of all, it’s important to choose a roof rack that is suitable for your vehicle. Make sure it can carry the weight of your board and is compatible with the fasteners you use.
Roof racks are also a very good choice for transporting your board. They are easy to install and can be adjusted to fit different sizes.

Choose the right fasteners to keep your board in place. Straps are the most common fasteners and are usually included with roof racks and roof racks. They should be sturdy enough to support the weight of your board and securely attached.

There are also board mounts specifically designed for inflatable paddle boards. These racks are usually equipped with protective foams to protect your board from damage during transport. Some racks can also be used inside your vehicle, a handy option if you don’t want to leave your board outside.

Don’t forget to take into account the dimensions of your board when choosing the transport equipment. It’s also important to make sure that the stand you choose is perfectly suited to the size of your board.

Step 2: Attach the inflatable paddle board to the roof of the car

To transport your board without deflating it, you can either slide your SUP inside the passenger compartment, lowering the rear seats, if your vehicle allows it, or on the roof of the vehicle.

The most convenient method is on the roof installation. To do this, simply install the racks or hardtop racks on the roof of your vehicle, then place the protective foams there to absorb the shocks. Then place your board on your setup, with the fins facing up, then pass the straps around your board and attach them securely to the roof racks. Tighten the straps slightly to hold your board in place, without the risk of damaging the board. Make sure your board is secure before you hit the road.

Step 3: Check the stability of the load during transport

Transporting your inflatable paddle board in the car requires a regular check of the stability of the load to avoid any risk of accidents on the road. Once your board is installed and attached, check that your board is no longer moving by performing a test in a safe place. If the board moves or you hear a rattling noise, it may indicate that the board is not secured properly. In this case, tighten the straps.

See all inflatable paddle boards

On long distances, it is recommended to take a break every 2 hours to check the condition of your equipment. Also be vigilant about weather conditions: strong and crosswinds can cause excessive movement and vibration on your paddle, and compromise its stability. If this happens to you, reduce your speed and stay safe.

In short

To ensure optimal and safe transport of your paddle, here are our tips:

Make sure that your paddle is properly inflated, at the risk of damaging the structure or fins of your board,
Your board must be proportionate to the size of your vehicle. A board that is too long can affect the stability of your car,
It is important to distribute the weight of your load well. Avoid placing other heavy objects on the roof of the car, especially on the side away from the board, in order to avoid imbalances while driving,
Use a cover to protect your board from scratches or weather,
Be aware of road obstacles (low bridges, tunnels, parking garages, sharp curves, etc.)
To protect your board from theft, you can put a third strap around the board or use a suitable lock.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to transport your paddle in the car? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

All our tips to start the dockstart in surf foil

emmanuel.d emmanuel.d — Fri, 14 Apr 2023 11:33:20 +0000

“It’s not for us old people, it’s for young people who have a sense of peach and a sense of balance” You can hear this type of argument on the beaches. This is totally false. In this article, we’ll give you all the steps and information you need to get started with dockstart. We will talk about the equipment needed to begin, progress or perform by addressing the different techniques. Starting in dockstart requires a lot of repetition to get through the difficulties of the start. But you will find it a great way to train when the wind is not present to wing foil.

How to learn pumping faster?

What is dockstart?

Have you heard of the dockstart? It’s the thing where you break your jaw from the pontoon on your foil, pretending to be athletes, and where you try to stay in the air squirming like worms. It’s fun, eco-friendly and good for losing your mind. You don’t need wind, wave or kite to foil. Just good gear, a light board and a spot with a pontoon and deep water. The dockstart is a hassle at first, but it can be learned. And it’s the foot to progress in pumping and prepare for surf foiling. It’s a great way to let off steam in a short time. Muscle strengthening guaranteed!

How do I start dockstart in foiling?

https://srokacompany.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/pumping-leo-depart2.m4v

1 – Choose a suitable pontoon or dock

To have a successful foiling dockstart, it is important to choose a pontoon or dock that is wide and stable enough to allow you to race with the board in your hands. Avoid pontoons or docks that are too narrow or unstable as they could throw you off balance. Preferably choose a floating pontoon where your front fender will be able to pass under the dock and not get in the way while running. A pontoon between 30 and 60cm in height from the surface of the water is perfect. The height of the mast will need to be adapted to the height of the pontoon. A high pontoon will require more mast height, a low pontoon may allow you to use a shorter mast.

2 – Generate speed by running

To achieve a successful foiling dockstart, you need to generate speed by running on the pontoon or dock with the board in your hands (hold the board by the rails) and position the foil slightly underwater. Try to run as fast as possible while keeping your balance. In general, the smaller your foil, the more speed you will need to gain. Some large foils like our 2000 HA require almost no speed to start, our riders even manage to start without momentum. So adapt your movement speed to the power and surface area of your front wing.

Once you’ve generated enough speed while running, it’s time to jump on the board. To do this, let go of the front rail of the board to rest your front hand on the surface of the board, and jump on it by landing with your feet well positioned. You can use the position of your hands to position your feet as close as possible to the ideal position.

The position of the feet is very important, as a bad placement is difficult to make up. It’s up to you to define your optimal position. Usually on a small board, the stern foot is right above the mast and the forefoot is just behind the front hand which is positioned on the deck.

Video foil: 2000 HA

https://srokacompany.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/foil-leo-pumping-2000-plane.m4v

Video foil: 2000 HA

4 – Stay in the air

Once you’re well positioned on the board, it’s time to start pumping and gliding for as long as possible. To do this, continue to generate speed with the pumping and make your foil oscillate downwards and then lighten your support so that the foil goes up. Ideally, it’s not just the legs that work, you have to be able to transmit energy to the foil by using the whole mass of your body with the help of the imbalance.

Keep your gaze fixed forward and try to keep your center of gravity above the board in the air.

Flying as high as possible will reduce the drag in foil and therefore allow you to fly longer with the minimum effort.

The movement of the arms when pumping: at the beginning, you can use your arms to lighten up, it also allows you to give a frequency, a pumping rhythm. As your level progresses, the use of the arms is less necessary.

By following these steps and practicing regularly, you should be able to master the foil dockstart technique and take off quickly and easily from any pontoon or dock.

Little extras to remember:

Check that there is no nozzle or chain under the pontoon to avoid damaging the foil
Avoid constantly bumping your board on the pontoon to preserve your equipment for as long as possible.
When you fall, try to hold your board to prevent it from hitting a boat if you are in a port
Choose a rigid foil that automatically transmits your support to the foil. You’ll be more efficient.

Conseil de Bruno SROKA

Keep your gaze fixed forward and try to be as stable and “straight” as possible when landing. “Straight” means that your center of gravity should be above the board. If you’re too far forward, backward left or right, you’re starting with an imbalance that will be difficult to correct.

Which equipment should I choose to practice dockstarting?

Do you still want to get started with the dockstart? First of all, you have to choose a good gear, otherwise you will struggle. The most important thing is the foil, because it’s what will make you fly or dive.

1 – The choice of foil:

There are different types of foils depending on their aspect ratio, i.e. the ratio between the length and width of the kite. The higher the aspect ratio, the longer the wing with little string. The lower the aspect ratio, the more chord the wing has and the less span it has.

Low/mid aspect foils

Foils with a medium aspect ratio (mid aspect) are the easiest to start with. They are simpler to manage and take off in dockstart. A foil is called a Medium aspect ratio, a foil that has less span and more rope. With this type of foil, itis easy to make up for its starting mistakes thanks to its manoeuvrability, which makes it easy to get them back on the desired axis and a very good power base at low speeds. However, they glide for a shorter time than high-aspect foils (more or less the same size) and will therefore require a higher pumping frequency.

Our best mid aspect kites dedicated to pumping are the classic range wings, especially the 1750 and 2000.

If you take a foil that is too small or too technical, you will probably fail. So you have to accept to take an easy foil that will slide a little less but that will allow you as a beginner to pump for a few seconds to tens of seconds.

High-aspect foils

Foils with high aspect ratio are the most effective because they offer a better glide and glide much longer and easily with less effort. They are made for those who want to make pumping terminals. On the other hand, they are more technical to master at the start and to relaunch after a turn, because of their large wingspan.

Our best HA wings dedicated to pumping are the Lift 1350 and 2000.

The 1350 will be perfectly suited to small people (less than 70 kg) or advanced levels who want to go faster.

The 2000 will be suitable for people over 70 kg or anyone who wants to glide for a long time with less effort.

A wing with a lot of wingspan will give you a lot more glide but will turn slower. So if you are looking for a record in time or distance, we advise you to use this type of front wing with an important aspect ratio.

2- Choosing the height of the mast

The mast in the water generates drag. So if you have a long mast and you want to be very low on the water, then you’ll have a lot of drag. To be efficient in pumping, you have to fly high on the water to have less mast area in the water and thus drag less water. So a mast between 70 and 80 cm seems perfectly suitable. The higher you are on the water, the shallower the foil and therefore the less drag there will be around the mast. This mast height is also determined by the height of the pontoon. If the pontoon is high, then the mast height will need to be increased. If the pontoon is low on the water or if you want to do a beach start then the 70 mast will be recommended.

3- The choice of the length of the fuselage

Pumping is making your foil oscillate up and down.

The length of the fuselage will influence the pumping frequency and consequently the ease of oscillating the foil in the longitudinal axis. The farther away the stabilizer is from the front fin (long fuselage), the more it will stabilize the foil in the longitudinal axis and thus brake oscillation (oscillation will be more difficult). However, for beginners, there will be more time to improve its pumping efficiency.

We have created a special pumping fuselage where the mast is set back 3 cm compared to other SROKA fuselages. This allows for a better distribution of support on the back and front leg and thus optimizes flight time.

A shorter fuselage will facilitate oscillations and on the other hand it will be less stable but more playful.

So depending on your level, you can make your pumping foil easier or more playful.

4- The stabilizer

By definition, the stabilizer is there to stabilize and restore some lift on the foil.

A large stabilizer will make it easier to pump at the start, slowing down the foil a little and giving more support to the foil. But it will block the oscillation of the foil a little more and slow down your foil a little more.

A smaller stabilizer will increase the glide of the foil and stabilize the foil less. Therefore, it will make the foil easier to oscillate. It will require more finesse in the supports and will therefore be more technical. (recommended for good riders).

We have developed a stabilizer in 290 cm HA with a high aspect ratio. It allows you to fly for a long time with less effort. However, it will cause the foil to slow down.

The goal of pumping is to fly the longest and/or travel the longest distance. Therefore, speed requires a lot of speed so will not allow you to fly for very long. In order to start pumping or to fly for a very long time, we advise you to take a larger stabilizer (the 290 HA).

See the S foil 2000 L HA

See the S foil Classic 2000

5- The choice of the board

For pumping, choose a board that is light, compact, strong, and stiff. Stiffness is the key to sending energy into the foil. Otherwise, you will pump in the vacuum (the board will deform and tire you out for nothing. A compact board smaller than 4’0 is more conducive to efficient pumping.

5-1 What is the volume of board to dockstart?

A low volume is recommended. You can use your foil surfboard, but volume is not necessary. The less volume there is, the easier it will be to pump. A volume around 14-17 L is a good alternative.

5-2 What length of board to dockstart?

A board that is too big will be penalizing compared to a board that is too small. In dock start you don’t need a long board. If you go for the 4’0 pocket (125 cm) or the mini pocket 3’3 (97 cm) you will have the two most interesting options for you. Beginners will opt for the slightly larger board. It will give more ease and space to position yourself on it. The Mini pocket will be more for demanding riders, wanting a more compact and light board.

See the mini pocket 3’3 and the pocket 4’0

https://srokacompany.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/1350L-2.m4v

What is the best spot to start the dock start?

The pontoon, the best option to start.

Dock start is a sport that can be practiced almost anywhere. No need for special conditions. All you need is a place to go and your equipment.

The pontoon is ideally the best place to start in a Start dock. It is stable, easy to find and allows you to easily get back on the pontoon after each attempt. Ideally, you should find a pontoon with a little length that will allow you to gain speed. Pay attention to obstacles in the water: tips, buoys or others. If you use a wing with a lot of wingspan, it can be penalizing and lead to a fall.

To find the perfect pontoon near you, use google earth or google map, this will allow you to find the best option for you.

The ladder plant in the sand, or start from the beach for good practitioners.

If you don’t have a pontoon near where you are, you can create your “pontoon” using a folding ladder that is positioned in the water. This opens up the field of possibilities to infinity, however you will have to perfect your technique to succeed in starting with the minimum momentum.

So practice on the pontoon to reduce the race distance to be able to leave without momentum.

The second option is to start from the beach, it’s called the beach start. If you opt for this choice, go for a mast around 70 cm and ideally a beach that plunges quickly into depth. This will prevent your foil from hitting the sand all the time.

https://youtu.be/A0gZB4yg3W8?si=XTqFXlSWNcqyk8Zp

All dokstart hardware

Starting with the dockstart isn’t the easiest. If you practice wingfoil, we advise you to get used to pumping by holding the sail by the front handle (in freefly mode) and trying to pump as much as possible to stay in the air. You can do the same in
wakefoil
by gaining speed behind the boat and then letting go of the rudder pedals. Surf foil is also a good method but it requires mastering the take-off, which is not an easy task for a beginner.

Pumping is a very good alternative when there is no wind on our spots.

What are the benefits of dockstart?

Dockstart and pumping aren’t just for fun, they’re also for good. Here’s why:

A good pumping technique will allow you to take off earlier in the wing. You can also avoid a few falls when you go into a slack, by pumping the time to regain air.
It’s useful for connecting waves in surf foil or for flying free fly in wing foil.
This strengthens the cardio and muscles of the legs, back, and abdominals. You will use the leg muscles to give impulses to the foil, the back muscles to maintain posture and the abdominal muscles to stabilize the torso. It also works the cardio because you have to make a constant effort to move forward.
It’s a perfect solution for training when the wind isn’t present. Very playful when you got past the beginnings. One can easily create an emulation between friends.
The main advantage is the small amount of equipment needed. All you need is a foil and a board.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article All our tips to start the dockstart in surf foil est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

What is the tide for paddle boarding?

emmanuel.d emmanuel.d — Wed, 12 Apr 2023 09:29:53 +0000

Paddle boarding is an increasingly popular water activity, which involves paddling standing up on a board. To get the most out of this activity, choosing the right tide can be useful! This is because the tides have a significant influence on sailing conditions, wave heights and currents. In this article, we will explore the different types of tides and their characteristics for paddle boarding. We’ll also look at how to choose the right tide for your paddle level and goals, as well as the importance of checking tide forecasts and weather conditions. By choosing the right tide, you will be able to fully enjoy your paddle boarding experience and sail safely.

I – Understanding the tidal phenomenon

As paddle enthusiasts, we know that the tide can be the difference between a successful paddle session and a disappointing one. At Sroka, we are committed to helping you maximize your paddleboarding experience by understanding the characteristics of different tides. Here’s a look at what each type of tide can offer for paddle boarding:

Good to know : Tides are caused by the gravitational interaction between the Earth, the Moon, and the Sun. High and low tides occur twice a day. Rising and falling tides occur twice per tidal cycle. A tidal cycle lasts about 12 hours and 25 minutes.

High tide occurs when the Moon’s gravity pulls water towards it, creating an increase in sea height. This can create ideal conditions for paddle boarding, as the water is deeper and the waves can be more powerful. However, strong currents can make navigation more difficult, which can be dangerous for beginners.
Conversely, low tide occurs when the lunar and solar pull on the ocean is at its minimum. Although the waves are gentler and easier to navigate, the shallow water depth can make it difficult to launch the board, often requiring a bit of walking to reach the water.

It is also important to note that tides can be influenced by other factors such as winds, atmospheric pressure, and water temperature, which can create variations in sailing conditions. Therefore, it is recommended that you check the tide forecast and weather conditions before planning your next paddle boarding session.

II – The differences between the tides

When paddling, it is essential to take into account the tides for an optimal gliding experience. Not all tides are the same and their intensity depends on the positioning of the moon and sun.

The top of the ripple corresponds to the high tide and vice versa. The time of the tides can be read by the graduated horizontal axis, located below the curve. The red dot is used to locate the tide in real time.

There are three types of tides: low tides, between 30 and 60 coefficients, medium tides, between 61 and 85, and high tides, when the coefficient is greater than 86 to 120. The amount of water displaced by a low tide is not the same as that of a high tide.

Check tide times near you

The regions sensitive to the tides are mainly Normandy and Brittany, where their influence is very strong, while the further down you go to the south of France, the less important they are.

For paddle enthusiasts, it is important to know that the influence of the tides is felt most in an estuary or at the exit of a river, or in roadsteads such as Brest (Brittany). If you go paddle boarding near the gully in Brest, the place where the opposite bank of the harbour is closest, the concentration of the current is maximum, especially with high tidal coefficients.

III – The influence of the tides on the body of water

Tides have an influence on wave conditions as they change the depth of the water and the relief of the seabed. Depending on the tide, the waves can be more or less hollow, more or less powerful, more or less fast or more or less breaking. The influence of the tides on the waves also depends on the spot, i.e. the place where surfing or paddle boarding.

For example, at low tide, the waves can be deeper and more powerful, as they encounter less resistance from the seafloor. But they can also be more dangerous, as they can break on rocks or outcropping reefs. At high tide, the waves can be softer and slower, as they are cushioned by the depth of the water. But they can also be easier to surf, as they offer a wider, more even surface.

There isn’t always a general rule of thumb for choosing the best tide for surfing or paddleboarding. It is necessary to find out about the local conditions of the spot, taking into account the wind, the current, the swell and the tidal coefficient. It is also necessary to respect the swimming and surfing areas, and to bring suitable equipment.

IV – Paddle surfing, paddle walking, paddle yoga: choosing the right tide

Paddle boarding, or stand-up paddleboarding, is a water activity that can be practiced in a variety of ways. Some of the most common include paddle surfing, paddle boarding, and paddle yoga. Each of these practices requires a specific tide for a quality experience. If you are looking for which paddle to choose according to your practice, your level or your size, read our dedicated article.

Paddle surfing involves surfing the waves with a board and paddle. To practice paddle surfing, you have to choose the tide according to the spot you want to surf, because the waves are not the same at high tide or low tide. You also have to pay attention to the wind and swell, which influence the formation and power of the waves. Swimming and surfing areas must be respected, and we advise you to check local conditions with local practitioners before setting off. Big waves should be avoided, as an inflatable paddle board is not suitable for this kind of conditions.

Taking a paddle ride is a calmer activity that involves navigating calm waters, such as lakes, rivers, or bays. For this practice, it is advisable to choose a low tide coefficient. In general, this results in calmer waters and easier navigation. With low coefficients, you also reduce the risk of being confronted with strong currents, which can be dangerous for a paddle board.

When it comes to paddle yoga, it is a practice that involves doing yoga on a paddle board. For this activity, you should choose a calm body of water, without wind or waves. You can practice it on an inflatable paddle board or on a rigid paddle board. The tide doesn’t matter as long as the body of water is stable and comfortable. You should also avoid areas that are too crowded or too exposed to the wind.

How to choose your inflatable paddle board?

Note that each beach and location has its own specific tide conditions . It is therefore crucial to consult the tide forecast and weather conditions to determine the tide that is best suited to your level and your paddle boarding objectives. Strong winds and big swells can make conditions difficult for even the most experienced.
At Sroka, we are passionate about paddle boarding and we are committed to helping paddlers of all levels enjoy every session safely. Don’t hesitate to contact us for advice on our boards and equipment!

We know that choosing the right tide is essential to ensure a successful and safe paddleboarding experience. We also highlighted the characteristics of the tides for paddleboarding and gave tips on choosing the tide that best suits your level and goals.

Paddle boarding is an exciting activity that can be enjoyed by everyone, from beginner to advanced. However, this requires some knowledge of the tidal conditions and weather to ensure an enjoyable and safe paddleboarding experience.

We encourage all paddlers to take the time to choose the right tide for their level, and to check the weather conditions before each paddle session. At Sroka, we pride ourselves on providing the most reliable and high-quality paddle boarding equipment to help paddlers of all levels achieve their goals and have an unforgettable experience on the water.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Articles you may be interested in:

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article What is the tide for paddle boarding? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How do you get back on a paddle after a fall?

emmanuel.d emmanuel.d — Wed, 29 Mar 2023 13:48:10 +0000

Water activities are on the rise, and stand up paddle boarding is no exception to the rule. However, falling off your paddle board is a fairly common situation, especially for beginners. That’s why it’s important to know how to get back on your paddle safely after a fall.

To ensure that you can fully enjoy your paddling experience safely and confidently, we are going to reveal the different techniques and tips to get back on your paddle after a fall, avoid falls and improve your stability on the board.

I. Know the equipment needed

First of all, before talking about the techniques to get back on a paddle, it is important to know the equipment needed to paddle safely. The basic equipment for indulging in this water sport are boarding, paddling and leashing.

The paddle board must be adapted to your level, your weight and your practice. There are several types of paddle boards, including inflatable boards and rigid boards. Inflatable boards are practical, as they are lightweight, easy to transport and store, while choosing a rigid model will allow you to have an incomparable gliding sensation while having increased performance.

The paddle must also be adapted to your practice. It must be the right size, have an ergonomic handle and a suitable blade. Carbon paddles are lighter, but more expensive, while aluminum paddles are heavier, more affordable, and more resistant to impact.

It is important to choose the right equipment to practice paddle boarding in complete safety. Quality equipment adapted to your level and your practice will allow you to practice in good conditions. It is therefore advisable to seek information from professionals and not hesitate to invest in quality equipment. In addition, quality equipment will last longer over time.

Finally, it is essential to maintain your equipment well, the inflatable boards must be deflated and stored in their carrying bag. If they are not used for a long period of time, such as during the winter period, they should be dried thoroughly before storage.

II. The different techniques for getting back on a paddle board

Falling off your paddle board is common, especially for beginners. That’s why it’s important to know the different techniques to get back on your board safely.

There are several reasons why beginners often fall off their paddle boards. One of them is that the body of water can be choppy, with waves that can throw the paddle out of balance. In addition, choosing a paddle board that is not adapted to your level or inexpensive can also cause frequent falls, as low-cost paddles often have a reduced width to reduce costs.

Here are the main techniques for getting back on a paddle after a fall:

The Backing Plank Technique
: this technique consists of positioning yourself next to the board, perpendicular to it. Then, place your hands on the board, on the opposite side of the rail, and then pull yourself up onto the board by pulling on your arms. This technique allows you to get on the board efficiently while minimizing the risk of falling. Slide your legs across the board, keeping your body resting on the water. Once the legs are on the board, simply get on your knees and then get back on the board in a standing position.
If you have a foot, an effective technique to get on the board is to push your legs while already having your arms on the board. Then, simply lean on your arms to position your knees on the board, before standing up. In case the water is shallow, another option is to proceed in the same way, but by placing your feet directly on the board instead of your knees.
In the extreme case, if you are unable to get back on the board, it is advisable to ask a friend for help to lift yourself up and onto the board or to hold the board while you get back on it. It’s important to stay close to the beach, where you have a foothold, to make sure you can get back in if you can’t get back on the board.

It is important to choose the technique that best suits your level. When in doubt, don’t hesitate to seek help from a professional or an experienced friend.

Also check out our complete step-by-step guide to turn on a paddle board

See all our inflatable paddle boards for beginners

III. Tips to avoid falls

Falling off your paddle board can be perceived as a fun experience, but it can also be very dangerous and lead to injury. Indeed, when there is not much depth, it is possible to twist your ankle or hit a rock. Here are our tips to avoid falls on your paddle:

Posture on the paddle : to avoid falls, it is important to be well positioned on the board. The ideal posture is to keep your feet parallel, shoulder-width apart and perpendicular to the board, your knees slightly bent and your back straight.
The importance of positioning your body correctly : one of the keys to maintaining balance on your paddle is to position your body correctly. It is advisable to keep your body weight above your supports, close to the center of the board, avoiding leaning excessively to one side or the other. This will allow you to better control the paddle and prevent falls.
In order to progress in the practice of paddle boarding, it is recommended to choose a body of water that is as flat as possible and preferably without wind, to facilitate adaptation and progression. Indeed, the rougher the body of water, the more difficult it will be to maintain an upright and balanced position. It is also advisable to wear clothing that is suitable for the weather conditions, in order to feel comfortable in the water. For people who are less comfortable in the water, it may be helpful to wear a buoyancy aid.

In short

By following our advice, you can reduce the risk of falling on your paddle and enjoy your practice safely.

Falling off your paddle board is a situation that can happen at any time. It is therefore important to know how to get back on your board safely to avoid injuries.
With a little practice and patience, you will quickly master the techniques to get back on your board and enjoy this water activity to the fullest.

Discover SROKA inflatable paddle boards for beginners

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wingfoil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur l’eau …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How do you get back on a paddle after a fall? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to tack / tack in Wingfoil?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Thu, 09 Mar 2023 08:13:07 +0000

How to tack in a Wingfoil? The tack, also called tack in Wing Foil, is a maneuver that allows you to change tack while turning into the wind. It’s the opposite of the jibe where you take ground from the wind. Tacking is quite a technical but very practical action. It allows you to go upwind and therefore gain ground when changing tack, it’s very effective!

In this article, we explain step by step how to tackle in front and backside.

First of all, here is the vocabulary you need to know to understand this article:

Heelside: This is the “normal” navigation position. The heels are facing the wind and the toes are downwind of the board. The weight of the body is therefore oriented towards the wind.
Toeside : This involves navigating by switching the position of the feet with the weight of the body on the toes. This position is often used to change direction or to sail against the wind. The position of the feet is reversed from the normal sailing position. The front foot becomes the back foot and vice versa.

The prerequisites for tacking in a wingfoil

Be comfortable in wingfoil and master the basics : Pulling boards, accelerating, changing direction quickly, being balanced on the board in all conditions, knowing how to jibe, navigating in toeside and switch.

Start with the right equipment: To learn how to tack, you need to be sufficiently canvassed, or even over-steered, in order to have a good speed of movement.

Learning on a calm body of water: Too rough water can create imbalances and make it more difficult to learn how to tack. So choose a body of water that is as flat as possible to learn how to tack.

How do I make a toeside tack (frontside)?

This is the easiest technique. It’s all about having a toside approach, with the torso facing forward and the feet in an inverted position. To make a frontside tack, you have to reverse your feet before starting the manoeuvre.

Step 1: The Approach

To start tacking, you will need to arrive with maximum speed, beaming to windward.
You will then have to get into toeside, i.e. invert your feet on the board. To rotate your feet, we advise you to start by flying low and pushing on your back foot to bring the board back up. This will give you more flight time to rotate feet, it will make it easier to change feet without the board touching the water.

Step 2: Start the transfer

Now that you’re on the toe side, maintain maximum speed and engage the turn by pressing on your toes gradually and continuously. The goal is to tighten the turn more and more without losing too much speed. Your turn will depend not only on your starting speed but also on the front wing of your foil. Indeed, a wing with a strong aspect ratio will force you to make a slightly wider turn, while a fast and more compact wing will allow you to turn tighter.

Step 3: Pass the sail overhead

When you arrive close to the wind axis, or slightly before, push the wing above your head. This step is fundamental to accompany the wing in the change of tack. It is important to position it as high above your head as possible.

In this step, you have to come and grab the front handle with your new front hand. If you don’t lift the sail enough, the wind may push it down and throw you off balance. This is a common mistake.

Step 4: Finish the maneuver

To finish tacking, your back hand must quickly grab the rear handle and then come and tack the wing, regain power and re-accelerate. Wait until you’ve finished your transfer to border. The tack is finished when your board is in the crosswise or slightly upwind direction. As long as you are facing the wind, do not trim the sail. We advise you to keep it open as it may slow you down.

Our tip: Just before letting go of the back hand, push on the rear handle to help your front hand tilt the wing overhead into the wind.

To tack more quickly, the ideal is to anticipate the change of hands and grab the front handle of your wing with your back hand, while staying upwind (i.e. going upwind in relation to the wind). This variant allows you to change hands earlier and thus be able to speed up the passage of the wing over your head. This way, you can go the other way faster. The turn is tighter, the manoeuvre is faster and the loss of speed is less. It still requires very good upper body coordination.

https://srokacompany.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Tack-frontside.m4v

Practice doing a tack toeside

We advise you to start by practicing toeside on the same edge. Repeat this training step several times in order to integrate the coordination at the level of the feet.

Then, let yourself glide on the foil without leaning on the kite in the toesid position. To do this, put your wing above your head and let go of the back hand. Then slide until you touch the water. We advise you to repeat this exercise several times in order to assimilate it well. The goal is to be well balanced on your footing and your board in the toeside position, without using the kite as a support or as a “crutch”. The body must remain straight above the foil axis.

Once you are comfortable with the first stage, reposition yourself in toeside and then lean on the tips of your feet to head towards the axis of the wind. Your gaze should follow the movement. By looking in the direction you want to go, you will have more balance and the maneuver will seem easier. Repeat this third step until you go beyond the wind axis and manage to go back in the other direction. By picking up a little more speed, you’ll be able to stay in the air and start making 3/4 of your turn in the air.

With a little practice, these three points will seem easy and you can start making your tacks by following the four steps outlined above.
To practice, you can also try all these maneuvers on the beach while walking or on a skateboard for example. This will allow you to better understand the different hand positions and the actions to perform with your sail to tack in wingfoil.

The key to success? Sailing speed, speed of execution (especially in the wing tack change) and constant curve.

How do I make a backside tack?

This turn is a little more technical because you have to be able to twist the upper body while having an excellent speed of execution with a good precision of support. In this technique you will start heelside, i.e. with your good foot at the front (“normal” navigation). You will finish your turn in toeside, with the weight of your body moving on the front leg. It’s a bit more complicated than a frontside tack, but with a little practice anything is possible!

Step 1: The Turn

You have to approach the turn with more speed compared to a frontside tack. This way, you will maximize the flight time and pass this maneuver more easily. If there is not enough wind, you can lower slightly to gain more speed in order to achieve this first stage and suddenly go upwind.

The turn begins by pressing on the heels and leaning your body towards the inside of the turn. You have to press on your heels for a large part of the turn, until you have passed the position facing the wind. Then, you will have to rebalance the pressure on your tiptoes in order to stay balanced on the board, otherwise you risk falling backwards.

Step 2: Swap your wing

Unlike the frontside tack, here you have to go past the upwind position before swapping your wing. You have to make the most of the curve before sending the wing towards the “windward” as quickly as possible. The passage of the wing over the other tack is done over the head in a rapid manner.
Then, the overhead pass is done with the hand before starting, unlike the frontside tack. It is only once the wing has passed to the other side that one can change hands. The back hand takes the front handle as quickly as possible and the front hand becomes the back hand by taking the back handle.

When you think you have enough speed, you can swap your feet on the board.

https://srokacompany.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Tack-backside.m4v

Important tip: most riders sail with the front hand facing the palm up, which is fine, but to tack in a wingfoil we strongly advise you to orient your hand downwards. This will make it easier for the wing to pass overhead.

The key to success?

Tackle this transfer with a lot of speed
Be very precise on your footing, especially in the transfer of weight/heel to weight/toe of the toe.
Wait until you pass the windward face to switch hands on the wing.
Speed of hand transfer.

What is the best foil to land a tack?

The advantages of a high aspect foil kite: A front wing with a high aspect ratio will have better flight finesse, so you will glide longer once the canopy is no longer pulling. This will give you more time to complete your manoeuvre.

The advantages of mid and low aspect foil kites: A front wing like our range of classic foils will be just as suitable for learning tacking. Indeed, their more compact shapes will offer more maneuverability. You’ll carve more easily.

In short

Choose a calm body of water.
Check that you are not getting in anyone’s way before engaging your tack (look behind you, upwind, before you start).
Engage your tack with enough speed so that you have more time in the air.
Raise your kite well above your head to prevent the wind from pushing it downwards and towards you (risk of the sail inflating against it).
Keep your wingfoil kite open until the transfer is complete. You don’t want to overdo it with the back hand.
Don’t tuck your sail too early. You have to wait until you’re in the final direction to generate power.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to tack / tack in Wingfoil? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Our tips for preparing your wing foil

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Fri, 17 Feb 2023 13:39:18 +0000

When preparing your wing foil for a sailing session, it is important to check its condition to ensure optimal performance and maximum safety. Here are our step-by-step tips for successful preparation.

Step 1: Checking the Condition of the Wing

Preparing your Wing Foil wing is nothing complicated, you just have to pay attention to a few points. First of all, before setting sail, it is important to carry out a visual inspection of your kite. The goal is to ensure that there are no defects like cuts or tears in the fabric. It can also be scratches on the leading or trailing edge. If you notice any damage, it is highly recommended that you do not use the wing until it is repaired.

We then advise you to test the air pressure in the wing. To do this, use the pressure gauge on your pump. Make sure the pressure is within the manufacturer’s specifications. For our Wing V3, we recommend inflating between 6 and 8 PSI (not to be confused with 6 and 8 bar… if it happens). If the pressure is insufficient, add air until it is correct. If the pressure is excessive, do not go into the water and release some air to reach the recommended pressure.

Step 2: Cleaning the Wing

For optimal cleaning of your wing foil, you will only need fresh water. It may be hard to believe, but the best way to clean your wing is to rinse it well with soft, clear water. Start by inflating your kite (or not deflating it after the session) and run the fresh water over it in order to get the sand and seawater out.
You can rinse your kite after each session to maximize its lifespan. It’s not mandatory but it’s still highly recommended if you don’t plan to use it for a long time.

Step 3: Storing the Wing

It is highly recommended to store your wing foil kite in a cool, dry place. To ensure that your wing lasts as long as possible, it is essential to avoid damp places. Moisture can cause the fabric to become mouldy.

If you are storing your kite for a long time, we advise you to make sure that it is dry and folded properly. In order for the wing to be properly folded, it is necessary to make sure that there is no pressure point that could weaken or damage it. Be careful, as with kite surfing kites, you should not bend your wing in the same way every time. Indeed, bending too much could weaken your spinnaker.
One last piece of advice? Store your wing high up if you don’t want rodents to pass by.

Everything you need to know about how to maintain your wing foil wings

Common mistakes to avoid:

Leave your wing in the sun: the spinnaker of a wingfoil or kitesurfing kite is sensitive to UV rays. This is why it is strongly advised not to leave them exposed to the sun when you are not going into the water.
Rub your wing foil kite to remove the sand: by rubbing your kite to remove the sand, it will rip off the kite and deteriorate the protective layer that covers the fabric.
Exposing your wing to heat for too long: heat increases the pressure in the flange of your kite, if you leave it in direct sunlight or in a very hot place, you risk seeing your wing explode.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Our tips for preparing your wing foil est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

What weather conditions should I use for wing foiling?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Tue, 14 Feb 2023 13:00:08 +0000

There are several weather factors to take into account to practice Wing Foil in the best conditions. Here we will see what these factors are and what are the tools to analyze them.

Step 1: Checking the Condition of the Wing

Important Weather Factors for Wing Foil

The height of the waves

Wind speed and direction : the wind is the main source of energy for wing foil, so it is important to know its speed and direction to choose the right spot
Wave height : The height of the waves varies depending on the weather conditions. High waves can naturally make wing foiling more difficult, or even dangerous if you are not experienced enough.
Swell direction : Swell direction affects your stability and wave quality for surf foil. It is better to choose a swell that arrives on the spot in a regular and stable way.
Temperature : Temperature is an important factor for your wingfoil equipment. You have to be careful with the heat. If you leave your board in direct sunlight, the pressure inside may rise and damage it. To avoid this, you should slightly unscrew the pressure relief screw when the board is going to be exposed to heat for a long time. Be careful, however, to remember to screw it back on before going into the water!

The ideal conditions to start Wing Foil

Wind speed

For beginners in Wing Foil, the recommended wind speed is between 13 and 15 knots. Starting wingfoil with 13 knots will make it difficult for you to take off, especially if you are a tall guy. However, this will allow you to get your bearings on the board and move forward on the water quietly, without risk. Once you are comfortable with the support of the kite and the board, you will be able to go for a little stronger wind. A wind speed of 15 knots is ideal to be able to fly.

Wind direction

In order to start wingfoil in the best conditions, we advise you to choose a day when the wind blows in the same direction, constantly. This will allow you to focus on learning the basics of wing foil without being disturbed by changes in strength or wind direction. The direction of the wind also influences the quality of the body of water.

The different wind directions:

Offshore and Side Off : An offshore wind, i.e. one that comes from the land to the sea, should be avoided at all costs if you are a beginner. It’s dangerous because, if you’re in trouble and you don’t know how to go upwind yet, it will take you out to sea.
Onshore : a completely onshore wind is not ideal either (straight from the sea to the beach). It’s a reassuring but annoying wind to start with. The start will be difficult and you will be pushed towards the beach all the time.
Sideshore and iffrom on : These are the best wind directions to start with! Here the wind blows diagonally, from the sea to the beach (Side on) or sideshore. These are the optimal directions to start with. They are reassuring but also ideal for having fun and progressing easily.

The height of the waves

To start Wing Foil, we advise you to choose the flattest body of water possible. The best option is to learn on a lake. Indeed, a flat body of water allows you to concentrate 100% on learning basic techniques and maneuvers without being unbalanced by the waves. However, it is important to know that on inland bodies of water such as lakes, the wind is often gustier.

How to predict the weather conditions for Wing Foil?

Weather conditions are not an exact science, you have to keep in mind that the weather can change very quickly. However, to plan your Wingfoil, surfing or kite sessions, many apps offer fairly reliable forecasts for 1 or 2 days:

Wind Forecasting Websites & Apps : If you’re sailing at sea, there are sites like Windguru or Marine Weather which will provide you with forecasts on wind, swell, tide, temperature.. These sites, also available as an app, are very useful for estimating the weather conditions of a Wing Foil spot.
Live Wind Conditions : Several sites offer free real-time readings to share the wind strength live. This is the case of Windy , for example, which offers an interactive map. To quickly find the weather beacons that give the live wind conditions, you can type in “live [Votre Ville/Spot]wind reading”. Some of these sites, such as Winds-up or Infosvent , offer live readings, but the free version only gives access to readings from the last few hours.
Wave forecast websites : To find out the wave forecasts, you can use sites like Surf report or Surf forecast which are useful for Wing Foil and rather reliable.

Frequently asked questions about the weather conditions for Wing Foil

What is the minimum wind speed required to practice wing foiling?
The minimum wind force for wingfoiling is usually 7 or 8 knots. Nevertheless, it depends on the skills of each person. A beginner in Wing Foil will need a minimum of 13 knots to sail comfortably.

Is there a maximum wind speed beyond which you should not wing foil?
In general, it is strongly discouraged to practice Wing Foil when the wind speed is higher than 30 knots, i.e. about 55 km/h. However, this can vary depending on height, weight, and experience level.

Can air and water temperature influence wing foiling?
Not especially, the temperature of the air and water mainly influences your sailing comfort.

Can rain affect wing foiling?
Sustained rain can only degrade visibility between riders.

Common mistakes to avoid:

A wind speed of between 13 and 15 knots is ideal for beginners in Wingfoil.
Favor Sideshore (Side) and Side On (sea) winds for more safety and easier learning.
Keep in mind that weather conditions are not 100% reliable and may change during the session.
If you are discovering a spot for the first time, whether you are a beginner or an experienced bird, do not hesitate to talk to the regulars to find out more about the particularities of the spot or the optimal conditions for Wing Foil.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article What weather conditions should I use for wing foiling? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

The best spots for wing foil in Marseille

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Thu, 02 Feb 2023 13:57:30 +0000

Marseille is a city renowned for its beautiful beaches and ideal wind conditions for Wing Foil. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced skier, you will find many spots to enjoy your favorite activity. Discover in this article the 7 best Wing Foil spots in Marseille and its surroundings.

La Point Rouge: Marseille’s iconic Wing Foil spot

Have you ever seen a wingfoil spot accessible by public transport? We do! The mythical spot of La Pointe Rouge is located in the heart of Marseille, in the 8th arrondissement. You can get there by taking bus 19 or metro 2. The launch is usually done on the right of the beach of La Pointe Rouge or under the restaurant “La Riviera”.

The prevailing wind on this spot is the Mistral (North-West). It’s also a very good spot with a westerly wind. When conditions are favourable, there are waves to surf the swell and chop to jump. This spot is to be avoided in easterly winds and in north-east and south-east winds for beginners. The swell and offshore wind are likely to take you out to sea.

Wing foil spot north of Marseille: Anse de Tamaris

This superb spot with south-west and south-east winds will take you on a journey. Whether you are a beginner or more experienced, it is a real pleasure to foil on these crystal clear waters. If the wind drops, you can always try your hand at the dockstart thanks to the four pontoons in the port, so it’s a lot of fun! Be careful, however, as this idyllic spot is very popular in summer.

L’Anse de Bonnieu: a wingfoil spot for everyone

Whether you are experienced or not, this spot offers beautiful conditions for all riders. The northwest-facing bay offers a ton of possibilities, with winds from the northwest to the south. Other orientations are not recommended, especially for beginners since they are offshore winds. For the more experienced who like to foil in the waves, a magnificent swell forms if waves are forecast and the wind blows from the southeast. Be careful, in some places of the bay, the depth can become very low. Be preventative and protect your foil by being careful not to scrape the bottom of the water.

Carro: the great Wing Foil spot for experienced skiers

Locatedless than half an hour from Marseille, the spot of Carro is a little paradise that will delight foil lovers. It is located to the west of the small Provençal village of Carro. Above all, it is an ideal wave spot in north-westerly winds. It is also possible to sail in westerly, south-westerly and southeasterly winds. This great wave spot is rather reserved for experienced sailors because, although it offers magnificent sailing conditions, the wind can change quickly and getting into the water is sometimes difficult. Last but not least, in order to avoid any unpleasant surprises, we advise you to wear slippers when sailing.

La Ciotat: wingfoil in one of the most beautiful bays in the world

The Bay of La Ciotat, voted the most beautiful bay in the world in 2019, is an incredible Wingfoil spot. It is less than an hour’s drive from Marseille and offers splendid sessions thanks to a sandy bottom that makes the water turquoise. Launching from the beach is easy, and the winds are steady. The southwesterly wind is the best direction. You can also enjoy this spot in North, North-West or South-East winds if you like waves. The water is shallow, you have to walk a bit to make sure you have enough bottom. The more adventurous can go further afield to enjoy the swell and stunning views of the coast. The only problem is that in the summer it can be difficult to find a parking space.

La Coudoulière: the best wave spot in the region

This spot is a real delight for wave lovers ! It is one of the best in the area, with a strong swell that offers wonderful conditions for navigating the waves. It’s great in northwest winds, the waves rolling down the cliff are great for waveriding and jumping. In south-westerly winds, the waves are smaller and allow for freestyle sessions. However, this spot will be especially suitable for experienced riders. The launch is easy, it is done on the beach of La Coudoulière, after the port. Don’t forget to watch out for the dike and rocks in heavy conditions to avoid injury or damage to your equipment.

Photo credit: ridemylife

L’Almanarre: the body of water that works in all weathers

The spot of the bay of Almanarre, near Marseille, is very popular with lovers of Wing Foil, Kite surfing and Windsurfing. In westerly to northwesterly winds, the waves take over the bay and offer magnificent freeride sessions, jumps or simply to glide from wave to wave. The easterly wind, on the other hand, transforms the spot into a real mirror and offers perfect conditions for speed runs. Be careful, the easterly wind is completely offshore, you have to know how to go upwind. Launching is easy, but in summer specific areas are designated.

Rental, lessons and purchase of Wing Foil in Marseille: The Ridery

If you’re looking to go Wing Foil in Marseille, The Ridery is a great shop. Their team of professionals will welcome you warmly and provide you with advice adapted to your level. You can rent, buy or lease equipment as you wish. If you are a beginner and want to learn how to practice Wing Foil, The Ridery also offers lessons for all levels in some of their shops.

Learn more about The Ridery

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article The best spots for wing foil in Marseille est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Which inflatable paddle board to choose according to the practice?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Mon, 30 Jan 2023 09:28:44 +0000

Increasingly popular with water sports enthusiasts, the inflatable paddle board has many advantages. Lightweight, strong and easy to transport, it is made for those who want to enjoy the water without constraints. However, with the multitude of models available, it can sometimes be difficult to know which inflatable paddle board to choose according to your needs and practice. In this article we offer you a selection of inflatable paddles adapted to different types of practice, in order to help you make the right choice according to your expectations.

Start by identifying your level

First of all, it is essential to determine your level of inflatable paddle boarding and your expectations. Indeed, depending on whether you simply want to go for a walk with your friends, go hiking or surfing, the choice of your paddle will be different. Your level also plays a role in your choice of paddle board. If you are a beginner, you will opt for a stable, versatile and less technical paddle. On the other hand, if you are an experienced paddler or want to improve your skills, you will have to choose an inflatable paddle board focused on performance.

The Different Shapes of Inflatable Paddle Boards

“All-round” or “versatile” boards : they are ideal for beginners or occasional riders because of their stability. They are suitable for any type of practice. However, these boards may be less interesting for surfing or hiking.
Touring or touring boards : these boards are thinner and longer than all-round boards. This way they are faster and more manoeuvrable. These boards are ideal for rides and hikes over longer distances. This is the case, for example, with the Alpha range , which offers exceptional glide. Unlike all-round boards, these will be less stable for beginners.
Inflatable “surf” paddle boards : surf-type boards, such as the Wave 9’5, have a shape that is closer to a rigid surfboard. The front of the board is slimmer and the tail narrower. Thanks to this shape, these inflatable paddles are more manoeuvrable and easier to maneuver.

Which inflatable paddle board to choose according to the different practices?

Versatile SUPs for cruising

Ocean Walker : Ideal for learning to paddle easily at the best price, this lightweight all-round board adapts to all bodies of water. Its rounded nose and square tail easily forgive errors of balance. As you can see, the Ocean Walker is the paddle to choose for beginners who want to walk around with ease and at a lower cost.
Easy : The Easy range offers the best compromise between accessibility, stability and glide. The Easy 10′ and 10’6 are perfect for fun and outings with family or friends. If you are looking for a better glide and want to do longer distances, the Easy 11’6 and 12’6 will make you happy. Indeed, their pointed noses will cut through the water more, which will allow you to make less effort for a better glide.
Malibu : Ultra versatile, Malibu inflatable paddle boards are perfect for cruising. These are the ideal boards for beginner or intermediate riders who want to progress quickly. The versatility of these boards allows you to switch from cruising to surfing or paddle yoga as you see fit. These top-of-the-range boards are very durable over time for optimal use for years.
Girly : The Girly are high-quality inflatable paddle boards with a refined design perfect for rides. The Girly 10′ offers excellent stability for beginners. If you’re looking for a faster board, the Girly 11’6 and Girly 12’6 models feature a thinner nose that allows you to gain glide and cover more distance with less effort.

The ideal inflatable paddle board for hiking and speed hunting

To make the most of your inflatable paddle rides, opt for a model with a pointed nose. These paddles cut through the water more efficiently, allowing you to travel long distances with less energy. For the choice of your paddle, three options are available to you:

If you want to go for sporty walks and hikes at an affordable price, the Easy 12’6 is the one for you. It combines balance, glide and comfort. Its generous volume will delight those who want to go further or over long periods, while enjoying a pleasant glide.
If you’re looking for a top-of-the-range paddle board that’s more capable for touring, the Alpha range is the best option. Indeed, this range has been specially designed to offer a fast and effortless glide. You’ll get a great feeling of speed in just a few strokes of the paddle. The Alpha range is recommended for regular riders who want to achieve better performance.
For those who want a more refined design, without compromising on performance, the Girly 11’6 and 12’6 are ideal. These boards combine lightness and speed, while maintaining excellent maneuverability. With good stability, it is the ideal board to discover new horizons during a beautiful sporty ride.

Easy 12’6

Alpha Range

Girly Range

The Best Inflatable Paddle Board for Surfing

Surfing with an inflatable paddle board is possible! To do this, you need a rounder paddle than a classic paddle in order to have all the manoeuvrability you need to have fun on the wave.
At Sroka we have designed the Wave 9’5 especially for surf enthusiasts who are looking for a quality paddle board. The board is relatively short and the outline rather round to go down the wave with ease. Its reduced thickness gives it a better grip on the water as well as greater stability.
With the Wave 9’5 you will be able to go from surfing to cruising according to your desires, whatever your level. Indeed, the Wave 9’5 has been designed to be a 2-in-1 paddle. This way, there’s no need to have a second paddle for days when the waves aren’t there.

The Wave 9’5 paddle board is the perfect choice for riders looking for a high-quality, durable and versatile inflatable paddle board that can adapt to both surfing and cruising.

Learn more about building the wave

Inflatable paddle boarding for two

Which inflatable paddle board to choose for duo practice? To paddle with two people, you will need a board with enough volume to carry your two weights and allow you to glide easily. For optimal stability, choose a paddle board with a minimum width of 32 inches. At Sroka we have the perfect boards for tandem SUP practice.

Easy DUO 15’9 : The Easy DUO Stand-Up paddle board is ideal for sharing unforgettable moments with loved ones in complete safety. With a width of 34 inches and a length of 15’9 feet, it offers stability and optimal glide. It is equipped with two elastic bands, one at the front and one at the back, to allow you to carry your belongings in a convenient way. Thanks to its raised nose, getting through the chop will be child’s play. Last but not least, the Easy DUO is made of high-quality materials. Enough to support up to 220kg and ensure excellent durability.

U DUO : The DUO is designed to be lightweight and stiff to give you optimal stability while providing excellent glide. Although stable like the Easy DUO, the DUO is stiffer and therefore faster. Its design is specially designed to improve its performance. It is made with the best Dropstich and PVC on the market to offer you gliding sensations similar to those of a rigid board. With its 16 feet in length, 34 inches in width and its great rigidity, it can support up to 320kg.

Which inflatable paddle board to choose for paddle yoga?

Paddle yoga is a burgeoning practice that is both fun and relaxing. To get started in this new activity, we recommend that you choose a stable and comfortable inflatable paddle board. This will allow you to focus on your practice without being disturbed. The Malibu 10 and 10’6 paddles as well as the School 10’3 are very good choices for the practice of paddle yoga. These versatile SUPs are perfect for trying yoga on the water, both stable and extremely strong they will give you beautiful sensations.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Which inflatable paddle board to choose according to the practice? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to hook your gopro on an inflatable paddle board?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Fri, 13 Jan 2023 09:05:47 +0000

Are you a stand up paddle (SUP) enthusiast and want to immortalize your adventures at sea or in the lake? The GoPro is the perfect tool to film your paddle sessions and share your best moments with friends and family. But how do you hook a GoPro on an inflatable paddle board? We explain how to capture your sessions in the best conditions.

Attaching your GoPro to an inflatable paddle board: choosing the right mount

There are many mounting modes to attach your GoPro, however not all of them are suitable for an inflatable paddle. Among the many bindings available, the best one for your inflatable paddle will be the adhesive binding. Practical and reliable, this mount will allow you to get the most out of your GoPro and your paddle.
To be on the safe side, you can use a float or leash that will ensure you don’t lose your GoPro if it falls into the water.

The Benefits of Adhesive GoPro Attachment

Ease of Use : The GoPro is easy to set up, you won’t need any tools.
Weather Resistance : The silicone-based adhesive that is used to attach the bracket is designed to withstand not only water but also heavy conditions.
Discreet and convenient : Once the GoPro is removed, the mount takes up very little space. You can put it on and take it off as you wish.

It’s important to note that you still need to be careful with the attachment of your GoPro. This is because the adhesive loses its adhesion over time and can eventually come off. To avoid this, it is recommended to replace the adhesive fastener approximately every six months.

How to install your GoPro on an inflatable paddle board?

Here are some steps to successfully install your Gopro on your inflatable SUP:

First, inflate your paddle and start by thoroughly cleaning the surface where you want to stick the GoPro. To remove any grease or dirt, use soapy water. It is not recommended to use abrasive products such as acetone or alcohol to clean your inflatable paddle board. Doing so could damage it.
Then, gently peel off the adhesive back of the GoPro and place it on the inflatable paddle board in the desired location. Be careful not to stick your GoPro on an area that bends when you store your paddle. The ideal position is at the front of the paddle, well centred in relation to the sides.
Press down firmly on the adhesive backing to secure it securely to the paddle.
You must let it dry for at least 24 hours before using your paddle or touching the elements of the GoPro. This drying time allows the adhesive to set well and ensures good adhesion.
Once it’s dry, you can hang the GoPro on the paddle by clipping it onto its base.

What videos to make with a GoPro in inflatable stand-up paddleboarding?

There are many ways to film with an inflatable stand-up paddle board in order to create interesting videos. For example, you can film your paddle outing by capturing the landscapes and highlights of your session. The GoPro is also a great way to capture moments spent on the water with friends or family.
If you’re a professional or an avid paddle boarder, you can create workout or demo videos. Show off your techniques, tips or simply share your passion for this activity. Finally, if you participate in inflatable paddle competitions or challenges, you can film your performances and share them with your audience. There are many other ways to film with a GoPro in inflatable stand-up paddleboard, get creative and have fun!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e4mqnLe7erw

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to hook your gopro on an inflatable paddle board? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How do you repair an inflatable paddle board?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Thu, 12 Jan 2023 15:25:20 +0000

The Inflatable paddle boardis a convenient and fun way to glide across the water. However, like any equipment, it can wear out over time, and those, even if it is of good construction. If your inflatable paddle board punctures or is damaged, don’t despair! It is possible to repair your own inflatable paddle with a repair kit and a few simple tools. We explain how to repair your inflatable paddle step by step so that you can enjoy this great activity again with complete peace of mind.

What equipment to repair an inflatable paddle board?

The advantage is that to repair your inflatable SUP you won’t need a lot of equipment. However, it is important to note that if the tear or puncture is too large, you will need to call a professional to repair your inflatable paddle.

Here’s the list of materials you need:

A repair kit for inflatable paddle board: At Sroka you receive a repair kit directly with your paddle when you buy it. If you didn’t have a repair kit, you can find them in sports stores and online shops that specialize in water sports.
Hot water
A little mild soap : Do not use abrasive products such as alcohol or ethanol, as this may weaken the skin of the paddle.
A clean and dry cloth : Make sure that your cloth is not dirty so as not to damage your paddle.
A hair dryer : This is not mandatory but it will heat the patch so that it sticks better.

How to repair your inflatable paddle board: the steps

Step 1 : Start by cleaning the damaged area with mild soap and warm water skin. Then use a clean, dry cloth to dry the area and remove all traces of soap. Make sure the damaged area is dry and free of dust before moving on to the next step.
Step 2 : Remove the protective film from the repair patch. There are two scenarios, if the film is self-adhesive, you will just have to remove the protective film. If the repair patch is not self-adhesive, you will need to apply glue to the back part of the patch before applying it.
Step 3 : Apply the patch to the damaged area. Make sure the patch is centered and completely covers the puncture or tear.
Step 4 : Remove any air bubbles that may have formed under the patch. To do this, you can use a smooth, flat object such as a spatula or a credit card to smooth the patch and remove any air bubbles.
Step 5 : Use a hair dryer to heat the patch slightly. This will help to get it adhered properly. Make sure you don’t overheat it or you risk damaging the paddle. Then allow the patch to cool and cure for about 10-15 minutes. Once dry, your inflatable paddle board should be repaired and ready to use again.

How to change the valve of your inflatable paddle?

Changing the valve of your inflatable paddle board only takes a few minutes. You will only need the key provided in the repair kit and the new valve. Start by completely deflating your paddle and then place your knees on either side of the valve to keep your paddle on the ground. Open the valve and use your wrench to unscrew it. Once the valve is completely unscrewed, it will come off on its own. Then take the new valve and screw it in place of the old one using the wrench. The valve must be properly tightened , but there is no need to tighten too tightly or the valve and wrench will break. It’s already over, your paddle is ready again!

Our tips for properly maintaining your inflatable paddle board

Here are some tips on how to properly maintain your inflatable paddle board to maximize its lifespan:

We advise you to store your inflatable paddle board away from direct sunlight and heat to prevent it from aging prematurely, especially in summer and during heat waves. During hot weather, it is very important not to leave your inflatable paddle in your car, as it may be damaged by the heat.
Even though it may seem logical, don’t drag your paddle board on the beach to put it in the water. To avoid damaging it, carry it to the water without rubbing it on the floor.
Rinse your inflatable paddle board with fresh water as regularly as possible. This step is even more important if you are not going to use it in the next few days. You can also clean it with a clean, damp cloth.
Finally, regularly check the seams and fastening points to prevent possible tears or punctures. If you spot a damaged area, do not return to the water with your paddle and repair it directly by following the steps explained above.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How do you repair an inflatable paddle board? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to practice Windsurfing with an inflatable paddle?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Wed, 11 Jan 2023 10:26:40 +0000

Windsurfing and inflatable paddle boarding are both water sports that are very popular with snow sports and adventure enthusiasts. If you want to start Wind Surfing, it is possible to do so with a Inflatable stand-up paddle board. Inflatable paddle boards are practical, lightweight, easy to carry and accessible to beginners. In this article we explain how to practice Windsurfing with an inflatable paddle board, giving you all the keys to succeed in your first session.

The Advantages of Windsurfing with an Inflatable Paddle Board

Easy to transport and store : the advantage of having an inflatable paddle board is that it is light and space-saving. This makes it easy to transport and store. The board packs into a carrying backpack that takes up very little space in the trunk of a car, which is very convenient for traveling.
Versatility : the inflatable paddle board can be used for different board activities such as windsurfing, kayaking, simply paddle or WingSUP. This makes you a versatile piece of equipment, suitable for several levels, it is the perfect board for the whole family.
Accessibility : The inflatable paddle board is easier to handle than a traditional board. It is highly scalable, making it accessible to beginners.
Durability : A well-constructed inflatable paddle board like the ones we offer at SROKA is more durable and resistant to shocks and scratches than a traditional board. This makes it a long-lasting piece of equipment.

To sum up, windsurfing with an inflatable paddle board offers an accessible, easy to transport, solid and very versatile practice. It is an interesting option for people who want to discover Windsurfing in a simple and practical way.

What are the conditions to start windsurfing with an inflatable paddle?

Windsurfing on an inflatable paddle board is a fun activity that is accessible to everyone. If you’ve never done it before, here are some tips that should help you get to grips with this new discipline with ease:

Choose the right equipment : when you want to practice windsurfing with an inflatable paddle board, you need a board with a mast foot insert and a central fin. You will also need a sail, a mast and a boom. For added safety, you can opt for a life jacket.
Find the right spot : for your first sessions, we advise you to choose a flat body of water, without too many waves and not very crowded.
Don’t miss out on the warm-up : it’s important to warm up to prevent the risk of injury, just like in any other sport. Do some simple stretching and muscle strengthening exercises to prepare your body for the effort.
Start by sailing upwind : to start windsurfing, we advise you to sail upwind, i.e. into the wind. This will give you more control over your board and sail.

The perfect inflatable paddle board for windsurfing: The Windsup

The Windsup is without a doubt the ideal board to have fun windsurfing with an inflatable paddle. The advantage? You can also use it only on a paddle board or even in a kayak, the choice is yours! This 3-in-1 board has attachment points to attach a kayak seat and a mast foot to put a windsurf sail on it.

Our inflatable windsurf board is designed to be easy to use and accessible for beginners. Ultra versatile, the Windsup is a great option for the whole family. Its three layers of high-end PVC on the rails make the Windsup an extremely strong board. To further improve the stiffness of the board, the Windsup is built with fusion technology, the best construction technique on the market.

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

A fun alternative: WingSUP

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to practice Windsurfing with an inflatable paddle? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Can you surf with an inflatable paddle board?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Thu, 22 Dec 2022 17:00:22 +0000

The inflatable paddle board has many advantages . More practical, it inflates and deflates according to your desires in no time. The inflatable SUP is also very easy to transport and offers versatile handling. It is usually practiced on flat water, but it is possible to surf with an inflatable stand-up paddleboard. Find in this article all our tips to start having fun in the waves with your inflatable SUP.

The prerequisites for surfing with an inflatable paddle board

To start surfing with an inflatable SUP , it is advisable to already have a good balance on the board. The more comfortable you are on your paddle, the easier it will be to surf with it.
Master basic maneuvers such as paddling or turning around. Indeed, to catch the wave you will have to make a quick and efficient U-turn. Find here all our tips for shooting in stand-up paddle.
Know how to fall properly while paddleboarding. SUP in waves is much less stable than on flat water, you are more likely to fall. So you have to know how to fall well and get back on your board easily.

Need advice to learn paddle boarding, follow the guide!

What equipment should I choose for paddle surfing?

To surf on an inflatable paddle, it is essential to have good equipment in order to fully enjoy your session. When choosing your paddle, pay attention to several points:

Choose small SUPs like the Waves 9’5 or the Malibu 10′ and 10’6. A small paddle, without being too small, provides good maneuverability on the wave. On the other hand, an inflatable paddle board that is too big will limit your ability to have fun on the wave and you will find yourself stuck on a linear trajectory.
Choose a paddle board with three fins. This is essential to have a good grip and better stability. In wave conditions, having three fins will also allow for more maneuverability.
To surf with an inflatable paddle board you need a rigid SUP. In order to have better rigidity, opt for a construction with three layers of PVC on the rails assembled in termosoudage for better rigidity and lightness. At SROKA , all our inflatable paddle boards are equipped with two to three layers of high-end PVC on the rails. The whole thing is assembled with Fusion technology, the best thermo-welding technology for perfect rigidity.
The thickness of the inflatable paddle board is also important. The thinner the SUP, the better the feel. The ideal is to have a 4′ or 5′ thick stand-up paddle. If your surf SUP is also used for cruising, it can go up to 6′.
Finally, opt for a SUP with rocker to ride the wave comfortably and get past the chop. Also make sure that the outline is rather rounded and the pads are grippy. This will make it easier for you to manoeuvre.

Our selection of inflatable paddle boards for surfing

The 100% surf paddle: the WAVE

As the name suggests, the Wave paddle is the perfect paddle board for fun in the waves. The Fusion technology, the quality of the materials and the three layers of high-end PVC on the rails provide the rigidity that is essential for surfing.

The versatile paddle board: the MALIBU

The Malibu paddle board is the ultimate all-rounder . From surfing, to walks and paddle yoga, the Malibu will follow you whatever your desires. Built with the same construction and quality requirements as the Wave, the Malibu ensures rock-solid rigidity and durability .

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

Surfing on an inflatable paddle: crossing the foam barrier

To surf with an inflatable paddle, just like in surfing or with a hard paddle, you have to pass the foam barrier. If this is your first session in surfing, we advise you to choose a beach where the conditions are not too big. It will be easier to learn on small to medium waves without too much power.
Passing the bar means going from the area where the waves break (called “the mosses”) to the one where the waves move forward without breaking. To do this, you can stand or kneel, depending on how comfortable you are. For the feet, you can place them in a surf position, one in front of the other or with both feet parallel. You can try both positions and see which one works best for you. When you need to pass a wave, bend your knees slightly to cushion the movement.

What if the wave is too big? If you find yourself in front of a wave that seems too big to pass on your knees or standing up, jump into the water. Make sure that there is no one behind you who could get caught by your paddle. It is therefore important to wear a leash when surfing with a paddle board.

How to behave with other surfers

When practicing inflatable paddle boarding as well as surfing, it is important to respect the rules of safety and courtesy. Here is a list of tips for a good session:

First, stay at a reasonable distance from other surfers. The spot is for everyone, please do not disturb them or put them in danger.
Then, be careful when walking past another surfer. Make sure you do this safely and without disturbing it.
If you fall off your paddle, stay calm and try to bring your board back towards you as quickly as possible by pulling on your leash.
Finally, in the event that a surfer is already engaged on a wave, do not take it. The surfer who catches the wave first has priority.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Can you surf with an inflatable paddle board? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to position yourself on an inflatable paddle board?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Tue, 20 Dec 2022 10:14:13 +0000

Stand up paddleboarding is a very popular outdoor activity that allows you to move around on the water using a paddle board and paddle. If you want practical, scalable and versatile equipment, you can opt for an inflatable paddle board. The inflatable stand-up paddle board is easy to transport and store, but it’s important to know how to position yourself correctly on it to get the most out of it.

In this article, we will give you some tips on how to position yourself correctly on an inflatable paddle board. By following these tips, you should be able to paddle safely and enjoy this activity to the fullest!

How to position yourself on an inflatable paddle, here are a few steps to follow:

Position yourself on your knees : To start inflatable paddle boarding, you can start by positioning yourself on your knees. Your center of gravity will be lower and you will have more balance. Position your knees one after the other well in the middle of your paddle. For optimal balance, spread your knees about shoulder-width apart. Take your paddle in hand and start paddling as soon as you feel comfortable.
Once standing, adopt the correct posture : When you feel comfortable, you can leave the kneeling position and move on to a stand. To do this, position your feet well and bend your knees slightly for maximum balance.
Position your feet correctly : To be well positioned on your inflatable paddle, your feet must be placed in the middle of your board. They should be about shoulder-width apart for maximum balance.
Hold your paddle well : The correct hand position is to place one hand on the top of your paddle and the second hand about in the middle of the paddle (as in the photo above). To be able to move forward, your paddle must be facing the right way, i.e. the “hollow” side of the blade must be oriented towards the back of the paddle board.

Find all our tips to learn inflatable paddle boarding step by step.

Our different ranges of inflatable paddle boards specially designed for beginners

Inflatable paddle board EASY

Learn more +

MALIBU Inflatable Paddle Board

Learn more +

GIRLY Inflatable Paddle Board

Learn more +

How do you find balance and fall well in stand up paddle?

Here are some tips on how to find your balance and fall well while stand up paddle:

Start by mastering the basics of stand-up paddling such as stance and paddling. The more knowledge and practice you have, the more comfortable you’ll be on your board.
Pay attention to your position on the board to keep your balance at all times. Your feet should be at equal distance on either side of your board and your weight well in the middle for maximum balance.
If you’re feeling unstable, take a break and take some time to rebalance before you start paddling again. If you feel like you’re losing your balance, try crouching down slightly to get closer to the surface of the water and regain your stability.
In the event of a fall, don’t panic. Stay calm and move closer to your paddle board to float. You can try to get back on your paddle board by putting your hands on the edges of the board, pushing yourself upwards, and using your legs to get back up.

Our tips for not falling on an inflatable paddle board

To get the most out of the fun that inflatable paddle boarding, it’s important to know how to avoid falling. We have written down a few tips that will allow you to keep your balance as well as possible to avoid falling off your board.

Make sure your paddle is properly inflated and stable before you start. A paddle board that isn’t inflated enough or leaks can be unstable and you may fall more easily.
Choose an inflatable stand up paddle board that suits your level and weight. A board that is too small or unstable can be more difficult to control. Find our advice for choosing your inflatable paddle board.
Pay attention to the weather conditions before heading out on a stand up paddleboard. High waves or strong winds can make your ride more difficult and increase the risk of falls.
Always wear a flotation suit and even a life jacket if you want extra safety. This will help you stay on the surface of the water in case you fall.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

→ Our tips for learning stand up paddle boarding

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wingfoil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur l’eau …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

Où faire du Wing Foil en Sardaigne

La sardaigne, une ile magnifique idéale pour le wing foil La Sardaigne, joyau de la Méditerranée, offre un cadre idyllique pour les amateurs de wing …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to position yourself on an inflatable paddle board? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to turn in a stand up paddle?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Thu, 24 Nov 2022 13:03:38 +0000

It’s not hard to know how to turn into an inflatable stand-up paddle board once you get the hang of the basics. After reading this article, you will know the different techniques to make your turns with ease, whether you are on an inflatable or rigid paddle.

Prerequisites: how to balance on your paddle and how to paddle well?

Before learning how to turn and turn around in SUP, it is essential to know how to balance on your paddle and how to paddle correctly. To begin with, we advise you to train on a flat body of water without too much wind or currents. The right position for maximum balance is to place your feet on either side of the carrying handle. Bend your knees slightly and keep your eyes straight. For more balance, you can start on your knees. In order to be stable as quickly as possible, it is best to start paddling directly.

How to paddle a SUP?
To begin, place one hand on the end of the paddle and the other about halfway through the handle. Be careful to hold your paddle in the right direction, i.e. with the angle forward. To paddle, all you have to do is plunge the paddle far in front of you and bring it back towards you. Let it slide along the board, making sure to keep your arms straight. When the blade of your paddle reaches the level of your feet, you can take it out of the water and start the movement again. The farther you paddle from your board to the sides, the more you’ll turn.

How do you turn and turn around in stand-up paddle boarding?

To turn and turn around in a paddle the technique is rather simple, whether you are on an inflatable SUP or a rigid SUP. Just paddle on the opposite side to where you want to go. For example, if you want to go right, you will have to row to the left and vice versa. The farther away you are from your paddle arc with your paddle, the faster you will turn. To make a complete U-turn, you just need to repeat the operation several times.

This is not the only technique for turning in stand-up paddle. Depending on your stand-up paddle level and your board, you can use three different techniques to turn in SUP: the classic turn, the reverse drive turn and the surf turn.

1 – How to turn in stand-up paddle: the classic turn

As we explained earlier, the classic turn in stand-up paddle boarding is quite simple. It doesn’t matter if you’re on an inflatable or rigid SUP. All you have to do is paddle on the opposite side to the one you want to go on by arcing through the water with your paddle. Repeat as many times as necessary.
To be more stable during this maneuver, we advise you to bend your knees slightly and keep your gaze straight, pointed in the direction you want to go. If you are not yet very comfortable, avoid looking at your paddle during the movement, as this may throw you off balance.

If this technique is the simplest, you should know that it is not suitable for touring paddles which are much larger and therefore much longer to turn. For touring or purebred SUPs, the following techniques are preferred.

2 – How to turn quickly on a paddle: the turn in reverse propulsion

The second technique for turning and turning around in stand-up paddle boarding is rear-wheel drive. Behind this name, which may seem complicated, hides a rather simple technique. This time you will have to paddle on the side where you want to turn but in the opposite direction, that is, from the back of the board to the front. This way, the front of your board will head towards where you want to turn. It is a technique very suitable for long race and touring boards such as the Alpha 12’6×31, the Easy 12’6×32 or the Girly 12’6×28.

3 – How to turn on a paddle for the most resourceful: the “surf” turn

This last technique is the most difficult to master, but it allows you to make quick turns and U-turns on an inflatable or rigid paddle. This technique is used by competitors who need to turn quickly during a paddle race. To make this turn, you will have to move your feet back towards the back of the board, while being careful to keep them in the central axis (see photo above). Once your feet are in position, shift your weight to your back foot and bend your front leg to put your paddle into the surf position. This position will create a rotation point at the aileron. All you have to do is draw an arc with your paddle on the opposite side to the one you want to go to. To turn effectively, you’ll need to send your paddle as far back as possible.
Once you have made the turn, you just have to return to the initial position with a light step by following the central axis of the paddle. Be careful, this is a technique that leads to a strong instability, to keep your balance it is advisable to row throughout the maneuver.

→ How to choose your stand-up paddle board?

Learn to paddle and progress quickly: the best boards

To progress easily and quickly, it is essential to have a good paddle board. At Sroka we have been experts in the design of inflatable paddles since 2013. We work hard to develop one of the best products on the market. Our goal is to allow everyone to benefit from the best equipment, at the best value for money.
Nature is our playground, which is why we make it a point of honour to develop quality, ultra-strong and durable paddles that will limit the use of new resources.

Finding the perfect board

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to turn in a stand up paddle? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to maintain your Wing Foil kites?

Maeva Vessard Taffin — Tue, 18 Oct 2022 15:20:05 +0000

We explain how to maintain your wing foil wings to ensure their maximum lifespan. These tips are also applicable to kite surfing kites. Here aresome good things to do to maintain your wingfoil or kite surf.

How to properly maintain your wing foil wings during the session?

Preserving your equipment requires a minimum of maintenance and logic.

– Watch out for the sun: It’s great when the weather is nice and warm, but our friend the sun can be our enemy. Your wing foil equipment is sensitive to the sun and in particular the sun’s UV rays. If you’re not sailing, don’t leave your gear in the sun unnecessarily. If you need to take a long break, store your gear to increase its lifespan.

– Never let your wing hit on the beach: If you leave your wing windward on the beach for a long time, the trailing board of your wing will deteriorate quickly. If the trailing edge beats for a long time with a strong wind, you will have premature wear of the trailing edge. This will lead to a loss of rigidity, solidity and therefore the spinnaker will become porous and you will lose performance in the long term.

– The third enemy is sand: Sand is one of the causes of material destruction. When the wind is strong, the sand flies and bang well on your spinnaker. Sand is abrasive so you will wear out your spinnaker prematurely for “sanding the spinnaker by the sand”

1. Check your gear before going in the water

Check that the wing does not have any tears or holes : get under your wing and look through it towards the sun. This way, you can easily see if there are any holes in the kite.
Pay attention to the seams on the leading edge to prevent any bursting of the leading edge if a seam is damaged.

2. Putting your wing foil kite on the beach

3. Tie your wing properly

4. Be careful while browsing

While it’s important to take care of your equipment out of the water, it’s just as important during the session. So, try as much as possible not to jump on the wing in case of a fall, you risk tearing your spinnaker. Also beware of lightweight foils, these are usually the carbon-foamed foils. These foils tend to fly away in the event of a fall and not come back down into the water right away. When the foil flies away, it can easily tear the spinnaker from your wing.

5. Don’t drag your wingfoil kite

Some sessions are tiring, we know that, but that’s no reason to drag your kite on the beach when you get out of the water (or on the way out, for that matter). Repeated rubbing could damage the seams and cause the wing to explode. In addition, the spinnaker is covered with a waterproofing coating that is not very resistant to abrasion. Avoid rubbing your wing with your hand to remove the sand for example.

Caring for your wing foil kites: how to rinse them?

However, if you don’t have the opportunity to dry your kite properly. We advise you not to rinse it. A Fresh Water Wet Wing could cause your kite to mold.

How to dry your wing foil wings?

To maximize the life of your wing, we advise you to dry your kite before storing it. Indeed, the humidity added to the salt of the seawater can, in the long run, damage your wing foil wings. In general, it can be a matter of color deterioration, detachment of valves or mold.

The best practice?

When you know you’re going to end your session soon, try to make a dozen or so tacks without falling into the water. This way, your kite will dry out. Then you will have to get out of the water, avoiding getting it wet. Holding it above your head with your arm outstretched, it shouldn’t get too wet.

If your kite gets wet when you get out of the water, you can dry it on the beach by attaching it to your board. To do this, be careful that it is not placed on something that may damage it, such as asphalt or sharp stones. In addition, you should always dry your wing in the direction of the wind. That is to say, it is the leading edge of the wing that is facing the wind, that catches the wind.

Maintain your kite surfing and wing foil kites: watch out for the sun!

How to store your wing foil wings correctly?

When you are not wing foiling or kite surfing for a long time, we advise you to rinse and dry your kites. Then, it is recommended to store them in the Sroka wing bag provided for this purpose. Store your wings preferably high up in case rodents pass by.
Finally, whether they are kitesurfing or wingfoil, never bend them in the same way and avoid marked creases. Bending too much could weaken your spinnaker.

Wing Backpack

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to maintain your Wing Foil kites? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Wingfoil: how to succeed in your waterstart

leclezio.coline@gmail.com — Wed, 14 Sep 2022 09:08:55 +0000

When progressing in Wing Foil, it becomes essential to know how to control your waterstart. Indeed, when the volume of the foil board decreases, it sinks and the technique to launch is different.

The waterstart may seem complicated at first, but after reading this article, it will no longer hold any secrets for you.

The prerequisites for a Wing Foil waterstart

Have enough water depth to sink the foil. Paddle on your board, just like surfing, to get away from the edge.
Be well canvassed or over-canvassed at the start for an easier waterstart
Have a good level in wing foiling: master the basic maneuvers (jibe, tacking, be comfortable in both directions) and know how to make a pumping start

Waterstart: the different types of Wing Foil boards

Small planks (less than 45 liters)

It is for this type of wing foil boards that it is necessary to know how to manage your waterstart. The boards of this litter are ideal for the practice of Surf Foil or freestyle winging. These boards are more intended for experienced riders with a good level.

Planks of intermediate volumes (between 55 and 70 liters)

Most of the time, with the volume of these boards you don’t need to do a waterstart. Based on the observation that one liter is equal to one kilo, you can go directly on your knees if the volume of your board is equal to your weight (within 10 liters or kilos).

Small Planks

Intermediate Planks

Reminder: How to go wing foiling with an intermediate volume board?

First of all, you have to get on the board and position yourself on your knees, sitting on your heels. This way, you squeeze slightly behind the center of gravity of your board. Then take your wing in hand, once you have gained some speed you can stand up starting with the front foot.

Technique n°1: Waterstart with straps

The technique to succeed in your Wing Foil waterstart with straps is quite simple. Start by sitting astride your board, just like in surfing, then position your kite in the right direction (handles down). You can use your wing to balance yourself.

Then, push your board into the water with both hands to sink it so that you insert your feet into the straps. Once your feet are correctly positioned in the straps, you can retrieve your kite by the handles and start pumping with the kite. This way, you’ll generate speed and start to get the board out of the water. During this step, you have to be careful to pitch your board, i.e. the nose of the board should be up.

Once the board is on the surface of the water, you find yourself in the same situation as with a big board. You have to keep pumping in order to get the foil out of the water and off you go!

Technique n°2: Strapless waterstart

For this waterstart technique, the start is the same as for the strap technique. First of all, you will sit on your board and position your kite in the right direction. Next, you’ll need to get down on your knees on your wing foil board. To successfully get down on your knees, you can hold the board with your front hand to have more balance. Be careful to keep the leash of your kite in your hand to prevent it from turning over. Once you’ve reached the balance point on your knees, you can balance the board with your back leg. The nose of your board should be pointing slightly upwards.

When you feel comfortable, take the wing with both hands to catch some wind and thus generate a little speed to increase your stability. This way, it will be easier for you to switch from kneeling to standing. You can gradually lift your forward foot as soon as you start to move forward. Once you feel it, you can also lift your back foot and keep moving forward little by little.

What’s important is to have a good foothold in your wing and start moving forward. The board will gradually come out of the water thanks to the power generated by the wing. Care must be taken to ensure that the nose of the board is slightly pointing upwards. Once the board has arrived at the surface, you can start pumping for the board to take off.

Tips you need to know for your wing foil waterstart

Use your wing as a support buoy to make it easier to balance.
When doing a strapless waterstart in wing foil, avoid being perpendicular to the wind. It’s best to position yourself slightly with your back to the wind.
You have to watch out for the weakening wind. The waterstart technique only works if there is enough wind to get out of the water. Remember to stop before there is enough bottom.
It will be easier for you to learn how to do your waterstart on a body of water with little chop.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Wingfoil: how to succeed in your waterstart est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Our tips for flying with your Wing Foil equipment

leclezio.coline@gmail.com — Wed, 27 Jul 2022 14:24:26 +0000

Flying with your Wing Foil equipment requires a bit of organization, but it’s possible! In this article, you will find all the precautions to take in order to travel with complete peace of mind. If you want to fly with your inflatable SUP, Kite or Surf, these tips will also be very useful!

1 – Choose the right airline to transport your wing foil on a plane

To transport your wing foil by plane, you will first have to choose your airline carefully. Indeed, the baggage policy varies enormously depending on the airline. In some cases, the price of luggage can be up to three times more expensive than the price of the ticket. The cost of excess baggage is therefore the first element to consider when making your reservation. Sometimes, you should not hesitate to change airlines, even if it means paying a little more for the ticket but with less excess baggage. We also advise you to find out about the dimensions of the baggage allowed. Weight isn’t the only thing considered. Don’t forget to pay close attention to the restrictions regarding the length and width of luggage.

2 – Pack your wingfoil equipment well

Before you take the plane, you need to have something to protect your wing foil set. Choose a board bag that is large and strong enough to accommodate the gear. For your foil, disassemble it and store it in its protective and transport bag. You can then slip it into the large bag of your board.

Don’t hesitate to take a size up so you can put your foil and wing inside.

The wingfoil board should then be well padded to prevent it from being damaged on the plane, especially if you are carrying a rigid board. We advised you to pack the deck, edges and rails of your foil board with protective foam. It is also important to wedge the assembly to prevent the different elements from moving too much. Finally, distribute the weight as much as possible to avoid forcing more in one place of your bag and therefore damaging the seams there.

Sroka transport bags are perfectly designed to protect your foil and board and make it easier to transport.

3 – Flying with your Wing Foil: choosing the inflatable

For air travel, the inflatable wing foil board is the perfect solution. Unbreakable, foldable and compact when transported, the inflatable board offers nothing but advantages.
Indeed, with the inflatable, no more transport and storage problems! The board fits in a backpack.

At Sroka we build all our inflatable boards with a top quality PVC, identical to that used for professional RIB boats. Enough to guarantee a solidity that will stand the test of time.

The rigidity of our inflatable wingfoil boards will also amaze you! Contrary to popular belief, well-constructed inflatable foil boards are extremely rigid. For example, on our Sroka V1 and V2 inflatable wing boards, we have chosen to integrate a carbon plate on the hull to obtain unparalleled rigidity and maximum performance.

The choice of the inflatable seems obvious if you want to be able to take your wingfoil equipment everywhere with you. Its high resistance to shocks and its ease of use and transport make it an essential ally. It is also a very good piece of equipment for all those who want to start wingfoil with ease.

V2 inflatable wing foil board: the ultimate travel board

The inflatable Sroka V2 offers superb performance and incredibly precise handling thanks to the carbon plate and foot strap inserts. The feeling on the water is closer than ever to a hard board. It also allows a super pleasant recovery during touches thanks to its rocker and an immediate take-off.
Built with a reinforced PVC that is used on RIB boats, it offers unrivalled mechanical qualities of strength and rigidity.

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

4 – Beware of oversized luggage

In general, airlines set a maximum weight of 23kg for checked baggage (with some airlines it is possible to go up to 32kg). In addition to this maximum weight, there are dimensions that should not be exceeded. Beyond this weight and dimensions, your luggage will not be taken. It is therefore important to check the dimensions and weight of the luggage, otherwise you will not be able to take it with you.

Take only what is strictly necessary if you don’t want to pay too much. To do this, check the weather conditions before you leave and try to find information with the local clubs. In any case, you will be obliged to check in your oversized baggage at the ticket counter. Most of the time, oversized luggage will have to be placed on a special belt. Try to spot this mat ahead of time to save time.

When landing, your luggage will also arrive on a different belt.

5 – Anticipate

We advise you to buy your luggage in advance. It costs less than buying them at the airport during check-in. Normally, it is recommended to arrive early to catch your flight. This is all the more important when you want to fly with your wing foil. If possible, plan at least 2 hours in advance. This will give you more time to manage your equipment in the airport. Airports are even fuller in summer, travelling with your wingfoil can quickly become complicated. To get through the airport with ease, make sure you get a good head start on your flight.

PS: Think about straps if you want to attach your wingfoil gear to the roof of a car when you arrive.

6 – What to do in case of damage to your wingfoil equipment?

To avoid any unpleasant surprises, it is advisable to check that nothing has been damaged directly when exiting the aircraft. If any part of your wing foil equipment is damaged during your flight, make a claim immediately at the airline counter. Subsequently, you will be compensated in exchange for purchase and repair invoices, if it is possible for you to provide them. It is advisable to do this on the spot right away. In general , the claim period is set at 7 days, but remember to check this period with your company. After this period, you will no longer be able to prove that the damage was caused as a result of your theft. As a result, you may have to pay for the necessary repairs.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Our tips for flying with your Wing Foil equipment est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

Our tips for learning stand up paddle boarding

leclezio.coline@gmail.com — Fri, 08 Jul 2022 13:40:38 +0000

Learning stand-up paddleboarding is not rocket science, all beginners go through it. By following these few tips, starting paddle boarding will be a real child’s play for you!

The ideal spot to learn stand up paddle boarding

For the first launch, choose a calm body of water with an easy launch. A departure from the beach will be easier to get on your paddle. Once you’ve found your balance, you can try your hand at starting from a pontoon or slipway.

Which SUP to start with?

To learn stand-up paddleboarding, it is better to choose a wide paddle board with a round nose. This will give you maximum stability during your sessions. The thinner, pointy-nosed boards are more for the search for speed and performance.

Our inflatable paddle boards specially designed for beginners

Easy 10′ and 10’6

Malibu 10′ and 10’6

Girly 10′

Learn more +

Learn more +

Learn more +

The first paddle session

1 – Adjust your paddle properly

In order to be comfortable and have the best possible performance, it is important to adjust the size of your paddle paddle. To do this, all you have to do is open the adjustment system and then position your paddle vertically in front of you. Extend your arm upwards and adjust the height of the paddle so that the handle is level with your wrist (about 15 cm above your head). Finally, all you have to do is close the adjustment system.

2 – Start on your knees

In shallow water, start by kneeling on your paddle board to familiarize yourself with balance. Place your paddle on your board perpendicular to your knees until you get down on your knees. When you’re on your knees, take it in your hands to help with your balance. Once you feel comfortable, you can start paddling. In this way, the gesture and the balance will integrate themselves little by little.

3 – Don’t be afraid to fall

Don’t worry about falling, it’s okay to fall into the water. In addition, with an inflatable paddle board you really have very little chance of getting injured.

To avoid hurting yourself by falling, when you feel an imbalance, avoid plunging forward or backward. The best thing to do is to let yourself fall into the water on the sides of the paddle while holding your paddle forward so as not to fall on it.

How to paddle stand-up paddle?

This question may seem very simple, but when you learn to paddle for the first time it is not innate.

1 – Hand positioning

Place one hand on the handle at the top of the paddle and the other near the middle of the paddle, as shown. When paddling on the other side, simply reverse the position of your hands.

Be careful to hold the paddle in the right direction so that you can move forward. To do this, the “hollow” side of the blade of your paddle should be in your direction, i.e. facing the back of the board.

2 – Moving forward

To get your board forward, you need to paddle 2 or 3 strokes on one side, then 2 or 3 on the other. Fetch the water far to the front of your paddle and bring it back to your feet by pulling with your lowest hand. To move forward properly, the entire blade must be extended into the water.

Video Presentation

3 – Rotate

To turn on a paddle, you have to draw an arc with your paddle on the opposite side to the one you want to go to. Repeat the maneuver until you are going in the desired direction.

To quickly turn or turn around while stand-up paddleboard, step back onto the board, and do the same motion with the paddle while pressing down on the back of the board. In this way, the back of the paddle will sink slightly and thus make a pivot point to turn quickly.

Check out our full article to learn how to turn in stand up paddle boarding.

Have fun!

The most important thing is to have fun. No need to look for performance at all costs! This will come quickly with time and experience. Once you’ve got the basics, the possibilities will be endless!

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article Our tips for learning stand up paddle boarding est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to make your foil more manoeuvrable?

leclezio.coline@gmail.com — Tue, 10 May 2022 12:15:52 +0000

Whether it’s Wingfoil, Surf foil or Sup Foil, it quickly becomes interesting to make your foil more manoeuvrable. Indeed, there are many foilers who, after a certain level, want to draw curves without concessions, increase their gliding sensations and expand their possibilities. To continue progressing, it can therefore be interesting to make your foil more manoeuvrable.
In this article, we explain how to gain maneuverability through 4 options.

First of all, it is important to understand that as you gain in manoeuvrability, you will lose stability. It’s inevitable.
We could draw a parallel with an airplane: the longer the wings of the airplane, the more stable the airplane will be, but it will take much longer to turn. If the wings of the plane are shorter, it will rotate much more easily but it will be much less stable.
It’s the same principle for your foil, by reducing the wingspan of the fins, it will be more maneuverable and less stable. In this way, by playing with the size and shape of the different components of your foil, you will gain in maneuverability.

Option 1: Change the front wing

The maneuverability of a foil is closely correlated with the wingspan and shape of the front fin. So the first step is to reduce the surface area of the front fin. You’ll lose stability, but you’ll turn much more easily.

The shape of your front fin will also change the stability of your foil. A flatter, high-aspect ratio fin (S-Foil HA Ratio fin) provides more stability but reduces maneuverability. With an equal wingspan, for more manoeuvrability it is better to go for a stockier, slightly curved fin with low aspect ratio (Classic S-Foil fins). Indeed, the Classic fins are naturally more manoeuvrable because of their shape. The HA fins, on the other hand, focus on efficiency and therefore require more experience to control them and benefit from superb maneuverability.

Classic S-Foil Fins

S-Foil HA Fins

Option 2: Change the length of the fuselage

The longer the fuselage, the more stable the foil. By reducing the gap between the front fin and the stabilizer, we will make the foil more manoeuvrable.

The short (62cm) and ultra-short (56cm) fuselages will give you tight turns in the waves and radical maneuvers. However, they are much less stable longitudinally and require a higher pumping frequency. These are fuselages more intended for intermediate or advanced foilers.

Our Fuselages

Option 3: Reduce the surface area of the stabilizer

As the name suggests, the stabilizer is there to stabilize your foil. The larger the stabilizer, the more stable your foil will be. So, by reducing the size of the rear fin you will gain speed and turn more thanks to a reduction in drag.

Find here our 3 stabilizers for S-foil: The 300, the 240 and the 180.

Option 4: Play with the length of the checkmate

At Sroka we have four mast lengths, 55cm, 70cm, 80cm, and 90cm. The standard masts are the 80cm masts. However, if you have modified the previous three options, your foil will have significantly lost stability. To compensate for this loss of stability, you can opt for a shorter mast. In this way, you will regain comfort and stability. This is because the longer the matte, the more sensitive it is. So by reducing the length of the mast it allows you to have better downforce, while maintaining strong maneuverability with a small winglet, a small stabilizer and a short fuselage.

Good construction for better manoeuvrability

We have chosen to develop reactive and playful mats while keeping control. The shortened rope of our masts will allow you to gain in manoeuvrability to offer you sensational curves.

Its aluminium construction guarantees excellent rigidity, this way your foil will be more responsive and manoeuvrable.

With this design, the twist phenomenon is eliminated, so the foil retains all its control.

Our Fuselages

Video Presentation

Do we need to change everything?

Each option can be combined with another. However, it is not necessary to act on all the variables at the same time to make your foil more maneuverable, a single parameter can change everything. When you want to gain in handling, you lose control and stability. It is therefore necessary to compensate and change other variables in order to regain stability.

For example, if you have a very small fin like a 670 or a 700, you will be able to keep a standard fuselage to maintain some stability. This way, you’ll regain control and speed up more.

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

New Ultra Light Wind and Down Wind Board: SROKA’s DW

New board from ultra Light Wind and the Down Wind, the DW by Sroka. Or the board that will make you forget the nickname of tea bag, …

•
April 22, 2024

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

The Differences Between a Carbon vs Aluminum Paddle Paddle

In general, we can draw a parallel between the paddle and the car in order to better understand the differences between materials and variations…

•
April 17, 2024

The best stand up paddle spots in France

The best stand up paddle spots in France

For more than 10 years now, inflatable stand up paddle has continued to develop and spread on French beaches. Beyond…

•
April 11, 2024

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Selection of inflatable paddle boards: our 2024 comparison

Are you looking for an inflatable paddle board for the summer to sail at sea or in lakes? The inflatable paddle board really has a lot of advantages…

•
April 10, 2024

Facebook

YouTube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to make your foil more manoeuvrable? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to Start Wake Foil

leclezio.coline@gmail.com — Mon, 24 Jan 2022 08:38:42 +0000

Originally, the foil was mainly used to fly over the water in surf-towed sailing. Its democratization has given rise to many variations of water sports, including Wake Foil. Adapted from Wakeboarding, this new practice consists of sailing with a foil on the wake and waves created by a boat. The way it works is simple: towed by a boat, the rider will pick up speed. This speed will generate a lift force that will allow the foil to take off and make the rider fly. Understanding how a foil works is an unmissable step for a successful apprenticeship. Find all our information in this dedicated article. Now all you have to do is learn how to start Wake Foiling.

Why start WakeFoil?

Like all foiling disciplines, WakeFoiling requires a minimum of learning, but remains very accessible to everyone, and at all levels. The progression is fast: a 20-minute session of towed foil will be the equivalent of at least 2 sessions in the waves. So it’s a very encouraging sport, the sensations and the achievements come very quickly. You will also have time to observe and understand the behaviors of your foil under your feet. In addition, this sport will allow you to enjoy the sensations of foiling, wakesurfing as well as surfing. If you’re new to foiling, start with the Wake Foil, towed behind a boat with a rudder pedal (don’t try to play in the wake wave at first). You will then learn much more easily the other practices such as SurfFoil, SUPFoil or Wing Foil.

Video Presentation

How to start Wake Foiling?

STEP 1: STARTING POSITION

The start is in the water, at the back of the boat. Stand on the side of your preferred stanza. Move away from the wake of the boat so as not to disturb the hydrodynamics of the foil, especially with the swirl of the engine. Stand in a squat position with your legs bent and your back straight. The nose of the board must be pointed towards the sky at the time of departure in order to get the board out of the water. You need to put pressure on the back leg while controlling the direction of your board through the front leg. The board, sunk in the water, is perpendicular to the axis of the boat and the rope. Rudder in your hands, looking towards the boat, you’re ready to go

STEP 2: STAND UP

When the boat is about to start, hold the rudder pedals vigorously in your hands (arms outstretched), but do not pull on the arms. Let yourself be pulled along. Shift your weight to the back leg. Your back foot is against the kick, on the back of the board, on the pads. For novices, this step may require several tries, to understand traction and speed (no need to have a high speed of movement).

At the same time, direct your gaze over your front shoulder and straighten up, keeping your back straight. Your knees should be semi-bent and your ankles should be flexible. You will gradually pull the board out of the water.

STEP 3: TAKE-OFF

Before you get your foil off the ground, your position should be as follows: standing, always with your knees semi-bent and your ankles flexible, your torso is slightly open outwards and your arms will be straight.

The board should be kept flat. To do this, you need to keep your body weight above the board, moving your pelvis forward slightly. Once you’ve found your balance and stability, shift your weight and pelvis to your back leg to get the foil off the ground. Your back foot is placed above the mast, and your front foot is the same distance from your shoulders.

STEP 4: LEARN HOW TO ROTATE THE FOIL

While holding the rudder pedals in your hand, start making small turns, leaning on the ball of your foot or heel. The technique is similar to snowboarding or skateboarding. Press down on the toes, the board will turn to one side. Press down on the heels, the plank turns in reverse. Do not lean your torso forward, it should remain as straight as possible above the supports. Understand that it is the whole body that is bending over and not just the chest. With technique and practice time, you will be able to accelerate your turns by separating the front and back foot.

STEP 5: PUMPING

Still held to the rudder pedals, you can start pumping movements. While keeping your board relatively flat, with the foil halfway up, press down on the front foot to go down, then on your back foot to go up. Little by little you will feel a slack in the rope. Go and position yourself a little more in the trough of the wave and gradually, let go of the rudder.

You can then have fun making big turns, or tighter turns, as you move away, and then pump back onto the waves and go from the first wave to the second, and so on.

Use your arms to help yourself by swinging them to give yourself momentum. The movement should be both forward, to propel you, and upwards to lighten you. The movement should not be up and down, at the risk of sinking the foil. You need to keep the foil high, because the higher you are on the mast, the less drag the mast will generate. Indeed, the closer the foil is to the surface, the more efficient your glide and pumping will be.

If necessary, you will find all our detailed explanations for foiling pumping in this article. You are then free to get back on the waves of the boat, carve, and then get out of the wake again to pump.

THE THREE BEST QUIVERS FOR WAKE FOIL

To determine the right foil for your Wake Foil practice, several criteria must be taken into account. First, the fuselage. It should be short (62 cm) to ultra-short (56 cm), to have both manoeuvrability and stability, while having a capacity of sustained pumping frequency. The shorter the fuselage, the more manoeuvrable it will be to make sharp turns.

Beginners looking for lift and stability will equip themselves, depending on their size, with a Mid Aspect fin type 1750 (XL) or 2000 (XXL). An intermediate (to expert) level will head for a High Aspect fin with lift such as the
1190 Lift.
Its profile allows for efficient pumping and a glide that is both smooth and powerful. Finally, the
HA 1190 Speed
will provide excellent sensations of speed, glide and absolute control for the most experienced practitioners.

Discover all our tutorials on

Youtube, or in our Ne

ws&Tutos section :

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Les avantages d’un pack wingfoil prêt à naviguer

Dans l’univers des sports nautiques, la praticité et l’accessibilité sont souvent des éléments clés pour vivre une expérience réussie. Le wing foil est un sport …

•
octobre 14, 2024

Quel est le meilleur pack wing foil ?

Quel est le meilleur pack wing foil ?

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to Start Wake Foil est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

How to learn Wing Foil?

leclezio.coline@gmail.com — Fri, 14 Jan 2022 10:56:14 +0000

Wing foil is a great mix between surfing and sailing, which allows you to access unforgettable sensations whatever your level. However, some good basics are necessary to carry out great sessions and consider your first flights. Here are all the elements to learn wing foil in good conditions.

Can you learn wing foil on your own?

Wingfoil is a water sport accessible to all, whether you have already practiced a sliding sport or not. It consists of navigating on the water thanks to a board, a foil and a wing. Although this new board sport is easy to access, it is not advisable to start learning it alone. When we start a new sport, it’s quite normal that we don’t know much about it. That’s why it’s much better to be supervised by professionals during your first steps. Indeed, you need to understand several parameters to avoid any risk of injury or danger. It is essential to understand how your foil works in the water, as well as the rules of navigation. You must also be familiar with the characteristics of your body of water and the sailing conditions.

What are the ideal weather conditions to start WingFoil?
Which outfit is best for this sport?
What equipment should I invest in for wing foil?

> To answer all these questions, there is nothing better than the opinion of experts in the sector.

The most suitable if you want to progress quickly and efficiently: sign up for wing foil lessons. WingFoiling is booming, and many clubs or schools are developing around this practice, within the French Sailing Federations or independently. You’ll have no trouble finding a club near you. During these sessions, you will be supervised by instructors who are perfectly familiar with the specificities of this sport.

The lessons are also an opportunity for you to discover the best wing foil spots to fly above the water and get valuable advice on the equipment to get.

What are the courses available to learn wing foiling?

To find a spot to take Wingsurfing lessons, you don’t have to live on the coast! Lakes and bodies of water are great spots to start and progress. Contrary to what one can imagine, Wingfoil courses are quite widespread in Ile de France. Go to one of the many water sports schools that offer courses to learn about this new practice. Everywhere in France, these schools also offer introductory courses during the summer and school holidays for children.

In these water sports centres, you will have the choice between private lessons and group lessons given by professionals in the sector. It’s up to you to choose what suits you best for a successful apprenticeship!

In addition to offering supervised and secure lessons, the schools lend you the adapted equipment you need for your wing foil sessions (board, wing, hydrofoil, helmet, etc.). This is an element that should not be neglected because equipping yourself in your entirety can have a certain cost.

How long does it take to learn wing foiling?

Learning to fly a foil can take more or less time depending on each profile. People who have already practiced board sports such as surfing, kitesurfing or windsurfing for example, will tend to progress faster. Rest assured, even if you have no history in water sports, WingFoil is still accessible. The first sessions allow you to familiarize yourself with the wing and the hydrofoil. In particular, you will be able to learn how to handle your kite and find the right positioning on the board.

To give you an idea, the first flights usually arrive after 6 to 8 sessions of 2 hours for a person with no previous experience but with a good physical condition. In wing foiling, the learning time depends on the equipment used, the physical condition of each person, their size… And logically, the more time you spend in the water, the more progress you will be able to make.

What are the first steps to learning wing foiling?

Once you’ve got the right footing, it’s time to pick up speed and get to grips with the foil’s take-off. It is necessary to position the wing well above your head, while orienting it in an axis facing the wind. Like an airplane, the foil will take on a horizontal speed and glide. This will generate lift and lift your foil. Pump lightly on your board and sail to gain speed and activate the lift of the foil. The goal is to be able to fly over the water to get your fill of thrills. The duration of the flight will change over time and your ability to manage the weight distribution on the board, and the orientation of your glider.

Above all, keep in mind not to be too impatient, take your time otherwise you risk injuring yourself or damaging your equipment. Not getting to the level you want to get to as quickly as you thought? Persevere and don’t worry, you will inevitably manage to feel pleasant sensations, no matter your level.

What are the techniques to progress in wing foiling?

Once you are comfortable on your board, you are able to handle all the equipment simultaneously and you are able to fly away from the shore and then back to the edge, a multitude of techniques are available to you such as:

THE JIBE. This movement consists of turning around in mid-flight and allows you to feel strong sensations of acceleration. To achieve this, lean on your feet by positioning your wing high enough, then once downwind let go of the kite to take it up on the other side. It’s a movement almost similar to windsurfing and quite technical. Once you’ve mastered it, you can start having fun on the swell and surf your first waves. To learn more about the jibe and its different techniques, we invite you to read our complete and illustrated tutorial.
PUMPING. This technique consists of pumping using your legs on the foil to produce mechanical displacement energy and create speed. A good pumping combined with a good speed allows you to move while providing much less energy. Pumping with a foil requires technique, coordination and above all learning but remains accessible with practice. Find our detailed step-by-step tutorial for pumping in foil on this article.
THE JUMP. On choppy water, get as fast as possible with your sail and foil. When you spot a section to perform your jump, bend your legs and then straighten them to generate a pulse, the wing well above the head. Our advice to learn how to do your first Wing Foil jumps.
Knowing how to go upwind
Sailing in a light wing

There are still many other techniques and tricks (backflip, 360, downwind…) to perform in Wingfoil that you can perform as you progress.

The advantage of this discipline is that you don’t need to be too windy to get pleasant sensations. Therefore, every windy day is an opportunity to get in the water and progress a little more. Wing foil requires a bit of stamina and willpower but the results are really fantastic. After a few hours of intensive lessons, get ready to literally fly over the water! Unforgettable. Ok

Our SROKA packs to learn wing foil

Rigid foil wing pack

Inflatable foil wing pack

If you still have questions about this, or for any other request, please do not hesitate to contact us !

Article you may be interested in

Les avantages d’un pack wingfoil prêt à naviguer

Dans l’univers des sports nautiques, la praticité et l’accessibilité sont souvent des éléments clés pour vivre une expérience réussie. Le wing foil est un sport …

•
octobre 14, 2024

Quel est le meilleur pack wing foil ?

Quel est le meilleur pack wing foil ?

Nous allons vous guider à travers le monde passionnant du wing foil pour vous présenter les meilleurs packs disponibles sur le marché pour 2024-2025. La …

•
juillet 15, 2024

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Où faire du Wingfoil autour de Bordeaux

Le wing foil, également appelé wingsurf, est une discipline de glisse émergente qui combine le surf, le kite et le stand-up paddle. Imaginez-vous naviguer sur …

•
juillet 1, 2024

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Les meilleurs spots de Wing foil en Suisse

Le lac Léman abrite plusieurs spots prisés par les amateurs de Wing Foil. Que vous soyez du côté français ou suisse, vous trouverez votre bonheur. Ce …

•
juin 19, 2024

Facebook

Youtube

Instagram

Tiktok

L’article How to learn Wing Foil? est apparu en premier sur SROKA Company.

The spot and the conditions to start in Wing Foil

leclezio.coline@gmail.com — Tue, 02 Nov 2021 10:08:34 +0000

To get started in Wing Foil, the equipment is not the only parameter to take into account. It is also necessary to know the spot and the conditions to start in Wing. Mastery and knowledge of the marine conditions, the weather or the body of water according to your equipment will ensure optimal progress (and will prevent you from many falls!). Here we give you all our advice on how to choose the right place and time to sail. Be aware that before you start, it is important to understand how a foil works, or to know the basics of WingFoil.

Click on the previous links to have all the keys in hand before your session.

What are the ideal spots and conditions to start Wing Foiling?

The body of water

It should be flat and sheltered from the swell. The most interesting spots to start in the Wing are the lakes, but if you live on the coast, a spot at the bottom of a bay or harbour may be adequate. In addition, a closed place is safer, especially if you go too far from the shore, it will always be possible to reach the other bank and return by land. At sea, the wind can quickly turn, increase or drop. Not being too far from the coast when starting out is essential.

In any case, this body of water should be calm and clear. Beware of algae that could get caught in the foil, as well as floating objects (buoys etc.) present. Choose a place where there are few practitioners so that you can focus more on your progress, and less on what is happening around you.

Don’t forget to have enough bottom under your board (we sometimes tend to forget that we have a foil!). We recommend a depth of at least 30 cm more than the size of your mast. In other words, if you have an 80 cm mast, the bottom must be at least 1m10.

However, stay in an accessible area (less than 500 m), in case you are unable to get back to your board upright. Finally, watch out for current effects caused by tides or swells.

WIND CONDITIONS

The most suitable wind conditions to start with are around 15 knots (to allow you to gain a little speed and get the foil off the ground). Ideally, the wind should be steady.

Avoid (or even forget) an outing in an onshore wind, which could take you out to sea. Indeed, it will be difficult for you to go upwind at first, and even more so to return when you are far from the shore.

Sea winds are also not the easiest : they push you towards the edge of the beach, and risk making you quickly touch the sand with your foil. In addition, the sea wind pushes the water more strongly and creates swell, which can further throw you off balance.

It will therefore be more difficult for you to get on the board (because of the waves) and you will be very quickly driven back to the beach (because of the sea wind). Which in turn, will reduce your practice time as you will soon find yourself close to the edge.

Ideally, the wind is sideshore. If you are sailing at sea, it should ideally be light with little chop.

We recommend that you do not venture into spots that have been studied and spotted beforehand. As the marine weather is changeable and unpredictable, it is essential to stay relatively close to the coast so that you can return easily and quickly if the wind turns, strengthens or drops completely.

SEASONALITY

Depending on your location, avoid starting during busy periods (usually summer), when the spots are overcrowded. Stay away from swimming areas and other water sports enthusiasts. One of the advantages of this sport is that it allows you to quickly move away from the open sea by swimming on your board. Make sure you are downwind that there is no one around when you are sailing. (To do this, raise the wing above your head to observe the water).

Safety rules

Wing Foil

is a board sport that presents risks, just like Kitesurfing, Windsurfing or other disciplines with foil. Therefore, here are some safety rules to keep in mind:

Equip yourself with protection : board leash and wing leash (mandatory), flotation vest or impact jacket (mandatory beyond the 300m zone), helmet (strongly recommended).
Avoid going alone during your session, and don’t leave at nightfall in winter.
Always let someone know when you’re going out and when you’re going.
Be patient and don’t venture into the big waves until you’re up to the level.
Sometimes it’s better to give up than to accumulate mistakes that will turn into a big problem later on.

FIND ALL OUR TIPS FOR:

Starting Wing Foil

Choosing the right Wing Foil Pack

Understanding how a foil works

Starting Downwind SUP Foil

Choosing the right SUP Foil